Home

2014 TAURUS Owner`s Manual 2014 T A U RUS Owner`s Manual

1. 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Supplementary Restraints System 47 The front passenger sensing system is designed to disable will not inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag when the front passenger seat is unoccupied or a rear facing infant seat a forward facing child restraint or a booster seat is detected Even with this technology parents are strongly encouraged to always properly restrain children in the rear seat The sensor also turns off the passenger front airbag and seat mounted side airbag when the passenger seat is empty e When the front passenger sensing system disables will not inflate the front passenger frontal airbag the passenger airbag status indicator will illuminate the OFF lamp and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled e If the child restraint has been installed and the passenger airbag status indicator illuminates the ON lamp then turn the vehicle off remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the restraint following the child restraint manufacturer s instructions The front passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the front passenger seat e When the front passenger sensing system enables the front passenger frontal airbag may inflate the passenger ai
2. 359 Garage door opener 156 refill capacities 354 specifications sss 354 n fap Repo RUP UD due um Event data recording E oe cp M Exhaust fumes 170 trip odometer 114 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Index 549 H Hazard flashers 257 HD Radio M csset 447 Headlamps BUMS secedere geheim 300 301 bulb specifications 306 flash to pass sssess 89 high beam 89 92 replacing bulbs 303 Head restraints 143 Heated steering wheel 496 Heating 130 132 134 136 Isle rU 494 Homelink wireless control SVSUCI 2 iieri EEEE te ien EIER 156 FOO AE erue cR 279 How to use voice commands 440 I IgnitlOf soccer 165 352 Illuminated visor mirror 100 101 Information displays 110 Inspection maintenance I M CESTNE sete coste tee ee 182 Instrument panel cleaning etes eec 311 CIUSUOFE see eoe 104 Intelligent Access Key 56 J Jack tectum eet UN 336 DOSILIOTUTME ocaecat 336 SLOTABO cotes sae uestre eod 336 2014 Taurus Joining two calls multiparty conference call 394 Jump starting your vehicle 258 K Keyless entry system autolock 3
3. If it is a red warning light illuminates and an audible warning chime sounds The brake support system assists the driver in reducing the collision speed by charging the brakes If the risk of collision further increases after the warning light illuminates the brake support prepares the brake system for rapid braking This may be apparent to the driver The system does not automatically activate the brakes but if the brake pedal is pressed full force braking is applied even if the brake pedal is lightly pressed Using the Collision Warning System A WARNING The collision warning system s brake support can only help reduce the speed at which a collision occurs if the driver applies the vehicle s brakes The brake pedal must be pressed just like any typical braking situation The warning system and chime can be turned on and off separately the warning system sensitivity can be adjusted to one of three possible settings by using the information display control Refer to the Information Displays chapter Note If the system cannot be turned off in a vehicle equipped with MyKey refer to the MyKey chapter Note If collision warnings are perceived as being too frequent or disturbing then the warning sensitivity can be reduced though the manufacturer recommends using the highest sensitivity setting where possible Setting lower sensitivity would lead to fewer and later system warnings Refer to the Information Displa
4. 0 00002 eee eee 92 Direction NGICALOTS x ei ae dea eR ok Boe bow iren 94 Interior LANDS exe m ie dad ef aon Sipe ed Re ge BA wee wy erties og Lows 94 Windows and Mirrors 96 Power WINdOWS 2 4 6 a4 Beeb Re OR bx ESSERE RAE RGD EEE 96 Exterior TRIPTOESA 225 3 Los axed oh BH ences on duse Be edle die e ot Bd 98 terior MITOS PPP 100 DHBIVISOLS cse tossed e SUM dM hM LU Rud d EUM E 100 DUNSHAGE 2 Ve saei Ee SN Ebr eS the iend font ste ids 101 MOQORE OOL 2 32 Anci Sg sack doe hak eels usce aes 102 Instrument Cluster 103 Gauges soa bons oet Sur aed e Supe Gree ee eae ate pes 103 Warning lamps and indicators n a aaaea 104 Audible warnings and indicators aaa aasa aaaea 109 Information Displays 110 Controls gae eraa E HR PRS EE HS eA RUE S 110 TP COMPUTER ia ara URS EE A d PER Re KES 114 Information messages 2 ssas serenti neuint aser arns 121 Climate Control 130 Manual heating and air conditioning o a aaa aaaea 130 Dual automatic temperature control n 132 Rear window defroster 0 0 0 llle 139 Cabin air lilber escea cacy Eo SE Ree ie YR Pe E E 140 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 4 Table of Contents Seats Sitting in the correct position 2 200000 reb deks Head restraints eret e qose edere gated hette henge wate e ewe Front manual seatS 2 ee eee Power Seats Xs he a kta PSS eee e X ES ear eee Fe Be
5. Paddle Shifters if equipped The paddle shifters allow you to shift gears quickly without taking your hands off the steering wheel Temporary manual control is provided when pulling the paddles with the gearshift in the D Drive position 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Transmission 185 The system will determine when temporary manual control is no longer desired and reverts back to automatic control Extensive manual control can be achieved by moving the shifter to the S Sport position The system will stay in manual control until the shifter is moved out of the manual position If your vehicle is equipped with paddles on the steering wheel e Pull the left paddle to downshift the transmission e Pull the right paddle to upshift the transmission d a Upshift to the recommended shift speeds according to the following chart Upshifts when accelerating recommended for best fuel economy 15 mph 24 km h The instrument cluster will show the selected gear you are currently in In order to prevent the engine from running at too low an RPM which may cause it to stall SelectShift will automatically make some downshifts if it has determined that you have not downshifted in time It will still allow you to downshift at any time as long as SelectShift determines that the engine will not be damaged from over revving Note Return the gear shift lever from S Sport
6. NFL headlines Baseball schedule MLS schedule NFL schedule Baseball scores College basketball Motor sports NHL headlines headlines 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 479 schedule College basketball Motor sports scores schedule headlines schedule scores WNBA headlines Golf headlines NBA headlines WNBA schedule Golf leaderboard NBA schedule WNBA scores Alerts If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation touch the 2 i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Press Alerts and then choose from any of the following services e View the message e Delete the message e Delete All messages This screen displays any system messages such as an SD card fault Note The system alerts you to any messages by turning the information icon yellow After you read or delete the messages the icon returns to white Calendar e If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation touch the 2 i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Press Calendar You can view the current calendar by day week or month 2014 Taurus Owners Guide
7. e The ambient light level is high enough that high beams are not needed e Severe rain snow or fog is detected e The camera is blocked Activating the system Switch the system on within the information display See Information displays Turn the lighting control to the autolamps position ie Manually overriding the system When the automatic control has activated high beams pushing or pulling the stalk will provide a temporary override to low beam To permanently deactivate the system use the information display menu or turn the lighting control switch from autolamps to headlamps 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 94 Lighting DIRECTION INDICATORS e Push down to activate the left turn signal e Push up to activate the right turn signal Note Tap the lever up or down to make the direction indicators flash only three times to indicate a lane change INTERIOR LAMPS Front row map lamps The map lamps are located on the overhead console Press the outer edge of the clear lens to turn on the lamps The map lamps also light when _ e any door is opened e the instrument panel dimmer button is pressed until the courtesy lamp comes on e the remote entry controls are pressed and the ignition is off 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Lighting 95 Rear dome reading lamps Your vehicle may have reading lamp
8. sssss 16 PIA seite e re 364 Changing Di POS Loue diserte s 336 Getting roadside assistance 256 Child safety restraints 27 29 Getting the service you need Nee ep ane ne 261 Child safety seats Ordering additional owner s attaching with tether straps 29 literature wo cece ceeeeeeeeee 267 automatic locking mode Utilizing the Mediation retractor ssessseeeee 35 Arbitration Prosram 265 LATCH s oma E 27 en rare Child safety seats booster D SC AUG eset isa noted dha IEEE 22 Cleaning the touchscreen 435 Defrost NENA 130 132 134 136 i rear window ssssses 139 Cleaning your vehicle 307 ae engine compartment 309 Dipstick m instrument panel 311 automatic transmission interior eee 311 fluid sse 290 291 plastic parts sss 308 engine oil seesss 284 WaS MNE pesien enna a 307 Display settings 485 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 548 Index Iriver alert ees 222 F Driving under special ondi dn cese emm 187 190 192 Fail safe cooling 289 SANG ucitseaet tibias Pon 191 Fleet MyKey programming 63 snow and ice sse 199 Floor mats nn 255 nd WALET quie eredi Il ue Fluid capacities 354 ual automatic temperature Four Wheel Drive vehicles PRDEEOL DADC ao
9. Warning not selectable if using a MyKey Cross Traffic check enabled default uncheck disabled Cruise Control Adaptive or Normal Rear Park Aid check enabled default uncheck disabled Display Select your applicable language Units Miles amp Gal or km L or L 100km Temperature Fahrenheit F or Celsius C 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Information Displays 113 Convenience Auto Engine Off check enabled default uncheck disabled Auto Highbeam check enabled default uncheck disabled Autolamp Delay Off or number of seconds Compass Display check enabled default uncheck disabled DTE Calculation Easy Entry Exit check enabled default uncheck disabled Autolock check enabled default uncheck disabled Autounlock check enabled default uncheck disabled Remote Unlock All Doors or Driver First Oil life Reset Set XXX Hold OK to Reset Remote Start Auto or Last Setting Automatic or Off or Front Seats 15 minutes System check enabled default uncheck disabled Wipers Courtesy Wipe check enabled default uncheck disabled Rain Sensing check enabled default uncheck disabled 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 114 Information Displays MyKey Speed Minder 45 mph 75 km h 55 mph 90 km h 65 mph 105 km h or Off Clear MyKeys
10. e Install tire cables securely verifying that the tire cables do not touch any wiring brake lines or fuel lines e Do not exceed 30 mph 48 km h with tire cables on your vehicle e Drive cautiously If you hear the cables rub or bang against your vehicle stop and retighten the cables If this does not work remove the cables to prevent damage to your vehicle e Remove the tire cables when they are no longer needed Do not use tire cables on dry roads TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM WARNING The tire pressure monitoring system is NOT a substitute for manually checking tire pressure The tire pressure should be checked periodically at least monthly using a tire gauge See Inflating Your Tires in this chapter Failure to properly maintain your tire pressure could increase the risk of tire failure loss of control vehicle rollover and personal injury 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 333 Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a t
11. Off Turns the ignition off e Without applying the brake pedal press and release the button once when the ignition is in the on mode or when the engine is running but the vehicle is not in motion Accessory Allows some electrical accessories to operate while the engine is not running e Without applying the brake pedal press and release the button once On All electrical circuits are operational Warning lamps and indicators are illuminated e Without applying the brake pedal press and release the button once from accessory mode e Without applying the brake pedal press and release the button twice from off mode Start Starts the engine e Press the brake pedal and then press the button for any length of time An indicator light on the button illuminates when then ignition is on and when the engine starts STARTING A GASOLINE ENGINE When you start the engine the idle speed increases this helps to warm up the engine If the engine idle speed does not slow down automatically have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer Note You can crank the engine for a total of 60 seconds without the engine starting before the starting system temporarily disables The 60 seconds does not have to be all at once For example if you crank the engine three times for 20 seconds each time without the engine starting you reached the 60 second time limit A message appears in the information display alerting you that you exceede
12. To install the floor mats position the floor mat eyelet over the retention post and press down to lock in position Remove in reverse order 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 256 Roadside Emergencies ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE Vehicles Sold in the United States Getting Roadside Assistance To fully assist you should you have a vehicle concern Ford Motor Company offers a complimentary Roadside Assistance program This program is separate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty e 24 hours a day seven days a week e For the coverage period listed on the Roadside Assistance Card included in your Owner s Manual portfolio Roadside assistance will cover e A flat tire change with a good spare except vehicles that have been supplied with a tire inflation kit e Battery jump start e Lock out assistance key replacement cost is the customer s responsibility e Fuel delivery Independent Service Contractors if not prohibited by state local or municipal law shall deliver up to 2 0 gallons 7 5 liters of gasoline or 5 0 gallons 18 9 liters of diesel fuel to a disabled vehicle Fuel delivery service is limited to two no charge occurrences within a 12 month period e Winch out available within 100 feet 30 5 meters of a paved or county maintained road no recoveries e Towing Ford eligible vehicles will be towed to an authorized dealer within 35 miles 56 3 kilometers of the
13. Voice Settings Voice settings allow you to customize the level of system interaction help and feedback The system defaults to standard interaction that uses candidate lists and confirmation prompts as these provide the highest level of guidance and feedback Interaction Mode Novice mode provides detailed interaction and guidance while the advanced mode has less audible interaction and more tone prompts Confirmation Prompts The system uses these short questions to confirm your voice request If turned off the system simply makes a best guess as to what you requested The system may still occasionally ask you to confirm settings Phone Media Candidate Lists Candidate lists are lists of possible results from your voice commands The system creates these lists when it has the same confidence level of several options based on your voice command 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 443 To access these settings using the touchscreen 1 Press the Settings icon gt Settings gt Voice Control 2 Select from e Interaction Mode e Confirmation Prompts e Media Candidate Lists e Phone Candidate Lists e Voice Control Volume To access these settings using voice commands EB Press the voice icon Wait for the prompt Please say a i command Another tone sounds to let you know the system is listening Confirmation Prompts On Using Voice Commands with the Touchs
14. 34 Safety Belts FASTENING THE SAFETY BELTS The front outboard and rear safety restraints in your vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts 1 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle e 2 To unfasten press the release button and remove the tongue from the buckle w fg Restraint of Pregnant Women WARNING Always ride and drive with your seatback upright and the safety belt properly fastened The lap portion of the safety belt should fit snug and be positioned low across the hips The shoulder portion of the safety belt should be positioned across the chest Pregnant women should also follow this practice See the following figure 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Safety Belts 35 Pregnant women should always wear their safety belts The lap belt portion of a combination lap and shoulder belt should be positioned low across the hips below the belly and worn as tight as comfort will allow The shoulder belt should be positioned to cross the middle of the shoulder and the center of the chest Safety Belt Locking Modes WARNING After any vehicle crash the safety belt system at all passenger seating positions must be checked by an authorized dealer to verify that the automatic lock
15. Paper FSC C102270 EGU 19A321AA October2013 SecondPrinting Owner s Manual Litho in U S A Taurus Table of Contents 1 Introduction 9 Child Safety 17 Child seat positioning 2 2 0 000000 ce ee 19 Booster Seals 43s S vede depre E edu eb PREGA ee hee es 21 Installing child seats llle 24 Child Safety lOCkSs se nia eag actae er ER c ee REV bu 31 Safety Belts 32 Fastening the safety belts 2l 34 Safety belt height adjustment llle 37 Safety belt warning light and indicator chime 37 Safety belt niinder 2222222 e x eee ee RES rwr de 38 Child restraint and safety belt maintenance 40 Personal Safety System 41 Supplementary Restraints System 42 Driver and passenger airbags 000000 ee eee eee 44 Front passenger sensing system llle 45 SIde alPbags es ce be x CEU S PESE eae OR ud ES 49 Safety canopy curtain airbags 2 2 51 Crash sensors and airbag indicator 0000005 53 Airbag disposal 2 sorde E aae ai eee 54 Keys and Remote Control 55 General information on radio frequencies 00 0005 55 Remote control 626 uns se oes Xe reat hoe or px eS ud 56 KeyvS wives eh Gee ht as dae eh doa hea gg 4 R94 eee gast Hadad aes 56 Replacing a lost key or remote control 000000005 62 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 2 Table of Contents MyKey 63 Settings
16. Seats 143 e Bend your legs slightly so that you can press the pedals fully e Position the shoulder strap of the safety belt over the center of your shoulder and position the lap strap tightly across your hips Make sure that your driving position is comfortable and that you can maintain full control of your vehicle HEAD RESTRAINTS AN WARNING To minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash the driver and passenger occupants should not sit in or operate the vehicle until the head restraint is placed in its proper position The driver should never adjust the head restraint while the vehicle is in motion 4 WARNING The adjustable head restraint is a safety device Whenever possible it should be installed and properly adjusted when the seat is occupied f WARNING Install the head restraint properly to minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash Note Before adjusting any head restraint adjust the seat back to an upright driving or riding position Properly adjust the head restraint so that the top of the head restraint is even with the top of your head and positioned as close as possible to the back of your head For occupants of extremely tall stature adjust the head restraint to its full up position To adjust the head restraint do the following A Front seat head restraints 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 144 Seats A Rear seat center hea
17. This allows you to make your previous command more specific For example if you asked to search and play all music by a certain artist you could then say refine album and choose a specific album from the list to view If you then select Play the system only plays music from that specific album Press the voice icon and when prompted say Bluetooth Audio and then any of the following Media Menu Features The media menu allows you to select your media source how to play your music by artist genre shuffle repeat etc and also to add connect or delete devices 1 Press AUX and then MENU to enter the Media Menu 2 Scroll to cycle through When you select You can Play Menu Play your music by artist album genre playlists tracks similar music or to simply play all You can also choose to Explore USB to view the supported digital music files on your playing device See Play Menu later in this section for more information 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus SYNC 417 When you select Select Source 2014 Taurus SYNC USB Press OK to access music plugged into your USB port You can also plug in devices to charge them if supported by your device Once connected the system indexes any readable media files The time required to complete this depends on the size of the media content being indexed If Autoplay is on you can access media files r
18. e Perform all regularly scheduled maintenance There are also some things you may not want to do because they may reduce your fuel economy e Sudden or hard accelerations e Rev the engine before turning it off e Idle for periods longer than one minute e Warm up your vehicle on cold mornings e Use the air conditioner or front defroster e Use the speed control in hilly terrain e Rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving e Drive a heavily loaded vehicle or tow a trailer 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 254 Driving Hints e Carry unnecessary weight approximately 1 mpg 0 4 km L is lost for every 400 pounds 180 kilograms of weight carried e Add particular accessories to your vehicle e g bug deflectors rollbars or light bars running boards ski racks e Drive with the wheels out of alignment DRIVING THROUGH WATER WARNING Drive through water in an emergency only and not as part of normal driving WARNING Engine damage can occur if water enters the air filter Note Driving through deep water may allow water into the transmission or air intake and can cause internal vehicle damage or cause it to stall Note Once through the water always dry the brakes by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal If driving through deep or standing water is unavoidable proceed very slowly Never drive through water that is higher than
19. Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat such as a blanket or cushion because this may cause the seat heater to overheat Do not puncture the seat with pins needles or other pointed objects because this may damage the heating element which may cause the seat heater to overheat An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury The heated seats will only function when the engine is running Note Do not do the following e Place heavy objects on the seat e Operate the seat heater if water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat Allow the seat to dry thoroughly To operate the heated seats Press the heated seat symbol to cycle through the various heat settings and off Warmer settings are indicated by more indicator lights If the engine falls below 350 RPM while the heated seats are on the feature will turn itself off You will need to reactivate it 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 152 Seats Ventilated Seats The ventilated seats will only function when the engine is running To operate the ventilated seats A C Press the ventilated seat symbol to cycle through the various cooling settings and off Cooler settings are indicated by more indicator lights If the engine falls below 350 RPM while the ventilated seats are on the feature will turn itself off You will need to reactivate it Note When the heated or ventilated front seat is active you will be
20. End User License Agreement EULA e You have acquired a device DEVICE that includes software licensed by Ford Motor Company and its affiliates FORD MOTOR COMPANY from an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation MS Those installed software products of MS origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation MS SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The MS SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved e The MS SOFTWARE may interface with and or communicate with or may be later upgraded to interface with and or communicate with additional software and or systems provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY The additional software and systems of FORD MOTOR COMPANY origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation FORD SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The FORD SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved e The MS SOFTWARE and or FORD SOFTWARE may interface with and or communicate with or may be later upgraded to interface with and or communicate with additional software and or systems provided by third party software and service suppliers The additional software and services of third party origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE are protected by i
21. F Engine oil filler cap G Engine oil dipstick H Windshield washer fluid reservoir 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 284 Maintenance ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK 2 0L EcoBoost A B A MIN 3 5L 3 7L and 3 5L EcoBoost A MIN B MAX D S ENGINE OIL CHECK Note Check the level before starting the engine Note Make sure that the level is between the MIN and MAX marks 1 Make sure that your vehicle is on level ground 2 Turn the engine off and wait 10 minutes for the oil to drain into the oil pan 3 Remove the dipstick and wipe it with a clean lint free cloth Replace the dipstick and remove it again to check the oil level If the level is at the MIN mark add oil immediately Adding Engine Oil Note Do not remove the filler cap when the engine is running Note Do not add engine oil further than the MAX mark Oil levels above the MAX mark may cause engine damage 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Maintenance 285 Only use oils certified for gasoline engines by the American Petroleum Institute API An oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the International Lubricants Specification Advisory Council ILSAC comprised of U S and Japanese automobile manufacturers 1 Remove the filler cap 2 Add engine oil that meets Ford specific
22. For example e Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A These Tire Quality Grades are determined by standards that the United States Department of Transportation has set Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires They do not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires light truck or LT type tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches or limited production tires as defined in Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 575 104 c 2 U S Department of Transportation Tire quality grades The U S Department of Transportation requires Ford Motor Company to give you the following information about tire grades exactly as the government has written it Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear 175 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AAA BC WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction character
23. Headlamp bulbs must be marked with an authorized D O T for North America and an E for Europe to ensure lamp performance light brightness and pattern and safe visibility The correct bulbs will not damage the lamp assembly or void the lamp assembly warranty and will provide quality bulb burn time number headlamp High series Low high 3457AK Pew panita amp er Sidemarker lamp front a 25 OSOS 194NA Sidemarkerlamp rear 2 LED Tail brake lamp LED bo bo 55 Rear turn lamp a iD bo 2 To replace these lights see your authorized dealer 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Vehicle Care 307 GENERAL INFORMATION Your Ford or Lincoln authorized dealer has many quality products available to clean your vehicle and protect its finishes CLEANING PRODUCTS For best results use the following products or products of equivalent quality Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner ZC 15 Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A Motorcraft Dusting Cloth ZC 24 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser United States only ZC 20 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo Canada only CXC 66 A Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner Canada only CXC 101 Motorcraft Premium Glass Cleaner Canada only CXC 100 Motorcraft Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid Canada only CXC 37 A B D or F Motorcraft Premium Windshiel
24. ISIe IS osea osodanq nmgy OVD q 660IW VSH osea1r osodanq nmygyq Toso1o G TX 3J J910310 A GV 8909 USSA 0c INd uorjeogr ods pao 1oquinu 3J1ed p4o q e LV AT NOOSIN Je191030 A jue2riqnT x2orp pue Sunerjeueg 3J J24030 A 9seo18 umngrT oseaI1r osodanq nmyy PMY exer IPA J030 N 92ueunroproq WSTH NI v LOC 3J 494010 A JO oureu j3 red p10 S649 19 8 sj1enb 0 6 gg PMI uorssmusuer CI0 TD b TITO TUS sj1enb 9 TT CEOD sj1enb 6 0T SIopui A5 yoo SOUT ayesyy pue yuna syoer eas YO Ie pooy Arerpxne yoe pooy yore 100q JIOAJ9SQJ uo NIN pue PME epe XVN uooM og SNOILVOIJIO3dS 1VOINHO3 L Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 2014 Taurus USA fus 355 Capacities and Specifications V 9P60CWSSM V 9V60CW SSM V GP6E0CIW SSM V 66106W ISM TO OVIMGLAX V 16LIOcW dSM 16 06M08 AX uorjeorro ods pao 1oquinu 34ed pIo j1uepeAmbo 10 O 1030 A 0 M8 AVS 3 1910 10 N queTeambea 10 IO 1070W OEMS AVS 3 191010 N jquo eAmbo 10 IQ 1040W 0G AAS AVS 3J J91030 A queormqnT 9 xy Tey onouquAgS OF T MSA AVS 3 194010 q queormqnT 9 xy reo umruroJq 06 08 AVS 3J amp 1510 0 A juo peAmbo JO oureu Ied pIo CIE 9 sjrenb 7g ourSuo 15008923 10 S TLS sjrenb 0 9 eutsuo OHS jndino Ysty Tedng 9A TFE TLS sjrenb 0 9 aurduo 9A TSE TES 0 soouno QT CISTIT squid pz gO OUTSUG AIA PYA TV pmp ALda pu
25. LT Food amp Drink Nightlife Attraction This icon appears when your selection exists in multiple ps categories within the system When you are viewing more information for hotels cityseekr also tells you if the hotel has certain services and facilities using icons Hotel services and facilities e Restaurant 24 Hr Room Service amp Business Center it Fitness Center amp Handicap Facilities Internet Access Laundry t Refrigerator 9 Wi Fi 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 503 For restaurants cityseekr can provide information such as star rating average cost review handicap access hours of operation and website address For hotels cityseekr can provide information such as star rating price category review check in and check out times hotel service icons and website address Setting Your Navigation Preferences Select settings for the system to take into account when planning your route E Press the Settings icon Settings Navigation Map Preferences Breadcrumbs displays your vehicle s previously traveled route with white dots Turn this feature ON or OFF Turn List Format allows you to choose to have the system display your turn list Top to Bottom or Bottom to Top Parking POI Notification sets the automatic parking points of interest notification Turn this feature ON or OFF When parking points of inter
26. MyKey usus sues dr eR pas dards RR SD en UR a 63 Creating meree wo dev ERA eR CR GU Rep eR e d SESS S debe ob ve 64 II eb PEPTIDE 65 Systemi Status gt oss fide Sena Poe pR hae e UR UE PCR e e PUR Y 65 Remote start MyKey 0 0 0 00 cece ee eee 66 Troubleshooting MyKey nonta ERRE E eee 66 Locks 68 Locking and unlocking sss sice nea n 0 000000 eee ee eee 68 SecuriCode keyless entry keypad 2 0 0 0 000 eee ae 72 Tr nk release scia deeded te EEA wa REG QR Peu 75 Interior luggage compartment release 0 0 00000 76 Security 77 SecuriLock passive anti theft system 0 0000000005 77 Anti theft alarm 6 2454 605 0424 sete Se oe PSS EYE EVE S 80 Steering Wheel 81 Adjusting the steering wheel llle 81 Steering wheel controls 0 00000 83 Pedals 86 Adjustable pedals se idet S Reed PERE Rew ee URS 86 Wipers and Washers 87 Windshield wipers 0 anaana aaee 87 Rain sensing Wipers 2 4 6 0 994 a ep E EY oe eee we ea es 87 Windshield washers s secedere poria 0c eee eee eens 88 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Table of Contents 3 Lighting 89 Lighting Control a zsecavkaca eR RRS EERE RCRD REE RES 89 AUtOlAMDS 5 i ea hee beatin be aw Ga ER T Sa d AS Vetro 90 Instrument lighting dimmer cae E RR RR 90 Headlamp exit delay 0 0 ee ee eee 91 Daytime runninglamps cc ee eee 91 Automatic high beam control
27. P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 544 Scheduled Maintenance EXCEPTIONS There are several exceptions to the Normal Schedule They are listed below Normal vehicle axle maintenance Rear axles and power take off PTO units with synthetic fluid and light duty trucks equipped with Ford design axles are lubricated for life do not check or change fluid unless a leak is suspected service is required or the assembly has been submerged in water During long periods of trailer towing with outside temperatures above 70 F 21 C and at wide open throttle for long periods above 45 mph 72 km h non synthetic rear axle fluids should be changed every 3000 miles 4800 kilometers or three months whichever comes first This interval can be waived if the axle is filled with 75W140 synthetic gear fluid meeting Ford specification WSL M2C192 A part number F1TZ 19580 B or equivalent Add friction modifier XL 3 EST M2C118 A or equivalent for complete refill of Traction Lok rear axles see Technical specifications in the Capacities and Specifications chapter for details Police Taxi Livery vehicle axle maintenance Change rear axle fluid every 100000 miles 160000 kilometers Rear axle fluid change may be waived if the axle was filled with 75W140 synthetic gear fluid meeting Ford specification WSL M2C192 A part number FITZ 19580 B or equivalent Add four ounces 118 mL of
28. RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM DEMAND OR ACTION IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS INJURY OR DAMAGES DIRECT OR INDIRECT WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THIS DATA OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT REVENUE CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS OR ANY OTHER DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA ANY DEFECT IN THIS DATA OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY EVEN IF NT OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES Some States Territories and Countries do not allow certain liability exclusions or damages limitations so to that extent the above may not apply to you Export Control You agree not to export from anywhere any part of the Data or any direct product thereof except in compliance with and with all licenses and approvals required under applicable export laws rules and regulations including but not limited to the laws rules and regulations administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U S Department of Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U S Department of Commerce To the extent that any such export laws rules or regulations prohibit NT from complying with any of its obligations hereunder to deliver or distribute Data such failure shall be excused and shall not constitute a breach of th
29. Scroll to select from the following options Vehicle Health Report options User Preferences Automatic Reports Press OK and select on Press OK to select or off Select On to have SYNC automatically and enter the menu prompt you to run a health report at certain Scroll to select from mileage intervals Note You must first turn this feature on before you can select the mileage intervals at which you would like to be prompted Mileage Intervals Press OK Scroll to select between 5000 7500 or 10000 mile intervals and press OK to make your selection Run Report Press OK for SYNC to run a health report of your vehicle s diagnostic systems and send the results to Ford where it is combined with scheduled maintenance information open recalls and other field service actions and unserviced vehicle inspection items from your authorized dealer Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice When you run a Vehicle Health Report Ford Motor Company may collect your cellular phone number to process your report request and diagnostic information about your vehicle Certain versions or updates to Vehicle Health Report may also collect additional vehicle information Ford may use the vehicle information it collects for any purpose If you do not want to disclose your cellular phone number or vehicle information do not run the feature or set up your Vehicle Health Report profile at www SYNCMyRide com See www SYNCMyRide com Vehicle Health R
30. Subject to your compliance with the terms of this Agreement TeleNav hereby grants to you a personal non exclusive non transferable license except as expressly permitted below in connection with your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software license without the right to sublicense to use the TeleNav Software in object code form only in order to access and use the TeleNav Software This license shall terminate upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement You agree that you will use the TeleNav Software only for your personal business or leisure purposes and not to provide commercial navigation services to other parties 3 1 License limitations You agree not to do any of the following a reverse engineer decompile disassemble translate modify alter or otherwise change the TeleNav Software or any part thereof b attempt to derive the source code audio library or structure of the TeleNav Software without the prior express written consent of TeleNav c remove from the TeleNav Software or alter any of TeleNav s or its suppliers trademarks trade names logos patent or copyright notices or other notices or markings d distribute sublicense or otherwise transfer the TeleNav Software to others except as part of your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software or e use the TeleNav Software in any manner that i infringes the intellectual property or proprietary rights rights of publicity or privacy or other righ
31. Type 2 E A B 1 Move the memory features to the desired positions using the associated controls located on the side seat panels 2 Press and hold button 1 for five seconds A tone will sound confirming memory position has been set Continue to hold until a second tone is heard after five seconds 3 Within three seconds press the lock button on the remote control 4 Wait 10 seconds and then press the unlock button on the remote control 5 Repeat this procedure for memory button 2 and another transmitter if desired Deactivating Memory from the Transmitter To deactivate this feature 1 Press and hold either the 1 or 2 button for five seconds A tone will sound when the memory store is done Continue to hold until a second tone is heard 2 Within three seconds press the unlock button on the remote control 3 Repeat this procedure for each additional transmitter if desired 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 60 Keys and Remote Control Car Finder Press the button twice within three seconds The horn will sound A and the turn signals will flash We recommend you use this method to locate your vehicle rather than using the panic alarm Sounding a Panic Alarm Press the button to activate the alarm Press the button again c or switch the ignition on to deactivate Note The panic alarm will only operate when the ignition is off Remote Start If Equipped WARNING T
32. USA fus 62 Keys and Remote Control Turning the Vehicle Off After Remote Starting Press the button once The parking lamps will turn off You may have to be closer to your vehicle than when starting due to ground reflection and the added noise of the running vehicle You can disable or enable the remote start system through the information display See the Information Display chapter REPLACING A LOST KEY OR REMOTE CONTROL You can purchase replacement or additional keys or remote controls from an authorized dealer A dealer can program the transmitters to your vehicle or you may be able to program them yourself See the Security chapter for information on programming your transmitters 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyKey 63 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION MyKey allows you to program keys with restricted driving modes to promote good driving habits All but one of the keys programmed to the vehicle can be activated with these restricted modes Any keys that have not been programmed are referred to as administrator keys or admin keys These can be used to e create a MyKey e program configurable MyKey settings e clear all MyKey features When you have programmed a MyKey you can access the following information using the information display e How many admin keys and MyKeys are programmed to your vehicle e The total distance your vehicle has traveled using a MyKey Note All My
33. address or by name or specific street intersections Operator Assist is a feature of your SYNC Services subscription For more information on Operator Assist visit www SYNCMyRide com support Follow the voice prompts to select your destination Once your destination is selected your current vehicle location is uploaded and a route based on current traffic conditions is calculated and sent back to your vehicle After the route download is complete the phone call is automatically ended You then receive audible and visual driving instructions as you travel toward your destination 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 412 SYNC 3 While on an active route you can select or say Route summary or Route status to view the Route Summary turn list or the Route Status ETA You can also turn voice guidance on or off cancel the route or update the route If you miss a turn SYNC automatically asks if you want the route updated Just say Yes when prompted and a new route will be delivered to your vehicle Disconnecting from SYNC Services 1 Press and hold the phone button on the steering wheel 2 Say Good bye from the SYNC Services main menu Personalizing You can personalize your Services feature to provide quicker access to your most used or favorite information You can save address points such as work or home You can also save favorite information like sports teams or a news
34. amp cabin air filter replacement Engine air filter and cabin air filter life is dependent on exposure to dusty and dirty conditions Vehicles operated in these conditions will require frequent inspection and replacement of the engine air filter and cabin air filter ENGINE COOLANT CHANGE RECORD Initial change Six years or 100000 miles 160000 km whichever comes first After initial change Every three years or 50000 miles 80000 km Engine Coolant Change Log Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE 2014 Taurus Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 546 Index 911 Assist paiiar 405 480 All Wheel Drive AWD driving off road 188 A Ambient mood lighting 486 ABS see Brakes NEMO TEN 196 AM FM ALLTA TIAA LLST AAAI 446 Antifreeze see Engine USB dd ae and na as 458 GOOlant 2 uurasticetim nre 285 Accessing call history phone Anti lock brake system book during active call 394 see Brakes E pind sea mavamepiem 196 Anti theft system 77 80 BEOBSpIE JOu calendar n m arming the system 77 80 DE your media menu 416 disarming
35. e Make sure all linkages cables levers and pins under vehicle are covered with grease to prevent rust e Move vehicles at least 25 feet 8 meters every 15 days to lubricate working parts and prevent corrosion Removing Vehicle from Storage When your vehicle is ready to come out of storage do the following e Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt or grease film build up on window surfaces e Check windshield wipers for any deterioration e Check under the hood for any foreign material that may have collected during storage mice squirrel nests e Check the exhaust for any foreign material that may have collected during storage e Check tire pressures and set tire inflation per the Tire Label e Check brake pedal operation Drive the vehicle 15 feet 4 5 meters back and forth to remove rust build up e Check fluid levels Gncluding coolant oil and gas to make sure there are no leaks and fluids are at recommended levels e If the battery was removed clean the battery cable ends and inspect Contact your authorized dealer if you have any concerns or issues 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 316 Wheels and Tires TIRE CARE Information About Uniform Tire Quality Grading c 7 Tire Quality Grades apply to new CL pneumatic passenger car tires The Tire V Quality Grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width
36. e Vehicles passing through the blind zone at very fast rates e When several vehicles forming a convoy pass through the blind zone The following are other situations that may limit the CTA system e Adjacently parked vehicles or objects obstructing the sensors e Approaching vehicles passing at speeds greater than 15 mph 24 km h e Driving in reverse faster than 3 mph 5 km h e Backing out of an angled parking spot False Alerts Note If you connected a trailer to your vehicle the BLIS system may detect the trailer causing a false alert To avoid false alerts you may want to turn the BLIS off manually There may be certain instances when either the BLIS or CTA systems illuminate the alert indicator with no vehicle in the coverage zone this is known as a false alert Some amount of false alerts are normal they are temporary and self correct System Errors If either system senses a problem with the left or right sensor the BLIS indicator in the information display will illuminate and remain on Also BLIND SPOT SYSTEM FAULT or CROSS TRAFFIC SYSTEM FAULT message will appear When problems that may cause the left or right indicator not to illuminate only the information display message faults appear 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Driving Aids 233 Switching the Systems Off and On One or both systems can be switched off temporarily by using the information display control
37. feature When set to Off screen brightness does not change e Mode allows you to set the screen to a certain brightness or have the system automatically change based on the outside light level or turn the display off e If you select AUTO or NIGHT you have the options of turning the display s Auto Dim feature on or off and changing the Auto Dim Manual Offset feature e Auto Dim Manual Offset allows you to adjust screen dimming as the outside lighting conditions change from day to night This feature also allows you to adjust screen brightness using the instrument panel dimming control Edit Wallpaper e You can have your touchscreen display the default photo or upload your own Uploading Photos for Your Home Screen Wallpaper Note You cannot load photos directly from your camera You must access the photos either from your USB mass storage device or from an SD card Note Photographs with extremely large dimensions such as 2048 x 1536 may not be compatible and appear as a blank black image on the display Your system allows you to upload and view up to 32 photos To access press the Settings icon gt Display gt Edit Wallpaper and then follow the system prompts to upload your photographs 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 486 MyFord Touch If Equipped Only the photograph s which meets the following conditions display e Compatible file formats are as follows jpg gif
38. on the rear axle 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 323 Information on T Type Tires T type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires These differences are described below B C D E A 4 T145 80D16 is an example of a tire p a size Note The temporary tire size for your vehicle may be different from this example Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire A T Indicates a type of tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association that is intended for temporary service on cars sport utility vehicles minivans and light trucks B 145 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire C 80 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width Numbers of 70 or lower indicate a short sidewall D D Indicates a diagonal type tire R Indicates a radial type tire E 16 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter Location of the Tire Label You will find a Tire Label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important information located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door See the payload description and graphic in the Load Carrying chapter 2014 Taurus Owners Guide
39. running great Accessory drive belt s Battery performance Clutch operation if equipped Engine air filter Suspension component for leaks or damage Exhaust system Exterior lamps and hazard warning system operation proper pressure Fluid levels fill if necessary For oil and fluid leaks Brake coolant recovery reservoir manual and automatic transmission with an underhood dipstick power steering if equipped and window washer If your vehicle is equipped with a temporary mobility kit check the tire sealant expiration Use By date on the canister Replace as needed Be sure to ask your dealership service advisor or technician about the multi point vehicle inspection It s a comprehensive way to perform a thorough inspection of your vehicle It s your checklist that gives you immediate feedback on the overall condition of your vehicle You ll know what s been checked what s okay as well as those things that may require future or immediate attention The multi point vehicle inspection is one more way to keep your vehicle running great 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 533 Ei ceraumuae a nene PATH E HEETJEXN avamag Famn Sor t t Barbra Multi Point Inspection Report Card as Recommended by Ford Motor Company Tib 3I poc Man ine mg martin Ebbi Md Web Morelia Nka Dee Oiee ONE O0 is 5m E ra treater 1 mt
40. text messages read and unread and call history including history of calls when your cell phone was not connected to the system In addition if you connect a media device the system creates and retains an index of supported media content The system also records a short development log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity The log profile and other system data may be used to improve the system and help diagnose any problems that may occur The cellular profile media device index and development log remain in the vehicle unless you delete them and are generally accessible only in the vehicle when the cellular phone or media player is connected If you no longer plan to use the system or the vehicle we recommend you perform a Master Reset to erase all stored information System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to the vehicles SYNC module Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access the system data for any purpose other than as described absent consent a court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada For further privacy information see the sections on 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and Traffic Directions and Information 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fu
41. to D Drive when manual control is no longer desired Note Engine damage may occur if excessive engine revving is held without shifting 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 186 Transmission Brake Shift Interlock WARNING Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the brake lamps are working A N WARNING When doing this procedure you will be taking the vehicle out of park which means the vehicle can roll freely To avoid unwanted vehicle movement always fully set the parking brake prior to doing this procedure Use wheel chocks if appropriate WARNING If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer as soon as possible Note See your authorized dealer as soon as possible if this procedure is used Use the brake shift interlock lever to move the gearshift lever from the P Park position in the event of an electrical malfunction or if your vehicle has a dead battery Note For some markets this feature will be disabled Apply the parking brake and turn the ignition off before performing this procedure 1 Using a screwdriver or similar tool remove the insert next to the gearshift lever 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Transmission 187 2 Insert the screwdriver or similar tool into the hole and press the lever forwa
42. turning the traction control system off See the MyKey chapter In certain situations for example stuck in snow or mud turning the traction control off may be beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin with full engine power Turn the traction control system off by pressing the stability control button located in the access door under the climate controls on Taurus SHO models or through the information display on other models System indicator lights and messages WARNING If a failure has been detected within the AdvanceTrac system the stability control light will illuminate steadily Verify that the AdvanceTrac system was not manually disabled through using the information display control If the stability control light still illuminates steadily have the system serviced by an authorized dealer immediately Operating your vehicle with AdvanceTrac disabled could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death The stability control light temporarily illuminates on engine Fed Start up and flashes when a driving condition activates the stability system 2B The stability control off light temporarily illuminates on engine Hl start up and stays on when the system is in sport mode the traction control system is turned off When the traction control system is turned off or on a message appears in the information display showing system status 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Pri
43. your engine running contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Change Engine Oil Displayed when the engine oil life remaining is Soon 10 or less Oil Change Required Displayed when the oil life left reaches 0 Engine Coolant Displayed when the engine coolant Overtemperature temperature is excessively high LOW one quarter full Check the washer fluid level Steering Malfunction Displays when the steering system needs Service Now service See your authorized dealer 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 128 Information Displays Maintenance Action Description Messages Service Power Steering The power steering system has detected a condition within the power steering system that requires service immediately See your authorized dealer Power Steering Assist The power steering system has disabled power Fault steering assist due to a system error See your authorized dealer MyKey Messages Action Description Safely MyKey cannot be programmed Speed Limited to xx Displayed when starting the vehicle and MPH km h MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is on Near Vehicle Top Displayed when a MyKey is in use and the Speed MyKey speed limit is on and the vehicle speed is near the selected top speed Check Speed Drive Displayed when a MyKey is in use and the Safely optional setting is on and the vehicle exceeds preselected speed Audio Belt Minder i
44. your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings with or without a trailer from the vehicle s Tire Label or Safety Compliance Certification Label Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your authorized dealer plus any aftermarket equipment 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Load Carrying 239 PAYLOAD Payload is the combined weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is carrying The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire Label on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door vehicles exported outside the US and Canada may not have a Tire Label Look for THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg OR XXX Ib for maximum payload The payload listed on the Tire Label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant If any aftermarket or authorized dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle the weight of the equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the Tire Label in order to determine the new payload WARNING The appropriate loading capacity of your vehicle can be limited either by volume capacity how
45. your vehicle to activate the push button start system The intelligent access key also contains a removable mechanical key blade that you can use to unlock the driver door Slide the release on the back of the transmitter to release the key blade and then pull the blade out Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Keys and Remote Control 57 Note Your vehicle s back up keys came with a security tag that MNN Information Keep the tag information Keep the tag in a safe 1031X place for future reference Replacing the Battery Note Refer to local regulations when disposing of transmitter batteries Note Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals or on the back surface of the circuit board Note Replacing the battery will not delete the transmitter from your vehicle The transmitter should operate normally The remote control uses one coin type three volt lithium battery CR2032 or equivalent Integrated Keyhead Transmitter 1 Twist a thin coin in the slot near the key 1 ring to remove the battery cover 1 2 Carefully peel up the rubber gasket 2 3 2 from the transmitter if it does not come off with the battery cover 3 3 Remove the old battery 3 i 4 Insert the new battery Refer to the instructions inside the integrated keyhead transmitter for the correct orientation of the battery Press the battery down to ensure that the battery is fully seated in the batt
46. AND ALL DIRECT OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN CONTRACT TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF TELENAV AND OF ALL OF TELENAV S SUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE TELENAV SOFTWARE SOME STATES AND OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU 6 Arbitration and Governing Law You agree that any dispute claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the TeleNav Software shall be settled by independent arbitration involving a neutral arbitrator and administered by the American Arbitration Association in the County of Santa Clara California The arbitrator shall apply the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association and the judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any court having jurisdiction Note that there is no judge or jury in an arbitration proceeding and the decision of the arbitrator shall be binding upon both parties You expressly agree to waive your right to a jury trial This Agreement and performance hereunder will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without giving effect to its conflict of laws provisions To the extent judicial action is necessary in connection with the binding arbitration both TeleNav and you agree to submit to the exclusive ju
47. Browse league games Browse Sirius category channels Browse Sirius channel guide Browse SD card Browse USB If you have said Browse you can then say any commands in the following chart This command is only usable if you have an active subscription to Sirius satellite radio BROWSE lt Sirius category channels ek SD card Sirius channel guide This command is only usable if you have an active subscription to Sirius satellite radio For more commands in SD card or USB mode see the SD card and USB Port section of this chapter For a complete list of Browse voice commands see USB and SD card voice commands and Bluetooth audio voice commands in the following sections Your voice system allows you to change audio sources with a simple voice command For example if you are listening to music on a USB device then want to switch to a satellite radio channel simply press the voice button on the steering wheel controls and say the name of the Sirius station such as the Highway The following voice commands 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 446 MyFord Touch If Equipped are available at the top level of the voice session no matter which current audio source you are listening to such as a USB device or Sirius satellite radio Note This is only available when your MyFord Touch system lan
48. Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 540 Scheduled Maintenance SPECIAL OPERATING CONDITIONS If you operate your vehicle primarily in any of the following conditions you need to perform additional maintenance as indicated If you occasionally operate your vehicle under any of these conditions it is not necessary to perform the additional maintenance For specific recommendations see your dealership service advisor or technician Perform the services shown in the following tables when specified or within 3000 miles 4800 kilometers of the OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message appearing in the information display Example 1 The OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message comes on at 28751 miles 46270 kilometers perform the 30000 mile 48000 kilometer automatic transmission fluid replacement Example 2 The OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message has not come on but the odometer reads 30000 miles 48000 kilometers perform the engine air filter replacement i e Intelligent Oil Life Monitor was reset at 25000 miles 40000 kilometers Towing a trailer or using a camper or car top carrier As required Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information display and perf
49. Forward e In radio mode select a frequency band and press one of these buttons The system stops at the first station it finds in that direction e In Sirius mode press these buttons to select the previous or next channel If a specific category is selected such as Jazz Rock or News use these buttons to find the previous or next channel in the selected category e In CD mode press these buttons to select the previous or next track C SOUND Press this button to access settings for Treble Middle Bass Balance and Fade D TUNE and TUNE e n radio mode press these buttons to manually search through the radio frequency band e In Sirius mode press these buttons to find the next or previous available satellite radio station E Power and Volume e Press this button to switch the system off and on e Turn it to adjust the volume HD RADIO INFORMATION IF AVAILABLE Note HD Radio broadcasts are not available in all markets HD Radio technology is the digital evolution of analog AM FM radio Your system has a special receiver that allows it to receive digital broadcasts where available in addition to the analog broadcasts it already receives Digital broadcasts provide a better sound quality than analog broadcasts with free crystal clear audio and no static or distortion For more information and a guide to available stations and programming please visit www hdradio com When HD Radio is on and you tune to a
50. Hold OK to Clear MyKeys TRIP AND FUEL ECONOMY COMPUTER Resetting the Trip Computer Press and hold OK on the current screen to reset the respective trip distance time and fuel information Odometer Registers the total accumulated distance for the lifetime of the vehicle This value cannot be reset Trip Odometer Registers the distance of individual journeys Trip Timer Registers the total time of a trip Fuel Used Shows the amount of fuel used for a given trip Distance to E Indicates the approximate distance the vehicle will travel on the fuel remaining in the tank Changes in driving pattern may cause the value to vary Average Fuel Indicates the average fuel consumption since the function was last reset 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Information Displays 115 Information Messages See Information Messages later in this chapter for more information Information Display Controls Type 2 e Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through and highlight the options within a menu e Press the right arrow button to enter a sub menu Press the left arrow button to exit a menu Press the OK button to choose and confirm a setting messages Main menu From the main menu bar on the left side of the information display you can choose from the following categories e Display Mode e Trip 1 amp 2 e Fuel Economy e Driver Assist e Settings Scroll up
51. If the warning chime remains on after you have released the parking brake have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 110 Information Displays GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Various systems on your vehicle can be controlled using the information display controls on the steering wheel Corresponding information is displayed in the information display Information Display Controls Type 1 e Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through and highlight the options within a menu e Press the right arrow button to enter a sub menu e Press the left arrow button to exit a menu e Press the OK button to choose and confirm a setting messages Menu You can access the menus using the information display control Note Some options may appear slightly different or not at all if the items are optional 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd
52. Label When weather temperature changes occur tire inflation pressures also change A 10 F 6 C temperature drop can cause a corresponding drop of 1 psi 7 kPa in inflation pressure Check your tire pressures frequently and adjust them to the proper pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label To check the pressure in your tire s 1 Make sure the tires are cool meaning they are not hot from driving even a mile Note If you are checking tire pressure when the tire is hot for example driven more than 1 mile 1 6 kilometers never bleed or reduce air pressure The tires are hot from driving and it is normal for pressures to increase above recommended cold pressures A hot tire at or below recommended cold inflation pressure could be significantly under inflated Note If you have to drive a distance to get air for your tire s check and record the tire pressure first and add the appropriate air pressure when you get to the pump It is normal for tires to heat up and the air pressure inside to go up as you drive 2 Remove the cap from the valve on one tire then firmly press the tire gauge onto the valve and measure the pressure 3 Add enough air to reach the recommended air pressure Note If you overfill the tire release air by pressing on the metal stem in the center of the valve Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge 4 Replace the valve cap 5 Repeat this procedure
53. Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 98 Windows and Mirrors EXTERIOR MIRRORS Power Exterior Mirrors WARNING Do not adjust the mirror while your vehicle is in motion ABC A Left mirror B Adjustment control C Right mirror To adjust your mirrors 1 Press the button to select the mirror you want to adjust An indicator light on the button will illuminate 2 Use the adjustment control to adjust the position of the mirror 3 Press the mirror button again to deselect the mirror The indicator light will turn off Foldaway Exterior Mirrors Push the mirror toward the door window glass Make sure that you fully engage the mirror in its support when returning it to its original position Heated Exterior Mirror If Equipped The heated exterior mirrors switch on with the heated rear window See Heated Windows and Mirrors in the Climate Control chapter Memory Mirrors If Equipped You can save and recall the mirror positions through the memory function See Memory function in the Seats chapter Auto Dimming Feature If Equipped The driver s side exterior mirror will automatically dim when the interior auto dimming mirror is activated 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Windows and Mirrors 99 Integrated Blind Spot Mirrors If Equipped WARNING Objects in the blind spot mirror are closer than they appear Blind spot mirrors have an integrated co
54. Power Tilt and Telescope Steering Column If Equipped 4 WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel when your vehicle is moving Note Make sure that you are sitting in the correct position Refer to Sitting in the Correct Position in the Seats chapter Use the control on the side of the steering column to adjust the position To adjust e tilt press the top or bottom of the control e telescope press the front or rear of the control Easy Entry and Exit Feature When you switch the ignition off the steering column will move to the full up and forward position to allow extra room to exit your vehicle The column will return to the previous setting when you switch the ignition on You can enable or disable this feature in the information display See General Imformation in the Information Displays chapter Memory Feature You can save and recall the steering column position with the memory function Refer to the Seats chapter Pressing the adjustment control during memory recall cancels the operation The column responds to the adjustment control The steering column sets a stopping position just short of the end of the column position to prevent damage to the steering column A new stopping position sets if the steering column encounters an object when tilting or telescoping 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Steering Wheel 83 To reset the steering column to its normal stopping
55. Pressure Monitoring System in this chapter for important information If the tire pressure monitoring sensor becomes damaged it will no longer function Note The tire pressure monitoring system indicator light will illuminate when the spare tire is in use To restore the full function of the monitoring system all road wheels equipped with tire pressure monitoring sensors must be mounted on this vehicle 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 337 If you get a flat tire while driving do not apply the brake heavily Instead gradually decrease your speed Hold the steering wheel firmly and slowly move to a safe place on the side of the road Have a flat serviced by an authorized dealer in order to prevent damage to the system sensors See Tire Pressure Monitoring System earlier in this chapter Replace the spare tire with a road tire as soon as possible During repairing or replacing of the flat tire have the authorized dealer inspect the tire pressure monitoring system sensor for damage Dissimilar Spare Tire and Wheel Assembly Information WARNING Failure to follow these guidelines could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control injury or death If you have a dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly then it is intended for temporary use only This means that if you need to use it you should replace it as soon as possible with a road tire and wheel assembly that is th
56. Reverse and Fast Forward AM FM CD Seek In radio mode select a frequency band and press one of these buttons The system stops at the first station it finds in that direction Press and hold one of these buttons to move quickly in that direction to the next strong radio station or memory preset In Sirius mode press one of these buttons to select the previous or next channel If you select a specific category such as Jazz Rock or News use these buttons to find the previous or next channel in the selected category Press and hold one of these buttons to move quickly in that direction to the next channel or category In CD mode press one of these buttons to select the previous or next track Press and hold one of these buttons to move quickly in that direction within the current track OK and arrow buttons Press the up and down or left and right arrow buttons to browse menu selections Press OK to confirm menu selections Eject Press this button to eject a CD Power and Volume Press this button to switch the system off and on Turn it to adjust the volume CLOCK Press this button to access the clock setting Use the center arrow controls to change the hours and minutes K SOUND Press this button to adjust settings for Treble Middle Bass Balance and Fade 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Audio System 371 L MENU Press this button to access different audi
57. Security 79 Programming a Spare Intelligent Access Key If Equipped Note A maximum of four intelligent access keys can be programmed to your vehicle You must take your vehicle and all access keys to your authorized dealer to be erased and reprogrammed if you would like to replace a previously programmed access key with a new access key or if you already have four access keys programmed to your vehicle You must have two previously programmed intelligent access keys inside your vehicle and the new unprogrammed intelligent access keys readily accessible See your authorized dealer to have the spare key programmed if two previously programmed keys are not available Make sure that your vehicle is off before beginning this procedure Make sure that all doors are closed before beginning and that they remain closed throughout the procedure Perform all steps within 30 seconds of starting the sequence Stop and wait for at least one minute before starting again if any steps are performed out of sequence Read and understand the entire procedure before you begin 1 Place the new unprogrammed intelligent E access key in the pocket inside of the center console with the buttons facing out and with key ring up 2 Press the driver or passenger power door unlock control three times 3 Press and release the brake pedal one time 4 Press the driver or passenger power door lock control three times 5 Press and release the brake ped
58. See 911 Assist in the SYNC Services and Applications section Phone Ringer Select the ring tone you want to hear when you receive a call Choose from possible system ring tones your currently paired phone s ring tone a beep text to speech or a silent notification Text Message Notification Select a text message notification if supported by your phone Choose from possible system alert tones text to speech or silent 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 471 Internet Data Connection If your phone is compatible use this screen to adjust your internet data connection Select to make your connection profile with the personal area network or to turn off your connection You can also choose to adjust your settings or have the system always connect never connect when roaming or query on connect Press for more information Manage Phonebook Touch this button to access features such as automatic phonebook download re download your phonebook add contacts from your phone as well as delete or upload your phonebook Roaming Warning Touch this button to have the system alert you when your phone is in roaming mode Phone Voice Commands ES Press the voice button on the steering wheel control After the us tone say any of the following commands Po Heldon o foc This command is only available during an active call If you have said Messages
59. Settings A C Defrost 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 434 MyFord Touch If Equipped SETTINGS Press to select any of the following Clock Display Sound Vehicle Settings Help Press to access your home screen Depending on your vehicle s option package and software your screens may vary in appearance from the descriptions in this section Your features may also be limited depending on your market Check with your authorized dealer for availability INFORMATION Press to select any of the following SYNC Services Sirius Travel Link Alerts Calendar SYNC Apps If the icon is yellow see Alerts in the Information section of this chapter ENTERTAINMENT Press to select any of the following AM FM SIRIUS CD USB BT Stereo SD Card A V In 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 435 Using the Touch sensitive Controls on Your System To turn a feature on and off just touch the graphic with your finger To get the best performance from the touch sensitive controls Do not press hard on the controls They are sensitive to light touch Use your bare finger to touch the center of a touch control graphic Touching off center of the graphic may affect operation of a nearby control Make sure your hands are clean and dry Keep metal and other conductive material away from the surface of the
60. You can switch temperature units between Fahrenheit and Celsius See Settings in the MyFord Touch or MyLincoln Touch chapter A MyTemp Allows you to quickly adjust to a frequently used setting with a single touch Press and to increase and decrease the temperature Touch and hold MyTemp to save the current temperature To access the setting again touch the MyTemp indicator again B Power Fan speed control Press to turn the system off and on When the system is off outside air cannot enter the vehicle Turn to increase or decrease the fan speed C DUAL Allows the passenger to set their temperature independent of the driver temperature D Recirculated air Press to switch between outside air and recirculated air When the LED on the button is lit the air currently in the passenger compartment is being recirculated Using recirculated air can reduce the time needed to cool the interior and reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle Note Recirculated air engages automatically when MAX A C is selected or can be turned on manually in any airflow mode except Defrost E MAX A C Distributes recirculated air through the instrument panel vents to cool the vehicle This position is more economical and efficient than normal air conditioning 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Climate Control 137 F A C Press to turn air conditioning off and on Air conditioning cools the vehicle using
61. a triggered system 80 N P ertet a EER E P A Single CD 369 374 375 Audio system Accessory delay ss 97 ee Badin ceesancess 369 374 375 Active call menu options 394 Automatic transmission Active Park Assist 203 driving an automatic Adaptive Cruise Control 213 guis EUST E uid adding Adding pairing a phone 466 fluid checking 290 291 Advanced menu options 403 423 fluid refill capacities 354 fluid specification 354 Advanced menu options Jue prompts languages defaults Selectshift SST hes sda n pers adit 184 master reset installing Auxiliary Input Jack 455 applications ssssesssss 403 Auxiliary input jack Line in 382 eae supplemental restraint 44 Auxiliary powerpoint 161 and child safety seats TODOS 45 A V inputs 353 eR IS ois alts wine TP biacees 384 463 deseripLlOLD idis esistente 44 disposal eerie 54 B driver Airbag ua ec 44 passenger airbag 44 Battery m D 296 side airbag ss 44 49 acid treating emergencies 296 jumping a disabled battery 258 Air cleaner filter 298 299 359 maintenance free 296 Air conditioning 130 replacement specifications 359 manual heating a
62. a yellow bezel placed over the fuel fill inlet Do not use e Fuels containing more than 85 ethanol or E 100 fuel e Fuels containing methanol e Fuels containing metallic based additives including manganese based compounds Fuels containing the octane booster additive methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT e Leaded fuel The use of leaded fuel is prohibited by law Use of any fuel other than recommended fuel can cause powertrain damage impair the emission control system or cause loss of vehicle performance Any damage to a vehicle that is caused by use of fuel not recommended will not be covered under warranty Octane recommendations e 3 5L V6 engine Regular unleaded gasoline with a pump R M 2 octane rating of 87 is recommended Some stations offer fuels posted as Regular with an octane rating below 87 particularly in high altitude areas Fuels with octane levels below 87 are not recommended e 3 5L V6 SHO 2 0L EcoBoost engines Regular unleaded gasoline with a pump R M 2 octane rating of 87 is recommended Some stations offer fuels posted as Regular with an octane rating below 87 particularly in high altitude areas Fuels with octane levels below 87 are not recommended Premium fuel will provide improved performance and is recommended for severe duty usage such as trailer tow Do not be concerned if your engine sometimes knocks lightly However if it knocks heavily while you
63. across the hips A WARNING To reduce the risk of injury make sure children sit where they can be properly restrained A WARNING All occupants of your vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided Failure to properly wear your safety belt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death WARNING In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a safety belt WARNING Each seating position in your vehicle has a specific safety belt assembly which is made up of one buckle and one tongue that are designed to be used as a pair 1 Use the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder only Never wear the shoulder belt under the arm 2 Never swing the safety belt around your neck over the inside shoulder 3 Never use a single belt for more than one person 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Safety Belts 33 WARNING When possible all children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death WARNING Safety belts and seats can become hot in a vehicle that has been closed up in sunny weather they could burn a small child Check seat covers and buckles before you place a child anywhere near them WARNING Front and rear seat occupants including
64. additive friction modifier XL 3 EST M2C118 A or equivalent for complete refill of Traction Lok rear axles The axle fluid should be changed anytime the axle has been submerged in water California fuel filter replacement If the vehicle is registered in California the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the completion of the vehicle s useful life Ford Motor Company however urges you to have all recommended maintenance services performed at the specified intervals and to record all vehicle service Class A Motorhome Change brake fluid every two years Hot climate oil change intervals Vehicles operating in the Middle East North Africa Sub Saharan Africa or locations with similar climates using an American Petroleum Institute API Certified for Gasoline Engines Certification mark oil of SM or SN quality the normal oil change interval is 5000 miles 8000 kilometers If the available API SM or SN oils are not available then the oil change service interval is 3000 miles 4800 kilometers 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 545 Edge MKX AWD only Vehicles operating off road in sand during high ambient temperatures must replace the AWD PTU All wheel drive Power Transfer Unit lube every 20000 miles 82000 kilometers Engine air filter
65. after six years regardless of tread wear However heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process and may require tires to be replaced more frequently You should replace your spare tire when you replace the road tires or after six years due to aging even if it has not been used U S DOT Tire Identification Number Both U S and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 328 Wheels and Tires Tire Replacement Requirements WARNING Only use replacement tires and wheels
66. air can reduce the time needed to cool the interior and reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle Note Recirculated air engages automatically when MAX A C is selected or can be turned on manually in any airflow mode except Defrost F PASS TEMP Press and turn to increase or decrease the air temperature on the passenger side of the vehicle G MAX A C Distributes recirculated air through the instrument panel vents to cool the vehicle This position is more economical and efficient than normal air conditioning H Fan speed control Press or to increase or decrease the volume of air circulated in your vehicle I Heated seat controls if equipped Turn the driver or passenger heated seats off and on See Heated seats in the Seats chapter for more information J Rear defrost Turns the heated windows and mirrors off and on See Heated windows and mirrors later in this chapter for more information If your vehicle is equipped with heated mirrors this button turns them on also K Defrost Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents and demister vents This setting can also be used to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 134 Climate Control DUAL AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM WITH SONY AUDIO SYSTEM Note You can switch temperature units between Fahrenheit and Celsius See Menu features in t
67. airbag seat mounted side airbags and the Safety Canopy Based on the type of accident frontal impact side impact or rollover the restraints control module will deploy the appropriate safety devices The restraints control module also monitors the readiness of the above safety devices plus the crash and occupant sensors The readiness of the safety system is indicated by a warning indicator light in the instrument cluster or by a backup tone if the warning light is not working See the Instrument Cluster chapter Routine maintenance of the airbag is not required A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following e The readiness light will either flash or stay lit N e The readiness light will not illuminate immediately after the ignition is turned on e A series of five beeps will be heard The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem or light are repaired If any of these things happen even intermittently have the supplemental restraint system serviced at an authorized dealer immediately Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a crash The safety belt pretensioners and the airbag supplemental restraint system are designed to activate when the vehicle sustains frontal or sideways deceleration sufficient to cause the restraints control module to deploy a safety device or when a certain likelihood of a rollover event is detected by the rollover sensor 2014 Tau
68. and hooks to an anchoring point called the top tether anchor Tether straps are available as an accessory for many older safety seats Contact the manufacturer of your child seat for information about ordering a tether strap or to obtain a longer tether strap if the tether strap on your safety seat does not reach the appropriate top tether anchor in your vehicle Once the child safety seat has been installed using either the safety belt the lower anchors of the LATCH system or both you can attach the top tether strap 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 30 Child Safety The tether strap anchors in your vehicle are in the following positions shown from top view 4 8 b Perform the following steps to install a child safety seat with tether anchors Note If you install a child seat with rigid LATCH attachments do not tighten the tether strap enough to lift the child seat off your vehicle seat cushion when the child is seated in it Keep the tether strap just snug without lifting the front of the child seat Keeping the child seat just touching your vehicle seat gives the best protection in a severe crash 1 Route the tether strap over the top of the head restraint 2 Locate the correct anchor for the selected seating position 3 Open the tether anchor cover 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Child Sa
69. any time by pressing the brake pedal pressing the steering wheel OFF control or pressing the CNCL control In addition you can temporarily increase the vehicle speed above the current speed by manually pressing on the accelerator pedal The controls for using your cruise control are located on the steering A wheel v Setting Adaptive Cruise Control 1 Press and release ON The information display will show the gray indicator light current gap setting and SET The system is set to standby mode 2 Accelerate to the desired speed 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Cruise Control 215 3 Press SET upward and release The vehicle speed is stored in the memory The information display will show a green indicator light f current gap setting and desired set speed 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal ITI 5 A lead vehicle graphic will illuminate if there is a vehicle detected in front of you Note When adaptive cruise control is active the set speed displayed in the information display may vary slightly from the speedometer Following a Vehicle WARNING When following a vehicle in front of you your vehicle will not decelerate automatically to a stop nor will your vehicle always decelerate quickly enough to avoid a collision without driver intervention Always apply the brakes when necessary Failing to do so may result in a collision serious injury or deat
70. authorized dealer While any authorized dealer handling your vehicle line will provide warranty service we recommend you return to your selling authorized dealer who wants to ensure your continued satisfaction Please note that certain warranty repairs require special training equipment or both so not all authorized dealers are authorized to perform all warranty repairs This means that depending on the warranty repair needed you may have to take your vehicle to another authorized dealer A reasonable time must be allowed to perform a repair after taking your vehicle to the authorized dealer Repairs will be made using Ford or Motorcraft parts or remanufactured or other parts that are authorized by Ford Away from Home If you are away from home when your vehicle needs service contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center or use the online resources listed below to find the nearest authorized dealer In the United States Mailing Address Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center P O Box 6248 Dearborn MI 48121 Telephone 1 800 392 3673 FORD TDD for the hearing impaired 1 800 232 5952 Online Additional information and resources are available online at www fordowner com These are some of the items that can be found online e U S Dealer Locator by Dealer Name City State or Zip Code e Owner Manuals e Maintenance Schedules e Recalls e Ford Extended Service Plans 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Prin
71. bar with arrows at the bottom of the map View switches between full map street list and exit view in route guidance Menu displays a pop up box that allows direct access to navigation settings View Edit Route Sirius Travel Link Guidance Mute and Cancel Route Re center the map by pressing this icon whenever you scroll 8 the map away from your vehicle s current location Auto Zoom Press the green bar to access map mode then select the or zoom button to bring up the zoom level and Auto buttons on the touchscreen When you press Auto Auto Zoom turns on and Auto displays in the bottom left corner of the screen in the map scale The map zoom level 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 506 MyFord Touch If Equipped then synchronizes with vehicle speed The slower your vehicle is traveling the farther in the map zooms in the faster your vehicle is traveling the farther the map zooms out To turn the feature off just press the or button again In 3D mode rotate the map view by swiping your finger across the shaded bar with the arrows Map Icons Vehicle mark shows the current location of your vehicle A It stays in the center of the map display except when in scroll mode the center of the screen The map position closest to the cursor Scroll cursor allows you to scroll the map the fixed icon is in is in a window on the top center part of the screen _A_ Address boo
72. be incompatible with your tire pressure monitoring system or some component of the system may be damaged Safety Practices WARNING If your vehicle is stuck in snow mud or sand do not rapidly spin the tires Spinning the tires can tear the tire and cause an explosion A tire can explode in as little as three to five seconds WARNING Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph 56 km h The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander Driving habits have a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety e Observe posted speed limits e Avoid fast starts stops and turns e Avoid potholes and objects on the road e Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against a curb when parking Highway Hazards No matter how carefully you drive there is always the possibility that you may eventually have a flat tire on the highway Drive slowly to the closest safe area out of traffic This may further damage the flat tire but your safety is more important 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 330 Wheels and Tires If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged immediately reduce your speed Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road Stop and inspect the tires for damage If a tire is under inflated or damaged deflate it remove the wheel and replace it with your spare tire and wheel If you cannot detect a cause
73. being used A B C Headlamp A Front parking lamp turn signal bulb B Low High beam headlamp bulb C Sidemarker bulb Low High beam bulbs 1 Make sure the headlamp switch is in the off position then open the hood 2 Reach in behind the headlamp assembly to access the bulbs and connectors 3 Remove service cap 4 Remove bulb from the headlamp assembly by turning it counterclockwise then pull it straight out 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 304 Maintenance Front parking lamp turn signal sidemarker bulbs 1 Make sure headlamp switch is in the off position then open the hood 2 Reach in behind the headlamp assembly to access the bulb sockets and connectors 3 Rotate the bulb socket counterclockwise and remove from the lamp assembly 4 Carefully pull the bulb out of the socket and push in the new bulb Install the new bulbs in reverse order from the steps above Replacing HID headlamp bulbs if equipped The headlamps on your vehicle use a high intensity discharge source These lamps operate at a high voltage When the bulb is burned out the bulb and starter capsule assembly must be replaced by your authorized dealer Replacing stop tail turn and sidemarker lamp bulbs Your vehicle is equipped with a tail lamp assembly containing integral multiple light emitting diodes LED for the stop tail turn and sidemarker functions If replac
74. braking system will not eliminate the dangers inherent when e You drive too closely to the vehicle in front of you e Your vehicle is hydroplaning e You take corners too fast e The road surface is poor PARKING BRAKE WARNING If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated then driving your vehicle could result in reduced braking ability increased stopping distances and potential loss of brakes See your authorized dealer as soon as possible WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure that the transmission is securely latched in park P Failure to set the parking brake and engage park could result in vehicle roll away property damage or bodily injury To set the parking brake press the parking brake pedal down to its fullest extent To release the parking brake press the parking brake pedal down again 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Traction Control 197 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION The traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction If your vehicle begins to slide the system applies the brakes to individual wheels and when needed reduces engine power at the same time If the wheels spin when accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces the system reduces engine power in order to increase traction USING TRACTION CONTROL Note If your vehicle is equipped with MyKey it is possible to prevent
75. by the mp3 file extension from T001 to a maximum of T255 Note The maximum number of playable MP3 files may be less depending on the structure of the CD and exact model of radio present e MP8 folder mode represents a folder structure consisting of one level of folders The CD player numbers all MP3 tracks on the disc noted by the mp3 file extension and all folders containing MP3 files from F001 folder T001 track to F253 T255 e Creating discs with only one level of folders helps with navigation through the disc files If you are burning your own MP3 discs it is important to understand how the system reads the structures you create While various files may be present files with extensions other than mp3 only files with the mp3 extension are played other files are ignored by the system This enables you to use the same MP3 disc for a variety of tasks on your work computer home computer and your in vehicle system In track mode the system displays and plays the structure as if it were only one level deep all mp3 files play regardless of being in a specific folder In folder mode the system only plays the mp3 files in the current folder 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Audio System 369 MyFord SYSTEM AN WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device
76. can select the following Country Carrier Phone Number User Name and Password Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 494 MyFord Touch If Equipped Wireless amp Internet Bluetooth Settings Shows you the currently paired devices as well as giving you your typical Bluetooth options to connect disconnect set as favorite delete and add device Bluetooth is a registered trademark of the Bluetooth SIG Prioritize Choose your connection methods and change Connection them as needed You can select to Change Methods Order and have the system either always attempt to connect using a USB mobile broadband or using Wi Fi The Wi Fi CERTIFIED Logo is a bf Cri certification mark of the Wi Fi Alliance CERTIFIED Help Press the Settings icon Help then select from the following View your vehicle s current location if your vehicle is equipped with navigation If your vehicle is not equipped with navigation nothing displays System Information Touchscreen system serial number Your vehicle identification number VIN Touchscreen system software version Navigation system version Map database version ESN Gracenote Database Information and Library version 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 495 Software Licenses Driving Restrictions 911 Assist View the licenses for any software and applications in
77. card out to remove it this could cause damage Your navigation system is comprised of two main features destination mode and map mode To set a destination press the green corner of your touchscreen then Dest when it appears See Setting a destination later in this chapter To view the navigation map and your vehicle s current location touch the green bar in the upper right hand corner of the touchscreen or press Dest gt Map See Map mode later in this chapter Setting a Destination Press the green corner of your touchscreen then Dest when it appears Choose any of the following 1 Enter the necessary information into the highlighted text fields in any order For address destination entry Go appears once you enter all the necessary information Pressing Go makes the address location appear on the map If you choose Previous Destination the last 20 destinations you have selected appear 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 500 MyFord Touch If Equipped 2 Select Set as Dest to make this your destination You can also choose to set this as a waypoint have the system route to this point on the way to your current destination or save it as a favorite The system considers any Avoid Areas selections in its route calculation 3 Choose from up to three different types of routes and then select Start Route e Fastest Route Uses the fastest moving roads possible e Shortest Rou
78. connector is engaged Note The camera may not operate correctly under the following conditions e Nighttime or dark areas if one or both reverse lamps are not operating e The camera s view is obstructed by mud water or debris Clean the lens with a soft lint free cloth and non abrasive cleaner e The rear of the vehicle is hit or damaged causing the camera to become misaligned 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 210 Parking Aids Guidelines and the Centerline Note Fixed guidelines and active guidelines if equipped are only available when the transmission is in R Reverse Note The centerline is only available if Fixed or Active if equipped guidelines are on A Active guidelines if equipped A BC D E B Centerline C Fixed guideline Green zone D Fixed guideline Yellow zone is E Fixed guideline Red zone NY F Rear bumper kumer F If your vehicle is equipped with active guidelines they are only shown with fixed guidelines To use active guidelines turn the steering wheel to point the guidelines toward an intended path If the steering wheel position is changed while reversing the vehicle might deviate from the original intended path The fixed and active guidelines fade in and out depending on the steering wheel position When the steering wheel position is straight the active guidelines are not shown Always use caution while reversing Objects in the
79. delete a device as turn the Bluetooth feature on and off Your Advanced menu allows you to access and set prompts languages defaults and perform a master reset 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 422 SYNC Bluetooth Devices Menu Options This menu allows you to add connect and delete devices as well as turn Bluetooth on and off 1 Press AUX and then MENU to enter the Media Menu 2 Scroll until System Settings appears and select OK 3 Scroll until Bluetooth Devices appears 4 Press OK and then scroll to select from When you select Add Bluetooth Allows you to pair additional devices to the Device system 1 Press OK to select and press OK again when Find SYNC appears in the display 2 Follow the directions in your phone s user guide to put your phone into discovery mode A six digit PIN appears in the display 3 When prompted on your phone s six digit display enter the PIN Connect Bluetooth Connect a previously paired Device Bluetooth enabled phone 1 Press OK to select and view a list of devices 2 Scroll until the desired device is chosen and press OK to connect the device Set Bluetooth On Off Turn the Bluetooth feature on and off Press OK and scroll to toggle between On and Off When the desired selection is chosen press OK Turning Bluetooth off disconnects all Bluetooth devices and deactivates Bluetooth features Delete Device Delete a paired media device Pr
80. disablement location or to the nearest authorized dealer If a member requests to be towed to an authorized dealer more than 35 miles 56 3 kilometers from the disablement location the member shall be responsible for any mileage costs in excess of 35 miles 56 3 kilometers Roadside Assistance will include up to 200 coverage for a towed trailer if the disabled eligible vehicle requires service at the nearest authorized dealer If the towing vehicle is operational but the trailer is not then the trailer does not qualify for any roadside services Vehicles Sold in the United States Using Roadside Assistance Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your wallet for quick reference This card is found in the owner s manual portfolio in the glove compartment U S Ford vehicle customers who require Roadside Assistance call 1 800 241 3673 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Roadside Emergencies 257 If you need to arrange roadside assistance for yourself Ford Motor Company will reimburse a reasonable amount for towing to the nearest dealership within 35 miles 56 3 kilometers To obtain reimbursement information U S Ford vehicle customers call 1 800 241 3673 Customers will be asked to submit their original receipts Vehicles Sold in Canada Getting Roadside Assistance Canadian clients who require roadside assistance call 1 800 665 2006 Vehicles Sold in Canada U
81. display earlier The fuel icon and arrow indicates which side of the vehicle the fuel filler door is located e Bar Round tachometer Indicates the engine speed in revolutions per minute Driving with your tachometer pointer continuously at the top of the scale may damage the engine During SelectShift Automatic transmission SST use the currently selected gear will appear in the display e Engine coolant temperature gauge Indicates engine coolant temperature At normal operating temperature the level indicator will be in the normal range If the engine coolant temperature exceeds the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible switch off the engine and let the engine cool 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Information Displays 117 Trip 1 amp 2 Choose between the standard or enhanced trip display Trip 1 amp 2 Average fuel economy oe Elapsed trip time Hold OK to Reset Estimated amount of fuel consumed Total odometer lower left corner Press and hold OK to reset the currently displayed trip information e Trip distance shows the accumulated trip distance e Elapsed trip time timer stops when the vehicle is turned off and restarts when the vehicle is restarted e Average fuel economy shows the average fuel economy for a given trip e Estimated amount of fuel consumed shows the amount of fuel used for a given trip e Elapsed trip time ti
82. driving capability e All wheel driving capability 3 Full size dissimilar spare without label on wheel When driving with the full size dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly do not e exceed 70 mph 113 km h e use more than one dissimilar spare tire and wheel at a time e use commercial car washing equipment e use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire and wheel The usage of a full size dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly can lead to impairment of the following e Handling stability and braking performance e Comfort and noise e Ground clearance and parking at curbs e Winter weather driving capability e Wet weather driving capability e All wheel driving capability if applicable e Load leveling adjustment if applicable When driving with the full size dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly additional caution should be given to e towing a trailer e driving vehicles equipped with a camper body e driving vehicles with a load on the cargo rack Drive cautiously when using a full size dissimilar spare tire and wheel and seek service as soon as possible 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 339 Tire Change Procedure WARNING When one of the front wheels is off the ground the transmission alone will not prevent your vehicle from moving or slipping off the jack even if the transmission is in park P WARNING To h
83. easy If your vehicle requires professional service your authorized dealer can provide the necessary parts and service Check your warranty information to find out which parts and services are covered Use only recommended fuels lubricants fluids and service parts conforming to specifications Motorcraft parts are designed and built to provide the best performance in your vehicle Precautions e Do not work on a hot engine e Make sure that nothing gets caught in moving parts e Do not work on a vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed space unless you are sure you have enough ventilation e Keep all open flames and other burning material such as cigarettes away from the battery and all fuel related parts Working with the Engine Off 1 Set the parking brake and shift to P Park 2 Turn off the engine and remove the key if equipped 3 Block the wheels Working with the Engine On WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage or personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running 1 Set the parking brake and shift to position P Park 2 Block the wheels 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Maintenance 279 OPENING AND CLOSING THE HOOD 1 Inside the vehicle pull the hood release handle located under the bottom of the instrument panel near the steering column 2 Go to the front of the ve
84. entered using the key on the driver s side door In order to prevent the perimeter alarm system from triggering the ignition must be turned to start or on before the 12 second chime expires Shutdown Messages XX Seconds shut off Fuel Economy increase fuel economy Engine Shuts Off in Displays when the engine is getting ready to XX Seconds Press OK shut off You can press OK on the left steering to Override wheel button to override the shut down AWD Off Displayed when the AWD system has been automatically disabled to protect itself This is caused by operating the vehicle with the compact spare tire installed or if the system is overheating The AWD system will resume normal function and clear this message after driving a short distance with the road tire re installed or after the system is allowed to cool Check AWD Displayed in conjunction with the Throttle Control Transmission AWD light when the AWD system is not operating properly If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Information Displays 123 Change AWD Power Displayed when the AWD system needs its Transfer Unit Lube power transfer unit lubrication changed This message may be set if a vehicle has experienced extended periods of extreme severe duty cycle driving See your authorized dealer for service Taurus SHO Performance Pac
85. extended service plan backed by Ford Motor Company and provides peace of mind protection beyond the expiration of the New Vehicle Warranty coverage Ford ESP can quickly pay for itself One service bill the cost of parts and labor can easily exceed the price of your Ford Extended Service Plan With Ford ESP you minimize your risk for unexpected repair bills and rising repair costs Coverage for up to 500 covered components There are four Extended Service Plans with different levels of coverage Ask your dealer for details 1 PremiumCARE Our most comprehensive coverage With over 500 covered components this plan is so complete that we generally only discuss what s not covered 2 ExtraCARE Covers 113 components and includes many high tech items 3 BaseCARE Covers 84 components 4 PowertrainCARE Covers 29 critical components Ford ESP is honored by all Ford and Lincoln Dealers in the United States and Canada It is the only Extended Service Plan authorized and backed by Ford Motor Company That means you get e Reliable quality service anywhere you go e Repairs performed by factory trained technicians using Genuine Ford and Lincoln parts Rental Car Reimbursement 1st day Rental Benefit You take advantage of replacement transportation if your vehicle is at the dealership for same day covered repairs Extended Rental Benefits If your vehicle is kept overnight for covered repairs you are eligible
86. features potentially unusable To avoid risk of injury occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 28 Child Safety The LATCH system is composed of three vehicle anchor points two lower anchors located where seat back and seat cushion meet called the seat bight and one top tether anchor located behind that seating position LATCH compatible child safety seats have two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to the two lower anchors at the LATCH equipped seating positions in your vehicle This type of attachment method eliminates the need to use safety belts to attach the child seat however the safety belt can still be used to attach the child seat For forward facing child seats the top tether strap must also be attached to the proper top tether anchor if a top tether strap has been provided with your child seat Your vehicle has LATCH lower anchors for child seat installation at the seating positions marked with the child seat symbol The LATCH anchors are located at the rear section of the rear seat between the cushion and seat back below the symbols as shown Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to properly install a child seat with LATCH attachments Follow the instructions on attaching child safety seats with tether straps See Using Tether Straps later in
87. find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law M Note For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph 240 km h tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR For those with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph 299 km h tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR H U S DOT Tire Identification Number TIN This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall I M S or M S Mud and Snow or AT All Terrain or AS All Season 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 321 J Tire Ply Composition and Material Used Indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and the sidewall which include steel nylon polyester and others K Maximum Load Indicates the maximum load in kilogr
88. for each tire including the spare 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 326 Wheels and Tires Note Some spare tires operate at a higher inflation pressure than the other tires For T type mini spare tires see the Dissimilar Spare Tire and Wheel Assembly Information section Store and maintain at 60 psi 4 15 bar For full size and dissimilar spare tires see Dissimilar Spare Tire and Wheel Assembly Information under Changing a Road Wheel in this chapter Store and maintain at the higher of the front and rear inflation pressure as shown on the Tire Label 6 Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak 7 Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges cuts or bulges Inspecting Your Tires and Wheel Valve Stems Periodically inspect the tire treads for uneven or excessive wear and remove objects such as stones nails or glass that may be wedged in the tread grooves Check the tire and valve stems for holes cracks or cuts that may permit air leakage and repair or replace the tire and replace the valve stem Inspect the tire sidewalls for cracking cuts bruises and other signs of damage or excessive wear If internal damage to the tire is suspected have the tire demounted and inspected in case it needs to be repaired or replaced For your safety tires that are damaged or show signs of excessive wea
89. for rental car coverage including Bumper to Bumper warranty repairs or Field Service Actions 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Ford Extended Service Plan 365 Roadside Assistance Exclusive 24 7 roadside assistance including e Towing flat tire change and battery jump starts e Out of fuel and lock out assistance e Travel Expense reimbursement for lodging meals and rental car e Destination assistance for taxi shuttle rental car coverage and emergency transportation Transferable Coverage If you sell your vehicle before your Ford Extended Service Plan coverage expires you can transfer any remaining coverage to the new owner Whenever you sell your vehicle prospective buyers may have a higher degree of confidence that vehicle was properly maintained with Ford ESP thereby improving resale value Avoid the Rising cost of vehicle maintenance Ford ESP also offers a Premium Maintenance Plan that covers all scheduled maintenance and select items that routinely wear out The coverage is prepaid so you never have to worry about affording vehicle maintenance It covers regular checkups routine inspections preventative care and replacement items that require periodic attention for normal wear e Windshield Wiper Blades e Spark Plugs except in California e The clutch Disc e Brake pads and linings e Shock Absorbers e Belts and Hoses e Diesel Exhaust Fluid Replenishment Contact
90. found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the vehicle label The tire suppliers may have additional markings notes or warnings such as standard load or radial tubeless 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 322 Wheels and Tires Additional Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall for LT Type Tires LT type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires These differences are described below Note Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire A LT Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association that is intended for service on light trucks B Load Range Load Inflation Limits Indicates the tire s load carrying capabilities and its inflation limits C Maximum Load Dual Ib kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a dual defined as four tires on the rear axle a total of six or more tires on the vehicle D Maximum Load Single Ib kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a single defined as two tires total
91. gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 324 Wheels and Tires INFLATING YOUR TIRES Safe operation of your vehicle requires that your tires are properly inflated Remember that a tire can lose up to half of its air pressure without appearing flat Every day before you drive check your tires If one looks lower than the others use a tire gauge to check pressure of all tires and adjust if required At least once a month and before long trips inspect each tire and check the tire pressure with a tire gauge including spare if equipped Inflate all tires to the inflation pressure recommended by Ford Motor Company WARNING Under inflation is the most common cause of tire failures and may result in severe tire cracking tread separation or blowout with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury Under inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance resulting in heat build up and internal damage to the tire It also may result in unnecessary tire stress irregular wear loss of vehicle control and accidents A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat You are strongly urged to buy a reliable tire pressure gauge as automatic service station gauges may be inaccurate Ford recommends the use of a digital or dial type tire pressure gauge rather than a stick type tire pressure gauge Use the recommended cold inflation pressure for optimum tire performance and wear Under
92. gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 447 Options Sound Settings allows you to adjust settings for e Bass Midrange Treble Balance and Fade DSP Digital Signal Processing Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings Set PTY for Seek Scan allows you to select a category of music you would like to search for You can then choose to either seek or scan for the stations playing that category RDS Text Display allows you to view the information broadcast by FM stations AST allows you to have the system automatically store the six strongest stations in your current location TAG Button is available when HD Radio is on and allows you to tag a song to download later When you select On TAG appears on screen when HD Radio is active You can touch TAG to save the information of the song that is playing When you plug in your portable music player the information transfers if supported by your device When you are connected to iTunes the tags appear to remind you of the songs you would like to download See HD Radio information later in this chapter Direct Tune Touch this button to manually enter the desired station number Touch Enter when you are done HD Radio Information If Available Note HD Radio broadcasts are not available in all markets HD Radio technology is the digital evolution of analog AM FM radio Your syst
93. go golfing Is there enough load capacity to carry you 4 of your friends and all the golf bags You and four friends average 220 Ib 99 kg each and the golf bags weigh approximately 30 Ib 13 5 kg each The calculation would be 1 400 5 x 220 5 x 30 1 400 1 100 150 150 Ib Yes you have enough load capacity in your vehicle to transport four friends and your golf bags In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 5 x 99 kg 5 x 13 5 kg 635 495 67 5 72 5 kg 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Load Carrying 245 e Suppose your vehicle has a 1400 Ib 635 kg cargo and luggage capacity You and one of your friends decide to pick up cement from the local home improvement store to finish that patio you have been planning for the past 2 years Measuring the inside of the vehicle with the rear seat folded down you have room for 12 100 Ib 45 kg bags of cement Do you have enough load capacity to transport the cement to your home If you and your friend each weigh 220 Ib 99 kg the calculation would be 1 400 2 x 220 12 x 100 1 400 440 1 200 240 Ib No you do not have enough cargo capacity to carry that much weight In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 2 x 99 kg 12 x 45 kg 635 198 540 103 kg You will need to reduce the load weight by at least 240 Ib 104 kg If you remove 3 100 Ib 45 kg cement bags then the load calc
94. increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Additionally the use of non recommended tires and wheels could cause steering suspension axle transfer case or power transfer unit failure Note The suspension insulation and bumpers will help prevent vehicle damage Do not remove these components from your vehicle when using snow tires and chains 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 332 Wheels and Tires The tires on your vehicle may have all weather treads to provide traction in rain and snow However in some climates you may need to use snow tires and chains If you need to use chains it is recommended that steel wheels of the same size and specifications be used as chains may chip aluminum wheels Follow these guidelines when using snow tires and chains e If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle e Use only SAE Class S cables or equivalent on P235 60R17 or P235 55R18 tires on the front tires only SAE Class S chains or other conventional link chains may cause damage to the vehicle s wheel house and or body Use of optional spike spider type traction devices or equivalent is also acceptable e Do not install tire chains cables or optional traction devices on the rear tires This could cause damage to the vehicle s wheel house or body e Do not use tire chains cables or optional traction devices with optional P255 45R19 or 245 45R20 tires
95. is important since while setting up or changing some functions you might be required to distract your attention away from the road and remove your hands from the wheel 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 516 Appendices General operation Voice Command Control Functions within the Windows Automotive based system may be accomplished using only voice commands Using voice commands while driving allows you to operate the system without removing your hands from the wheel Prolonged Views of Screen Do not access any function requiring a prolonged view of the screen while you are driving Pull over in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention Even occasional short scans to the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving task at a critical time Volume Setting Do not raise the volume excessively Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving Driving while unable to hear these sounds could cause an accident Use of Speech Recognition Functions Speech recognition software is inherently a statistical process which is subject to errors It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address any errors Navigation Features Any navigation features included in the system are intended to provide
96. is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions Any navigation features are provided only as an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver if you would be placed in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of errors changes in roads traffic conditions or driving conditions Note When you connect the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect your vehicle s current location travel direction and speed to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches you request Further to provide the services you request for continuous improvement the service may collect and record call details and voice communications For more information see SYNC Services Terms and Conditions at www SYNCMyRide com If you do not want Ford or its service providers to collect your vehicle travel information or other information identified in the Terms and Conditions do not subscribe or use the service SYNC Services uses advanced vehicle sensors integrated GPS technology and comprehensive map and traffic data to give you personalized traffic reports precis
97. least one admin key e Vehicles with push button start The intelligent access key is not in the backup slot The backup slot location information is in another chapter See Starting amd Stopping the Vehicle e SecuriLock passive anti theft system is disabled or in unlimited mode I cannot program the e The key or fob used to start the vehicle configurable settings does not have admin privileges e No MyKeys are created See Creating a MyKey 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyKey 67 Potential causes I cannot clear the e The key or fob used to start the vehicle MyKeys does not have admin privileges e No MyKeys are created Refer to Creating a MyKey key dealer Security No MyKey functions e An admin fob is present at engine start with intelligent access e No MyKey has been created See Creating a key push button MyKey start MyKey distances do e The MyKey user is not using the MyKey not accumulate e An admin key holder cleared the MyKeys and created new MyKeys e The key system has been reset 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 68 Locks LOCKING AND UNLOCKING You can use the power door lock control or the remote control to lock and unlock your vehicle Power Door Locks The power door lock control is located on the driver and front passenger door panels A Unlock Y B Lock A Remote Control
98. load or device such as ladder or luggage racks Failure to maintain your vehicle properly may void the warranty increase your repair cost reduce vehicle performance and operational capabilities and adversely affect driver and passenger safety Frequent inspection of vehicle chassis components is recommended if the vehicle is subjected to off highway usage 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Brakes 195 GENERAL INFORMATION Note Occasional brake noise is normal If a metal to metal continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present the brake linings may be worn out Have them inspected by an authorized dealer If your vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking have your vehicle inspected by an authorized dealer Note Brake dust may accumulate on the wheels even under normal driving conditions Some dust is inevitable as the brakes wear and does not contribute to brake noise See the Vehicle Care chapter for wheel cleaning instructions OLO See the Instrument Cluster chapter for information on the aI brake system warning light Wet brakes result in reduced braking efficiency Gently press the brake pedal a few times when driving from a car wash or standing water to dry the brakes Brake Over Accelerator In the event the accelerator pedal becomes stuck or entrapped apply steady and firm pressure to the brake pedal to slow your vehicle and red
99. location Fill out the station issue form at website listed below Fill out the station issue form at website listed below No action required This is normal behavior http www ibiquity com automotive report radio station experiences HD Radio M Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corp U S and foreign patents HD Radio and the HD and HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp Ford Motor Company and iBiquity Digital Corp are not responsible for the content sent using HD Radio technology Content may be changed added or deleted at any time at the station owner s discretion SATELLITE RADIO INFORMATION IF EQUIPPED Satellite Radio Channels Sirius broadcasts a variety of music news sports weather traffic and entertainment satellite radio channels For more information and a complete list of Sirius satellite radio channels visit www siriusxm com in the United States www sirius ca in Canada or call Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 Note This receiver includes the eCos real time operating system eCos is published under the eCos License 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 380 Audio System Satellite Radio Reception Factors Potential satellite radio reception issues Antenna For optimal reception performance keep the obstructions antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away
100. may not be reading the name the same way you are saying it e Review the Phone voice commands and the Media voice commands at the beginning of their respective sections e Be aware that SYNC s microphone is either in your rear view mirror or in the headliner just above the windshield e Review the media voice commands at the beginning of the media section e Say the song or artist exactly as listed If you say Play Artist Prince the system does not play music by Prince and the Revolution or Prince and the New Power Generation e Make sure you are saying the complete title such as California remix featuring Jennifer Nettles e If the songs are saved in all CAPS you have to spell them LOLA requires you to say Play L O L A e Do not use special characters in the title as the system does not recognize them 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus SYNC 431 Issue _ Possible cause s Possible solution s SYNC does not understand or is calling the wrong contact when I want to make a call the wrong voice commands OR e You may not be saying the name exactly as it is saved OR e Contacts in your phonebook may be very short and similar or they may contain special characters OR e Your phonebook contacts may be saved in CAPS e You may be using e Review the phone voice commands at the beginning of the phone section e Make sure you are s
101. may mean it is designated by either the European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or the Japan Tire Manufacturing Association B 215 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire C 65 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width D R Indicates a radial type tire E 15 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter F 95 Indicates the tire s load index It is an index that relates to how much weight a tire can carry You may find this information in your owner s manual If not contact a local tire dealer Note You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 320 Wheels and Tires G H Indicates the tire s speed rating The speed rating denotes the speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended periods of time under a standard condition of load and inflation pressure The tires on your vehicle may operate at different conditions for load and inflation pressure These speed ratings may need to be adjusted for the difference in conditions The ratings range from 81 mph 130 km h to 186 mph 299 km h These ratings are listed in the following chart Note You may not
102. much space is available or by payload capacity how much weight the vehicle should carry Once you have reached the maximum payload of your vehicle do not add more cargo even if there is space available Overloading or improperly loading your vehicle can contribute to loss of vehicle control and vehicle rollover 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 240 Load Carrying Example only 2014 Taurus e TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION SEATING CAPACITY TOTALS FRONT2 REAR3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs TIRE COLD TIRE PRESSURE me omo movere see OWNERS MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL T145 80D16 420 KPA 6o PSI INFORMATION XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX XX XXXX XXXX P225 60R17 200 KPA 29 PSI SEATING CAPACITY 1 p FRONT 5 TRER g NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT LAVANT 1 ARRIERE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed qoo kgor jogg Ibs Le poids total des occupants et du chargement na doit jamais d pesser kg ou Ib Com ume EEMOEUT memes ics PNEUS A FROID MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL P235 70R16 240 KPa 35 PSI INFORMATION REAR P235 70R16 240 KPA 35 psi VOR LE MANUEL e POUR PLUS DE segs 1145 90R17 415 KPA 60 PSI RENSEIGNEMENTS WEE XXX XX2000CXXXX A Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Load Carryi
103. on off button 6 Unplug the hoses re install the valve cap on the tire and return the kit to the stowage area What to do after the Tire has been Sealed After using the temporary mobility kit to seal your tire replace the sealant canister and clear tube hose Sealing compound and spare parts can be obtained and replaced at an authorized Ford Motor Company dealership or tire dealer Empty sealant bottles may be disposed of at home However liquid residue from the sealing compound should be disposed by your local Ford Motor Company dealership or tire dealer or in accordance with local waste disposal regulations 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 349 Note After the sealing compound has been used the maximum vehicle speed is 50 mph 80 km h and the maximum driving distance is 120 miles 200 km Inspect the sealed tire immediately Note After sealant use the TPMS sensor and valve stem on the wheel must be replaced by an authorized Ford dealer You can check the tire pressure any time within the 120 miles 200 km by performing the procedure from Second stage Checking tire pressure listed previously Removal of the sealant canister from the temporary mobility kit A LM 1 Unwrap the clear tube from the i compressor housing t 2 Press the button located on the temporary mobility kit compressor housing below the canister while pulling up on the sealant ca
104. once or twice a year When washing and waxing park your vehicle in a shaded area out of direct sunlight Always wash your vehicle before applying wax e Use a quality wax that does not contain abrasives e Follow the manufacturer s instructions to apply and remove the wax e Apply a small amount of wax in a back and forth motion not in circles e Do not allow wax to come in contact with any non body low gloss black colored trim The wax discolors or stains the parts over time such as Bumpers Grained door handles Side mouldings Mirror housings e Windshield cowl area e Do not apply wax to glass areas e After waxing your car s paint should feel smooth and be free of streaks and smudges REPAIRING MINOR PAINT DAMAGE Your authorized dealer has touch up paint to match your vehicle s color Take your color code printed on a sticker in the driver s door jamb to an authorized dealer to make sure you get the correct color e Remove particles such as bird droppings tree sap insect deposits tar spots road salt and industrial fallout before repairing paint chips e Always read the instructions before using the products CLEANING THE ENGINE Engines are more efficient when they are clean because grease and dirt buildup keep the engine warmer than normal When washing e Take care when using a power washer to clean the engine The high pressure fluid could penetrate the sealed parts and cause damage e
105. or down on the lumbar control B to select the top middle or bottom part of the seat back Lumbar adjust Press and hold the front of the lumbar control B to increase the firmness of the selected portion of the seat back or press and hold the rear of the lumbar to decrease the firmness e Power seat controls C We recommend first selecting the lumbar to the desired setting and then selecting the back or cushion massage setting 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Seats 149 MEMORY FUNCTION if equipped The memory control located on the side seat panel allows positioning recall of the e Driver seat e Power mirrors e Adjustable pedals if equipped e Power tilt telescopic steering column if equipped A Type 1 RP Y B Type 2 EB Programming a memory position Note You can program a memory position at any time e To program a position move the memory features to the desired positions using the associated controls Press and hold the desired memory button for at least two seconds A chime will sound confirming that a memory position has been set e To program another position repeat the previous procedure using the other buttons Recalling a memory position You can recall a programmed memory position e n any gearshift position if the ignition is not on e Only in park P or neutral N if the ignition is on Press the desired memory control to recall a memo
106. or unexpectedly You should stay alert and intervene when necessary If the front end of your vehicle is hit or damaged the radar sensing zone may be altered causing missed or false vehicle detections See your authorized dealer to have the radar checked for proper coverage and operation Adaptive Cruise Control Not Available Several conditions exist which can cause the system to deactivate or prevent the system from activating when requested These conditions include e a blocked sensor e high brake temperature e a failure in the system or a related system 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 220 Cruise Control Blocked Sensor WARNING Do not use ACC when towing a trailer with brake controls Aftermarket trailer brakes will not function properly when ACC is activated because the brakes are electronically controlled Failing to do so may result in loss of vehicle control which could result in serious injury WARNING Do not use tires sizes other than those recommended because this can affect the normal operation of ACC Failing to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control which could result in serious injury A message regarding a blocked sensor is displayed if the radar signals from the sensor have been obstructed The sensor is located behind a fascia cover near the driver side of the lower grille A vehicle ahead cannot be detected and the system will not function wh
107. position 1 Press the steering column control again after encountering the new stopping position 2 Continue pressing the control until it reaches the end of the column position A new stopping position is set The next time you tilt or telescope the steering column it will stop just short of the end of the column position AUDIO CONTROL SEEK Press to select the next or A previous stored preset or track Press and hold to select the next or E previous frequency or seek through a track MEDIA Press repeatedly to scroll v through available audio modes MUTE Press to silence the radio VOL Volume Press to increase or decrease the volume VOICE CONTROL IF EQUIPPED A Phone mode L a B Voice recognition See the SYNC or MyFord Touch chapter 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 84 Steering Wheel CRUISE CONTROL Typ iH i v Typ e i v See the Cruise Control chapter for information on this feature el e 2 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Steering Wheel 85 INFORMATION DISPLAY CONTROL See the Information Displays chapter for more information Cluster Display Control Features If equipped with MyFord system This control functions the same as the center control on the faceplate See MyFord system in the Audio Systems chapter MyFord Touch Use this control to adjust the right side o
108. pregnant women should wear safety belts for optimum protection in an accident All seating positions in your vehicle have lap and shoulder safety belts All occupants of the vehicle should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided The safety belt system consists of e Lap and shoulder safety belts e Shoulder safety belt with automatic locking mode except driver safety belt Height adjuster at the front outboard seating positions Safety belt pretensioner at the front outboard seating positions e Belt tension sensor at the front outboard passenger seating position e Safety belt warning light and chime See Safety belt warning light and indicator chime later in this chapter PI e Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness PAN indicator See Crash sensors and airbag indicator in the Supplemental Restraint System chapter The safety belt pretensioners are designed to activate in frontal near frontal and side crashes and in rollovers The safety belt pretensioners at the front seating positions are designed to tighten the safety belts firmly against the occupant s body when activated This helps increase the effectiveness of the safety belts In frontal crashes the safety belt pretensioners can be activated alone or if the crash is of sufficient severity together with the front airbags 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus
109. press the lower left corner on the touchscreen then D select the BT Stereo tab Bluetooth Audio Voice Commands E If you are listening to a Bluetooth audio device press the voice i amp button on the steering wheel control When prompted say Next song Pause Play or Previous song If you are not listening to a Bluetooth audio device press the voice button and after the tone say Bluetooth Audio then Next song Pause Play or Previous song 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 463 AN Inputs WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving WARNING For safety reasons do not connect or adjust the settings on your portable music player while your vehicle is moving WARNING Store the portable music player in a secure location such as the center console or the glove box when your vehicle is in motion Hard objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudde
110. pressing this phone button on your steering wheel controls Reject the call by pressing Reject on the touchscreen or by pressing this phone button on your steering wheel controls Ignore the call by doing nothing SYNC logs it as a missed call Phone Menu Options Press the top left corner on your touchscreen to select from the following options Phone Touch this button to access the on screen numerical pad to enter a number and place a call During an active call you can also choose to e Mute the call Put it on hold Turn on privacy returns the call to your cellular phone Join two calls End the call 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 468 MyFord Touch If Equipped Quick Dial Set up favorite contacts from you phonebook or history folder Phonebook Touch this button to access and call any contacts in your previously downloaded phone book The system places the entries in alphabetical categories summarized at the top of the screen To turn on contact picture settings if your device supports this feature press Phone gt Settings gt Manage Phonebook gt Download photos from Phonebook gt On History After you connect your Bluetooth enabled phone to SYNC you can access any previously dialed received or missed calls You can also choose to save these to your Favorites or to Quick Dial Note This is a phone dependent feature If your phone does not support downloading
111. prevent damage to the seat the power seats are designed to set a stopping position just short of the end of the seat track If the seat encounters an object while moving forward or backward a new stopping position will be set To reset the seat to its normal stopping position 1 After encountering the new stopping position press the power seat control again to override 2 Continue pressing the control until it reaches the end of the seat track 3 Continue pressing the control for about two seconds You will feel the seat bounce back slightly 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 148 Seats Power Lumbar If Equipped 4 7f Lf m Multi Contour Active Motion Seat If Equipped Note The massage system will turn off after 20 minutes Note The engine must be running or the vehicle must be in accessory mode to activate the seats Note Allow a few seconds for any selection to activate The seat back and cushion massage cannot function at the same time A B A Cushion and seat back massage A control N B Lumbar control C Power seat controls CM C Seat cushion massage Press and release the front portion of the massage control A Press again to cancel or press the lumbar control to cancel Seat back massage Press and release the rear portion of the massage button A Press again to cancel or press the lumbar control to cancel e Lumbar selection Press either up
112. prompted on your phone s display enter the six digit PIN provided by SYNC in the radio display The display indicates when the pairing is successful 7 The system then prompts with questions such as if you would like to set the current phone as the primary phone the phone SYNC automatically tries to connect with first upon vehicle start up download your phone book etc Qe UE 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 392 SYNC Phone Voice Commands Press the voice icon and say Phone Say any of the following te Phone book lt name gt on Other Join Call lt name gt at home Call lt name gt at work OR Call lt name gt in office Go to privacy These commands do not require you to say Phone first 91 2 1 2 These commands are not available until phone information is completely downloaded using Bluetooth 3See MENU table below 4See DIAL table below MENU Phone connections Phone settings message notification off Phone settings message notification on 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus SYNC 393 Phone settings set phone ringer Phone settings set ringer 1 Phone settings set ringer 2 Phone settings set ringer 3 Text message inbox Words in are optional and do not have to be spoken for the
113. quality fuel properly closing the fuel fill inlet or letting the electrical system dry out After three driving cycles without these or any other temporary malfunctions present the service engine soon indicator should stay off the next time the engine is started A driving cycle consists of a cold engine start up followed by mixed city or highway driving No additional vehicle service is required 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 182 Fuel and Refueling If the service engine soon indicator remains on have your vehicle serviced at the first available opportunity Although some malfunctions detected by the OBD II may not have symptoms that are apparent continued driving with the service engine soon indicator on can result in increased emissions lower fuel economy reduced engine and transmission smoothness and can lead to more costly repairs Readiness for Inspection Maintenance I M Testing Some state provincial and local governments may have Inspection Maintenance I M programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration If the service engine soon indicator is on or the bulb does not work the vehicle may need to be serviced See On board Diagnostics OBD II in this chapter Your vehicle may not pass the I M test if the service engine soon indicator is on or not working properly bulb is bu
114. readings to your vehicle The low tire pressure warning light will turn on if the tire pressure is significantly low Once the light is illuminated your tires are under inflated and need to be inflated to the manufacturer s recommended tire pressure Even if the light turns on and a short time later turns off your tire pressure still needs to be checked When Your Temporary Spare Tire Is Installed When one of your road tires needs to be replaced with the temporary spare the system will continue to identify an issue to remind you that the damaged road wheel and tire assembly needs to be repaired and put back on your vehicle To restore the full function of the tire pressure monitoring system have the damaged road wheel and tire assembly repaired and remounted on your vehicle When You Believe Your System Is Not Operating Properly The main function of the tire pressure monitoring system is to warn you when your tires need air It can also warn you in the event the system is no longer capable of functioning as intended See the following chart for information concerning your tire pressure monitoring system 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 335 Low tire Possible cause pressure warning light Solid warning light Tire s under inflated Spare tire in use TPMS malfunction Flashing warning light Spare tire in use TPMS malfunction 2014 Taurus Customer act
115. red zone are closest to your vehicle and objects in the green zone are further away Objects are getting closer to your vehicle as they move from the green zone to the yellow or red zones Use the side view mirrors and rear view mirror to get better coverage on both sides and rear of the vehicle Selectable settings for this feature are ACTIVE FIXED FIXED and OFF 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Parking Aids 211 Enhanced Park Aids Note Enhanced park aids is only available when the transmission is in R Reverse Note The reverse sensing system is not effective at speeds above 3 mph 5 km h and may not detect certain angular or moving objects The enhanced park aids allows the driver to view the area that is being detected by the reverse sensing system The system uses red yellow and green highlights which appear on top of the video image when an object is detected by the reverse sensing system The alert highlights the closest object detected The reverse sensing alert can be disabled and if enhanced park aids is enabled highlighted areas are still displayed Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF Manual Zoom WARNING When manual zoom is on the full area behind the vehicle is not shown Be aware of your surroundings when using the manual zoom feature Note Manual zoom is only available when the transmission is in R Reverse Note When manual zoom is enabled o
116. should be inspected immediately by a qualified expert such as the factory trained technicians at your dealership Your vehicle s oils and fluids should be changed at the specified intervals or in conjunction with a repair Flushing is a viable way to change fluid for many vehicle sub systems during scheduled maintenance It is critical that systems are flushed only with new fluid that is the same as that required to fill and operate the system or using a Ford approved flushing chemical Owner Checks and Services Certain basic maintenance checks and inspections should be performed every month or at six month intervals Check every six months Hinges latches and outside locks for proper operation Lubricate if necessary Parking brake for proper operation 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 532 Scheduled Maintenance Check every six months Safety belts and seat latches for wear and function Safety warning lamps brake ABS airbag safety belt for operation Washer spray and wiper operation Clean or replace blades as necessary Multi point Inspection In order to keep your vehicle running right it is important to have the systems on your vehicle checked regularly This can help identify potential issues and prevent major problems Ford Motor Company recommends the following multi point inspection be performed at every scheduled maintenance interval to help make sure your vehicle keeps
117. slow down gradually before returning to the pavement You may lose control if you do not slow down or if you turn the steering wheel too sharply or abruptly e It often may be less risky to strike small objects such as highway reflectors with minor damage to your vehicle rather than attempt a sudden return to the pavement which could cause the vehicle to slide sideways out of control or rollover Remember your safety and the safety of others should be your primary concern 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 190 All Wheel Drive If Equipped If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the lock position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle WARNING If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer WARNING Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph 56 km h The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander Note Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur Note Do not rock the vehicle for more than a few minutes or damage to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may overheat If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears sto
118. so you can see and touch the appropriate buttons Note If you enter your entry code too fast on the keypad the unlock function may not work Enter your entry code again more slowly You can use the keypad to e lock or unlock the doors e open the trunk e recall memory features e enable or disable the autolock and autounlock e arm and disarm the anti theft alarm if equipped 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Locks 73 You can operate the keypad with the factory set 5 digit entry code The code is located on the owner s wallet card in the glove box and is available from an authorized dealer You can also create up to three of your own 5 digit personal entry codes Programming a Personal Entry Code To create your own personal entry code 1 Enter the factory set code 2 Press the 1e2 on the keypad within five seconds 3 Enter your personal 5 digit code You must enter each number within five seconds of each other 4 For memory recall feature enter the sixth digit 1e2 to store driver 1 settings or 3e4 to store driver 2 settings Note Pressing 5e6 7 8 or 9e0 keypad numbers as a sixth digit will not recall a driver memory setting Note The factory set code cannot be associated with a memory setting 5 The doors will lock and then unlock to confirm that programming is complete You may also program a personal entry code through the MyFord Touch or MyLincoln Touch sys
119. soap and water solution the leather may be cleaned using a commercially available leather cleaning product designed for automotive interiors 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Vehicle Care 313 e To check for compatibility first test any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous part of the leather e Do not use household cleaning products alcohol solutions oil petroleum based leather conditioners or solvents or cleaners intended specifically for rubber vinyl and plastics These products may cause premature wearing or damage to the leather CLEANING THE ALLOY WHEELS Note Do not use chrome cleaner metal cleaner or polish on wheels and wheel covers A clearcoat paint finish coats aluminum wheels and wheel covers In order to maintain their condition e Clean weekly with Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner Use a sponge to remove heavy deposits of dirt and brake dust accumulation Rinse thoroughly with a strong stream of water when you have completed the cleaning process e To remove tar and grease use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover e Never apply any cleaning chemical to hot or warm wheel rims or covers e Some automatic car washes may cause damage to the finish on your wheel rims or covers e Industrial strength heavy duty cleaners or cleaning chemicals in combination with brush agitation to remove brake dust and dirt could wear away the clearcoat finish over time e Do n
120. specifications 354 Voice commands in media DrandmiscioH TOE usted perdi es 414 brake shift interlock BSD 186 Voice commands in phone fluid checking and adding t s MONIO RR DRM RE 392 automatic ssssssssisisesiin ad Voice recognition 440 EUM idet t n 75 76 remote release wo 69 Ww TURN signal cnet 94 Warning lights see Lights 104 U Washer fluid oo cece 295 USB port 384 458 Water Driving through 254 Windows Using privacy MOdG oda 334 OWT e an RER TNS 96 V Windshield washer fluid and MIDGIS esce bares edendis 87 Vehicle health report 408 482 checking and adding fluid 295 Vehicle Identitication Number replacing wiper blades 298 VIN ses cech reet 360 Wrecker towing sosisini 250 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus
121. stop motion during one touch operation press the control a second time The sunshade automatically retracts when you move the gearshift lever to position R 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 102 Windows and Mirrors MOONROOF IF EQUIPPED 4 WARNING Do not let children play with the moonroof or leave children unattended in the vehicle They may seriously hurt themselves A WARNING When closing the moonroof you should verify that it is free of obstructions and ensure that children and or pets are not in the proximity of the moonroof opening You can manually open or close the sliding shade when the moonroof is closed Pull the shade toward the front of the vehicle to close it The moonroof controls are located on the overhead console The moonroof has a one touch open and close feature To stop its motion during one touch operation press the control a second time Opening and Closing the Moonroof Press and release the SLIDE control to open the moonroof Pull and release the SLIDE control to close the moonroof Bounce Back The moonroof automatically stops closing and reverses if it detects an obstacle while closing Pull and hold the SLIDE control within two seconds of a bounce back event to override the function The closing force begins to increase each of the next three times the moonroof close s with bounce back active Venting the Moonroof Press and release the TIL
122. system to understand the command Phone book commands When you ask SYNC to access a phone book name number etc the requested information appears in the display to view Press the phone button and say Call to call the contact DIAL 411 four one one 911 nine one one 700 seven hundred seven hundred 800 eight hundred eight hundred Clear deletes all entered digits Delete deletes one digit Note To exit dial mode press and hold the phone button or press MENU to go to the PHONE menu 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 394 SYNC Making Calls Press the voice icon and when prompted say 1 Say Call lt name gt or Dial then the desired number 2 When the system confirms the number say Dial again to initiate the call To erase the last spoken digit say Delete or press the left arrow button To erase all spoken digits say Clear or press and hold the left arrow button To end the call press and hold the phone button Receiving Calls When receiving a call you can e Answer the call by pressing the phone button e Reject the call by pressing and holding the phone button e Ignore the call by doing nothing Phone Options during an Active Call During an active call you have additional menu features which become available such as putting a call on hold joining calls etc Use the arrow buttons to scroll
123. that are the same size load index speed rating and type such as P metric versus LT metric or all season versus all terrain as those originally provided by Ford The recommended tire and wheel size may be found on either the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or the Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or edge of the driver s door If this information is not found on these labels then you should contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Additionally the use of non recommended tires and wheels could cause steering suspension axle transfer case or power transfer unit failure If you have questions regarding tire replacement contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury when mounting replacement tires and wheels you should not exceed the maximum pressure indicated on the sidewall of the tire to set the beads without additional precautions listed below If the beads do not seat at the maximum pressure indicated re lubricate and try again When inflating the tire for mounting pressures up to 20 psi 1 38 bar gr
124. that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Note Some features such as Sirius satellite radio may not be available in your location Check with an authorized dealer A RADIO Press this button to listen to the radio or change radio frequency bands Press the function buttons below the radio screen to select different radio functions B CD Press this button to listen to a CD Press the function buttons below the radio screen to select on screen options of Repeat or Shuffle 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 3 70 Audio System D Memory presets In radio mode store your favorite radio stations To store a radio station tune to the station then press and hold a preset button until sound returns In CD mode press one of these buttons to select a track Function buttons Select different functions of the audio system depending on which mode you are in such as Radio mode or CD mode E EC H I e e J TUNE In radio mode turn the control to manually search the frequency band In satellite radio mode turn the control to tune to the next or previous channel
125. the HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapid flashing indicates successful training 4 Press and hold the HomeLink button you programmed for five seconds then release You may need to do this twice to activate the door If your garage door does not operate watch the HomeLink indicator light If the indicator light stays on the programming is complete Press and release the programmed HomeLink button and then begin programming your garage door opener See below for Steps 5 7 If the indicator light flashes rapidly for two seconds and then turns to a constant light the HomeLink button is not programmed yet Do the following Press and hold the HomeLink button while you press and release the hand held transmitter button every two seconds The HomeLink indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly once the HomeLink function button recognizes and accepts the hand held transmitter s radio frequency signal After programming the HomeLink button follow Steps 5 7 as listed below to program your garage door opener 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 158 Universal Garage Door Opener If Equipped Note You may need a ladder to reach the unit and you may need to remove the cover or lamp lens on your garage door opener 5 Press the learn button on the garage door opener motor and then
126. the bottom of the wheel rims for cars or the bottom of the hubs for trucks When driving through water traction or brake capability may be limited Also water may enter your engine s air intake and severely damage your engine or your vehicle may stall Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as quickly as dry brakes 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Driving Hints 255 FLOOR MATS WARNING Always use floor mats that are designed to fit the foot well of your vehicle leaving the pedal area unobstructed and which can be firmly secured to retention posts so that they cannot slip out of position and interfere with the pedals or impair safe operation of your vehicle in other ways e Incorrectly fitted floor mats can cause the accelerator pedal to become stuck in the open position This can cause loss of vehicle control e Always correctly install the floor mats to the retention posts so that they cannot slip out of position or obstruct pedal operation e Do not place unsecured floor mats or any other covering in the foot well e Do not place additional floor mats or any other covering on top of the original floor mats This will reduce the pedal clearance and interfere with the pedal operation e Do not allow objects to fall or become trapped under the pedals of your vehicle This can cause loss of vehicle control e Carry out regular inspections to make sure the floor mats are secure
127. the engine see Failure to start later in this section 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Starting and Stopping the Engine 165 IGNITION SWITCH IF EQUIPPED A Off The ignition is off Note When you switch the ignition off and leave your vehicle do not leave your key in the ignition This could cause your vehicle battery to lose charge B Accessory Allows the electrical accessories such as the radio to operate while the engine is not running Note Do not leave the ignition key in this position for too long This could cause your vehicle battery to lose charge C On All electrical circuits are operational and the warning lamps and indicators illuminate D Start Cranks the engine KEYLESS STARTING IF EQUIPPED Note The keyless starting system may not function if the key is close to metal objects or electronic devices such as cellular phones Note A valid key must be located inside your vehicle to switch the ignition on and start the engine Note When locking your vehicle any remote controls left inside the vehicle may become disabled A message may appear in the information display indicating that there is no key detected if you try to start the engine Press the unlock button on the remote control to enable it and then start the engine 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 166 Starting and Stopping the Engine Ignition Modes
128. the service For more information see Traffic Directions and Information Terms and Conditions See your SYNC chapter for more information 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 14 Introduction CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING Some constituents of engine exhaust certain vehicle components certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm PERCHLORATE MATERIAL Note Certain components in your vehicle such as airbag modules safety belt pretensioners and remote control batteries may contain perchlorate material Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate for more information FORD CREDIT U S ONLY Ford Credit offers a full range of financing and lease plans to help you acquire your vehicle If you have financed or leased your vehicle through Ford Credit thank you for your business For your convenience we offer a number of ways to contact us as well as help manage your account Phone 1 800 727 7000 For more information regarding Ford Credit as well as access to Account Manager please go to www fordcredit com REPLACEMENT PARTS RECOMMENDATION Your vehicle has been built to the highest standards using quality parts We recommend that you demand the use o
129. the touchscreen then select the D SIRIUS tab Presets Save a channel by pressing and holding one of the memory preset areas There is a brief mute while the radio saves the channel Sound returns when finished ALERT Save the current song artist or team as a favorite The system alerts you when it plays again on any channel Replay Replay audio on the current channel You can replay approximately 45 minutes of audio as long as you have remained tuned to the current station Changing stations erases the previous audio ho in replay mode Press and release the seek buttons to hear the previous or next song e Press and hold the seek buttons to reverse or fast forward in the current track e Press play or pause to play or pause the audio e Press Replay to return to live audio if you have been using the feature to replay audio Scan Touch this button to hear a brief sampling of channels Options Sound Settings allows you to adjust settings for Bass Midrange Treble Balance and Fade DSP Digital Signal Processing Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 453 Set Category for Seek Scan allows you to select a category of music you would like to search for You can then choose to either seek or scan for the stations playing that category Parental L
130. the vehicle safety belts and child safety seat systems periodically to make sure they work properly and are not damaged Inspect the vehicle and child seat safety belts to make sure there are no nicks tears or cuts Replace if necessary All vehicle safety belt assemblies including retractors buckles front safety belt buckle assemblies buckle support assemblies slide bar if equipped shoulder belt height adjusters if equipped shoulder belt guide on seat back if equipped child safety seat LATCH and tether anchors and attaching hardware should be inspected after a crash Read the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for additional inspection and maintenance information specific to the child restraint Ford Motor Company recommends that all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a crash be replaced However if the crash was minor and an authorized dealer finds that the belts do not show damage and continue to operate properly they do not need to be replaced Safety belt assemblies not in use during a crash should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted For proper care of soiled safety belts see Cleaning the Interior in the Vehicle Care chapter 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Personal Safety System 41 PERSONAL SAFETY SYSTEM The Personal Safety System provides an improved overall level of frontal crash protection to front
131. this chapter Attach LATCH lower attachments of the child seat only to the anchors shown 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Child Safety 29 Child seat positioning for LATCH lower anchors All the LATCH lower anchors are equally spaced 11 inches 28 centimeters apart allowing for the following child seat positioning e If a single child seat is installed using the LATCH lower anchors it can be installed at any rear seating position If two child safety seats are installed using the LATCH lower anchors they must be placed in the outboard seating positions only If three child safety seats are installed you can install two using the LATCH lower anchors by placing them in each outboard seating position and the third in the center using the lap and shoulder belt OR you can use the LATCH lower anchors for the center child safety seat and the lap and shoulder belts for the other two child safety seats in the outboard positions Use the tether anchors if applicable Combining Safety Belt and LATCH Lower Anchors for Attaching Child Safety Seats When used in combination either the safety belt or the LATCH lower anchors may be attached first provided a proper installation is achieved Attach the tether strap afterward if included with the child seat Using Tether Straps TME Many forward facing child safety seats include a tether strap i which extends from the back of the child safety seat
132. through the menu options To access 1 Press MENU during an active call 2 When Active Call Menu is selected press OK 3 Scroll to cycle through the following options When you select Mute Call Mute the call Privacy Switch a call from an active hands free environment to your cellular phone for a more private conversation Press OK when Privacy on off appears The display indicates In Privacy and the system transfers your call 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus SYNC 395 Call Hold Put an active call on hold Press OK when Place Call on Hold appears To answer another call at this time press the phone button Join Calls Join two separate calls 1 Press the phone button 2 Access the desired contact through SYNC or use voice commands to place the second call Once actively in the second call press MENU 3 Scroll until Join Calls appears and press OK Press OK again when Join Calls appears Note SYNC supports a maximum of three callers on a multiparty conference call Enter Tones Enter tones such as numbers for passwords Scroll until the desired number appears in the display then press OK a tone sounds as confirmation Repeat as necessary Phonebook Access your phonebook contacts 1 Press OK to select then scroll through your phonebook contacts 2 Press OK again when the desired selection appears in the display 3 Press the phone button Call Histor
133. to provide a warning to assist the driver in detecting large stationary objects to avoid damaging the vehicle The system may not detect smaller objects particularly those close to the ground WARNING Certain add on devices such as large trailer hitches bike or surfboard racks and any device that may block the normal detection zone of the system may create false beeps Note Keep the sensors located on the bumper fascia free from snow ice and large accumulations of dirt If the sensors are covered the system s accuracy can be affected Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects Note If your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper fascia leaving it misaligned or bent the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms The sensing system warns the driver of obstacles within a certain range of the bumper area The system turns on automatically whenever the ignition is switched on 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 202 Parking Aids When receiving a detection warning the radio volume is reduced to a predetermined level After the warning goes away the radio volume returns to the previous level The system can be turned off using the information display control Refer to the Information Display chapter If a fault is present in the system a warning message appears in the information display and does not allow the driver to switch the faulted sy
134. to provide your name phone number and location immediately because not all 911 systems are capable of receiving this information electronically 911 Assist May Not Work If e Your cellular phone or 911 Assist hardware sustains damage in a crash e The vehicle s battery or SYNC system has no power e The phone s thrown from your vehicle are the ones paired and connected to the system 911 Assist Privacy Notice When you turn on 911 Assist it may disclose to emergency services that your vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to 911 operators your vehicle location or other details about your vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not turn the feature on Vehicle Health Report If Equipped United States Only WARNING Always follow scheduled maintenance instructions regularly inspect your vehicle and seek repair for any damage or problem you suspect Vehicle Health Report supplements but cannot replace normal maintenance and vehicle inspection Vehicle Health Report only monitors certain systems electronically monitored by your vehicle and will not monitor or report the status of any other system such as brake lining wear Failure to perform scheduled maint
135. with any questions you cannot answer on your own Monday Saturday 8 30am 9 00pm EST Sunday 10 30am 7 30pm EST In the United States call 1 800 392 3673 In Canada call 1 800 565 3673 Times are subject to change due to holidays Safety Information WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving When using SYNC e Do not operate playing devices if the power cords or cables are broken split or damaged Place cords and cables out of the way so they do not interfere with the operation of pedals seats compartments or safe driving abilities e Do not leave playing devices in your vehicle during extreme conditions as it could cause them damage See your device s manual for further information e Do not attempt to service or repair the system See your authorized dealer For your safety some SYNC functions are speed dependent Their use is limited to when your vehicle is traveling at speeds under 3 mph 5 km h Make sure that you review your device s manual bef
136. your AdvanceTrac system activates SLOW DOWN 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Stability Control 199 The AdvanceTrac system helps you keep control of your vehicle when on a slippery surface The electronic stability control portion of the system helps avoid skids and lateral slides and the traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction See the Traction Control chapter for details on traction control system operation A Vehicle without AdvanceTrac skidding off its intended route B Vehicle with AdvanceTrac j maintaining control on a slippery I S surface 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 200 Stability Control USING ADVANCETRAC The system automatically activates when you start your engine The electronic stability control portion of the system is disabled when the transmission is in reverse R or on SHO models if you press the ESC OFF switch and hold it for more than five seconds when the brakes are applied and the vehicle is at a stop You can turn off the traction control portion of the system independently See the Traction Control chapter AdvanceTrac Features functions status On during und L bulb Enabled Enabled start up Button pressed Traction Enabled Disabled momentarily control off Sport mode Enabled Enabled Button pressed twice brakes applied SHO with performance pack o
137. 0000000000 268 Reporting safety defects Canada only 00004 268 Fuses 269 Changing a fuse sud ep ag RR Re ORE AD ARE w REDE ERS ES 269 Fuse specification chart ersi cse erasini ee 270 Maintenance 278 General information 0 0 0 00 000 ccc ee 278 Opening and closing the hood 0000020055 279 Under hood overview cee eens 280 Engine oil dipstick sese ex meer E ya 284 Engirnieoll check ius re e LEE ha EAE VER AR Ns 284 Engine coolant check ioie sestari ek AEE eee 285 Automatic transmission fluid check 2 0 0 0 00000000000 290 Brake fluid check a rieb ean ee eee 295 oii sos nere cheek os Sots Sebo eed AO ne ei eh 295 Washer fluid check sisao aace paiia aea ee ees 296 Battery 2e acida hd hed Ree eee bee REESE Lab LS 296 Checking the wiper blades 0 0 0 0 000000 cee eee 298 Air ATS s eae Boe ars ag te wee Be ack ati aos du ts Se eie ds 298 Adjusting the headlamps 6 0 0 2 044 RR EVA RR 300 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Table of Contents T Changing bulbs ou does eed y CER Ob eee eS 302 Bulb specification chart 22s 306 Vehicle Care 307 Cleaning products eder ERG ee ue dea e REP VE x US 307 Cleaning the Exterior uus ded d esc e sU Sods eR A Ge 307 Maxine va kN by Dot oa be dex ete o eb eee Saad AS ae bee Y 309 Repairing minor paint damage illl less 309 Cleaning the engine eere pe PXGUP VER Y
138. 05 km h Start the engine and allow it to run for five minutes at the beginning of each day and every six hours thereafter With the engine running and your foot on the brake shift into position D and then into position R before shifting back into position N 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Driving Hints 253 BREAKING IN You need to break in new tires for approximately 300 miles 480 kilometers During this time your vehicle may exhibit some unique driving characteristics Avoid driving too fast during the first 1000 miles 1600 kilometers Vary your speed frequently and change up through the gears early Do not labor the engine Do not tow during the first 1000 miles 1600 kilometers ECONOMICAL DRIVING Fuel economy is affected by several things such as how you drive the conditions you drive under and how you maintain your vehicle There are some things to keep in mind that may improve your fuel economy e Accelerate and slow down in a smooth moderate fashion e Drive at steady speeds without stopping e Anticipate stops slowing down may eliminate the need to stop e Combine errands and minimize stop and go driving e Close the windows for high speed driving e Drive at reasonable speeds traveling at 55 mph 88 km h uses 15 less fuel than traveling at 65 mph 105 km h e Keep the tires properly inflated and use only the recommended size e Use the recommended engine oil
139. 102 JY aurulI93op 0 WOLJDULAO UL BIUDUAIULDUL PaynNpayos 0 19Jos pm AT NOOWSIIN Osn Auo pmoys AT NOOSISIIN ember yey suorssmusuer orfeulogny uorjeogr ods juo eAmbo Ayroedey suro3 pao 1oquinu 31ed pao q JO oureu 3 red pIo d Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 2014 Taurus Capacities and Specifications 359 MOTORCRAFT PART NUMBERS Component 3 5L V6 3 5L V6 SHO 2 0L EcoBoost Component engine engine engine pi aller FA 1884 FA 1884 FA 1884 element Oil filter FL 500 S FL 500 S FL 910 S BXT 59 BXT 65 650 BXT 65 650 Spark plugs SP 534 SP 534 SP 527 Windshield WW 2206 PF driver side wiper blade WW 2601 PF passenger side Utility WW1106 rear Windshield wiper blade Sedan Refer to scheduled maintenance information for the appropriate intervals for changing the spark plugs WW 2501 driver side WW 2043 passenger side Note Replace the spark plugs with ones that meet Ford material and design specifications for your vehicle such as Motorcraft or equivalent replacement parts The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if such spark plugs are not used 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 360 Capacities and Specifications VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX l The vehicle identification number is located on the driver s side instrument panel Please note that in the gra
140. 13 USA fus 382 Audio System Radio display Possible action Updating Update of channel No action required programming in The process may take progress up to three minutes Call SIRIUS Your satellite service is Call Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 no longer available 1 888 539 7474 to resolve subscription issues None Found Check All the channels in the Use the channel guide Channel Guide selected category are to turn off the Lock or either skipped or Skip function on that locked station Subscription Updated Sirius has updated the No action required channels available for your vehicle AUXILIARY INPUT JACK WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving WARNING For safety reasons do not connect or adjust the settings on your portable music player while your vehicle is moving 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Audio System 383 WARNING Store the portable music player in a secure location such as the cente
141. 1422A SYNCG2 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation WARNING Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 529 GENERAL MAINTENANCE INFORMATION Why Maintain Your Vehicle Carefully following the maintenance schedule helps protect against major repair expenses resulting from neglect or inadequate maintenance and may help to increase the value of your vehicle when you sell or trade it Keep all receipts for completed maintenance with your vehicle We have established regular maintenance intervals for your vehicle based upon rigorous testing It is important that you have your vehicle serviced at the proper times These intervals serve two purposes one is to maintain the reliability of your vehicle and the second is to keep
142. 3 USA fus Wheels and Tires 345 Only use the temporary mobility kit when the ambient temperature is between 40 F 40 C and 158 F 70 C Only use the sealing compound before the use by date The use by date is on the lower right hand corner of the label located on the sealant canister bottle Check the use by date regularly and replace the canister after four years Do not store the temporary mobility kit unsecured inside the passenger compartment of the vehicle as it may cause injury during a sudden stop or crash Always store the kit in its original location After sealant use an authorized Ford dealer must replace the tire pressure monitoring system sensor and valve stem on the wheel When inflating a tire or other objects use the black air hose only Do not use the transparent hose which is designed for sealant application only Operating the temporary mobility kit could cause an electrical disturbance in radio CD and DVD player operation What to Do When a Tire Is Punctured A tire puncture within the tire s tread area can be repaired in two stages with the temporary mobility kit In the first stage the tire will be reinflated with a sealing compound and air After the tire has been reinflated you will need to drive the vehicle a short distance about 4 miles 6 kilometers to distribute the sealant in the tire In the second stage check the tire pressure and adjust if necessary to the vehicle s t
143. 5e tds 70 keypad 5 2 uet 73 locking and unlocking doors 74 programming entry code 73 KEYS penerapan ERROR 56 77 positions of the ignition 165 L Lamps bulb replacement specifications chart 306 headlamps flash to pass 89 interior lamps 94 replacing bulbs 303 Lane keeping system 224 LATCH anchors eme 27 Lights warning and indicator 104 Listening to music 444 TiO al WMI ecann Rte a 238 Locks autolock 2 5 2 Edda 70 ChildDEOOf 1 42 eere 31 COOLS c OEE nieve eret 68 Lubricant specifications 354 LUS NULS ste ccssateceetienntenee eee 351 M Making and receiving calls 467 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 550 Index MAP DVD Loading and Pairing your phone for Unloading aser 467 the first time 390 466 Map icons s2ianesstetarearrvelenwansen 506 Parental MyKey programming 63 Map mode oon 504 Park Assist acorrer 203 Map preferences 508 Parking brake 196 Map updates sss 508 25 Pee TEE 359 Massage seats ouiin 148 Passenger Occupant Media Bluetooth menu options Classification Sensor 45 adding connecting deleting Phone Bluetooth menu options turning on off 2 eee 422 adding connecting deleting Message center oo 110 turning on off 402
144. ARNING The electric power steering system has diagnostic checks that continuously monitor the system to ensure proper operation When a system error is detected a steering message will appear in the information display 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Driving Aids 237 WARNING The electric power steering system has diagnostic checks that continuously monitor the system to ensure proper operation of the electronic system When an electronic error is detected a message will be displayed in the information display If this happens stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn off the engine After at least 10 seconds reset the system by restarting the engine and watch the information display for a steering message If a steering message returns or returns while driving take the vehicle to your dealer to have it checked WARNING Obtain immediate service if a system error is detected You may not notice any difference in the feel of your steering but a serious condition may exist Failure to do so may result in loss of steering control Your vehicle is equipped with an electric power assisted steering system There is no fluid reservoir to check or fill If your vehicle loses electrical power while you are driving or if the ignition is turned off you can steer the vehicle manually but it takes more effort Extreme continuous steering may increase the effort it takes for you to steer This occ
145. ARY WARNING You risk death or serious injury to yourself and others if you do not follow the instruction highlighted by the warning symbol These are some of the symbols you may see on your vehicle Symbol Symbol Symbol Safety alert See Owner s Avoid Battery Battery acid a A flames or sparks Brake fluid Brake system E Cabin air non petroleum filter base Child Safety Child seat Door Lock lower anchor and Unlock Child seat X Do not open tether anchor m coolant temperature i Engine oil EN Explosive Fan warning gas Fasten safety Front fog belt lamps Introduction 11 Symbol Fuel pump reset Heated rear window Panic alarm Power steering fluid Lad Service engine soon Windshield defrost and demist S ymbol Fuse compartment Interior luggage compartment release Low tire pressure warning Parking aid system Power windows front and rear Side airbag Windshield washer and wiper S ym bol Hazard warning flasher Maintain correct fluid level Parking brake system Power window lockout Stability control 12 Introduction DATA RECORDING Service Data Recording Service data recorders in your vehicle are capable of collecting and storing diagnostic information about your vehicle This potentially includes information about the performance or status of various systems and modules in the vehicle such as engine thrott
146. Certification label Ask an authorized dealer for specific weight information The Federal Communications Commission FCC and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission CRTC regulate the use of mobile communications systems that are equipped with radio transmitters for example two way radios telephones and theft alarms Any such equipment installed in your vehicle should comply with Federal Communications Commission FCC and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission CRTC regulations and should be installed only by an authorized dealer An authorized dealer needs to install mobile communications systems Improper installation may harm the operation of your vehicle particularly if the manufacturer did not design the mobile communication system specifically for automotive use If you or an authorized Ford dealer add any non Ford custom electrical or electronic accessories or components to your vehicle you may adversely affect battery performance and durability In addition you may also adversely affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 364 Ford Extended Service Plan FORD ESP EXTENDED SERVICE PLANS PROTECT YOURSELF FROM THE RISING COST OF VEHICLE REPAIRS WITH A FORD EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN SERVICE PLANS U S only More than 32 Million Ford and Lincoln owners have discovered the powerful protection Ford ESP It is the only
147. Do not spray a hot engine with cold water to avoid cracking the engine block or other engine components 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 310 Vehicle Care e Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser on all parts that require cleaning and pressure rinse clean In Canada use Motorcraft Engine Shampoo e Never wash or rinse the engine while it is hot or running water in the running engine may cause internal damage e Never wash or rinse any ignition coil spark plug wire or spark plug well or the area in and around these locations Cover the battery power distribution box and air filter assembly to prevent water damage when cleaning the engine CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND WIPER BLADES The windows and wiper blades should be cleaned regularly If the wipers do not wipe properly substances on the vehicle s glass or the wiper blades may cause squeaking or chatter noise from the blades and streaking and smearing of the windshield To clean these items follow these tips e The windows may be cleaned with a non abrasive cleaner such as Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner e The wiper blades can be cleaned with isopropyl rubbing alcohol or Motorcraft Premium Windshield Washer Concentrates in the U S or Motorcraft Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid in Canada Replace your wiper blades when they appear worn or do not function properly e Do not use abrasive materials as the
148. Drive If Equipped 193 Descend a hill in the same gear you would use to climb up the hill to avoid excessive brake application and brake overheating Do not descend in neutral instead disengage overdrive or manually shift to a lower gear When descending a steep hill avoid sudden hard braking as you could lose control The front wheels have to be turning in order to steer the vehicle Your vehicle has anti lock brakes therefore apply the brakes steadily Do not pump the brakes Driving on Snow and Ice WARNING If you are driving in slippery conditions that require tire chains or cables then it is critical that you drive cautiously Keep speeds down allow for longer stopping distances and avoid aggressive steering to reduce the chances of a loss of vehicle control which can lead to serious injury or death If the rear end of the vehicle slides while cornering steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of the vehicle Note Excessive tire slippage can cause transmission damage AWD vehicles have advantages over 2WD vehicles in snow and ice but can skid like any other vehicle Should you start to slide while driving on snowy or icy roads turn the steering wheel in the direction of the slide until you regain control Avoid sudden applications of power and quick changes of direction on snow and ice Apply the accelerator slowly and steadily when starting from a full stop Avoid sudden braking
149. ESSAGES Note Depending on the vehicle options equipped with your vehicle not all of the messages will display or be available Certain messages may be abbreviated or shortened depending upon which cluster type you have Press the OK button to acknowledge and remove some messages from the information display Other messages will be removed automatically after a short time Certain messages need to be confirmed before you can access the menus Message indicators Some messages will be supplemented by a system specific symbol Control Messages Malfunction preventing the ACC from engaging Available adaptive cruise cannot function properly Adaptive Cruise Not Displayed when the radar is blocked because Available Sensor of poor radar visibility due to bad weather or Blocked ice mud water in front of radar Driver can typically clean the sensor to resolve AdvanceTrac Action Description Traction Control Messages Service AdvanceTrac Displayed when the AdvanceTrac system has detected a condition that requires service Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Traction control off Displayed when the traction control has been disabled by the driver 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 122 Information Displays Alarm Security Action Description Messages Vehicle Alarm To Stop Displayed when the perimeter alarm system is Alarm Start Vehicle armed and the vehicle is
150. FTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN You agree that your non exclusive licenses to use the Gracenote Content Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions If your licenses terminate you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Content Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers Gracenote 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Appendices 527 respectively reserve all rights in Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and the Gracenote Servers and Gracenote Content including all ownership rights Under no circumstances will either Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide including any copyrighted material or music file information You agree that Gracenote may enforce its respective rights collectively or separately under this agreement against you directly in each company s own name Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow Gracenote to count queries without knowing anything about who you are For more information see the web page at www gracenote com for the Gracenote Privacy Policy THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE EACH ITEM OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED TO YOU AS IS NEITHER GRACENOTE MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIO
151. Ib facing child 29 5 kg seat Note The child seat must rest tightly against the vehicle seat upon which it is installed It may be necessary to lift or remove the head restraint See the Seats chapter for information on head restraints R R 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Child Safety 21 BOOSTER SEATS WARNING Never place or allow a child to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a crash Use a belt positioning booster seat for children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child safety seat generally children who are less than 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall are greater than age four 4 and less than age twelve 12 and between 40 pounds 18 kilograms and 80 pounds 36 kilograms and upward to 100 pounds 45 kilograms if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Many state and provincial laws require that children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight 8 a height of 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or 80 pounds 36 kilograms Booster seats should be used until you can answer YES to ALL of these questions when the child is seated without a booster seat e Can the child sit all the way back against their vehicle seat with knees bent comfortably at the edge of the seat cushion e Can the chil
152. If your transmission is equipped with a Grade Assist or Tow Haul feature use this feature when towing This provides engine braking and helps eliminate excessive transmission shifting for optimum fuel economy and transmission cooling Allow more distance for stopping with a trailer attached Anticipate stops and brake gradually Avoid parking on a grade However if you must park on a grade 1 Turn the steering wheel to point your vehicle tires away from traffic flow 2 Set your vehicle parking brake 3 Place the automatic transmission in position P 4 Place wheel chocks in front and back of the trailer wheels Chocks not included with vehicle Launching or Retrieving a Boat or Personal Watercraft PWC Note Disconnect the wiring to the trailer before backing the trailer into the water Note Reconnect the wiring to the trailer after removing the trailer from the water When backing down a ramp during boat launching or retrieval Do not allow the static water level to rise above the bottom edge of the rear bumper Do not allow waves to break higher than 6 inches 15 centimeters above the bottom edge of the rear bumper 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 250 Towing Exceeding these limits may allow water to enter vehicle components e Causing internal damage to the components e Affecting driveability emissions and reliability Replace the rear axle lubricant anytime the re
153. Install Application Install applications you have downloaded Press OK and scroll to select Press OK to confirm System Info Access the Auto Version number as well as the FPN number Press OK to select MAP Profile This is a Bluetooth component which can further help your phone with the exchange of text messages Exit the current menu 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus SYNC 405 SYNC APPLICATIONS AND SERVICES IF EQUIPPED Note In order for the following features to work your cellular phone must be compatible with SYNC To check your phone s compatibility visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca e SYNC Services Gf equipped United States only Provides access to traffic directions and information such as travel horoscopes stock prices and more e 911 Assist Can alert 911 in the event of an emergency e Vehicle Health Report Gf equipped United States only Provides a diagnostic and maintenance report card of your vehicle 911 Assist WARNING Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on prior to a crash the system will not dial for help which could delay response time potentially increasing the risk of serious injury or death after a crash WARNING Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an emergency call if you can do it yourself Dial emergency services immediately to avoid delayed response time which could increase the risk of serious injur
154. Keys are programmed to the same settings You cannot program them individually Note For vehicles with intelligent access key push button start when both a MyKey and an admin intelligent access key fob are present the admin fob will be recognized to start the vehicle Non configurable Settings The following settings cannot be changed by an admin key user e Belt Minder You cannot disable this feature The audio system will mute when the front seat occupants safety belts are not fastened e Early low fuel warning The low fuel warning is activated earlier giving the MyKey user more time to refuel e Driver assist features if equipped on your vehicle are forced on parking aid blind spot information system BLIS with cross traffic alert lane departure warning and forward collision warning system Satellite radio adult content restrictions 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 64 MyKey Configurable Settings With an admin key you can configure certain MyKey settings when you first create a MyKey and before you recycle the key or restart the engine You can also change the settings afterward with an admin key e A vehicle speed limit can be set Warnings will be shown in the display followed by an audible tone when your vehicle reaches the set speed You cannot override the set speed by fully depressing the accelerator pedal or by setting cruise control e Vehicle speed minders
155. License Agreement and each copy of Data delivered or otherwise furnished shall be marked and embedded as appropriate with the following Notice of Use and be treated in accordance with such Notice NOTICE OF USE CONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER SUPPLIER NAME NAVTEQ CONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER SUPPLIER ADDRESS 425 West Randolph Street Chicago IL 60606 This Data is a commercial item as defined in FAR 2 101 and is subject to the EndUser License Agreement under which this Data was provided 2011 NAVTEQ All rights reserved If the Contracting Officer federal government agency or any federal official refuses to use the legend provided herein the Contracting Officer federal government agency or any federal official must notify NAV TEQ prior to seeking additional or alternative rights in the Data Wi Fi hotspot data provided by JiWire 92013 JiWire 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 526 Appendices Gracenote Copyright CD and music related data from Gracenote Inc copyright 2000 2007 Gracenote Gracenote Software copyright 9 2000 2007 Gracenote This product and service may practice one or more of the following U S Patents 5 987 525 6 061 680 46 154 773 6 161 132 6 230 192 6 230 207 6 240 459 6 330 593 and other patents issued or pending Some services supplied under license from Open Globe Inc for U S Patent 6 304 523 Gracenote and CDDB are registered trademark
156. Memory function 22 ek bx EGG RE RR HERDER EOD Heated seats sa nen see eo ee nee de HUE ee eee DOS Heated and ventilated seals ay bce v ee ehadees eis heed wh Universal Garage Door Opener If Equipped HomeLink wireless control system clle Auxiliary Power Points Storage Compartments Center Console secos horse oe are ie E Munt EM an ue Overhead console lees Starting and Stopping the Engine Ignition SWIUCh id dp RIBUS PRA be bob tye REN ES Engine block heater l l Fuel and Refueling Fuelquality eyra r iransi EAIA GC AE e SU Xa D whee Se BUR GE RUE Running Out Of fuel go ce pig cp m a oe ROO dee SUR SUR AE RR dna BRetueling 329 eibbeore Paes Gees dba bet ge ta doe ey d Fuel consumption 0 000 000 cc ee ee Transmission Automatic transmission 0 0 0 00 000000 cee eee eee eee All Wheel Drive If Equipped All wheel diyer xu yu bie oui eee EE UP PUE ERR god 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 142 142 143 146 147 149 150 151 156 157 161 162 162 163 164 165 170 172 Table of Contents Brakes Brak Ss sq ear eadem dx da RE S REA EE dd Da Hints on driving with anti lock brakes Parking brake nc ug eX Gre RES E PIE MEN ea Traction Control Traction Control M eese tante euo FOE eR S Stability Control Advance lTEAe B uuu Suecus e REO eeu e E ERE qe iva Parking Aids Sensing
157. NS OR WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE CONTENT GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT TO DELETE DATA AND OR CONTENT FROM THE COMPANIES RESPECTIVE SERVERS OR IN THE CASE OF GRACENOTE CHANGE DATA CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT NO WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR FREE OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED GRACENOTE IS NOT OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES AT ANY TIME GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TITLE AND NON INFRINGEMENT NEITHER GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER Gracenote 2007 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 528 Appendices Vehicle with SYNC only FCC ID KMHSG1G1 IC 1422A SG1G1 Vehicle with SYNC and MyFord Touch or MyLincoln Touch FCC ID KMHSYNCG2 IC
158. Neued O NEN XN 20A Oxygen sensor heater Mass airflow sensor Variable camshaft timing solenoid valve Canister vent solenoid Canister purge solenoid 20A Vehicle power 1 powertrain control module ot used poe i Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used 20A Right high intensity discharge headlamp Adaptive cruise control module 63 66 SC 70 15A A C clutch Fan control relay coils 1 3 Variable air NM conditioning compressor Auxiliary transmission warmup Turbo charge waste gate control Electronic compressor bypass valve All wheel drive module Positive crankcase ventilation heater 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 274 Fuses Fuse or relay Fuse amp Protected components number rating 80 jNtued O 8 j j Ntued O 82 J Ntued O 83 Not sed O 84 Not sed O 85 JjNotused O 7 5A Powertrain control module keep alive power and relay Canister vent solenoid P88 Ruwsartreay O CIL MM power assist steering module LX run start Adaptive headlamp module 98 BA Rearwindow defroster relay Eee run start Non used Notued Notued O o i O A C clutch relay Mini Fuses Cartridge Fuses 95 2014 Taurus Owners Guid
159. Noted sd 13 1 Starter motor high current relay o 14 Left hand cooling fan 2 relay 15 fjFuelpumpulrarelay PG Not sed 1017 Netued O Netused 20 i module oo o Neued O y Neused O Cigar lighter 32 Not sed O PBT J Right hand cooling fan relay 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 272 Fuses Fuse or relay Fuse amp Protected components number rating 34 Cs Blower motor high current relay 35 Left hand cooling fan 1 relay 36 Jj Ntued O o s Not used 38 Not sed O 39 Not sed 40 Not sed O 4 j Ntued Noted 5 Not used Netused Netused Netused Netused Netused Noted O Netused Netused Wiprreay Netused Left high intensity discharge headlamp 600 Noted O 61 Noted 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Fuses 273 Fuse or relay Fuse amp Protected components number rating P y
160. ORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and systems suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may disclose this information to others but not in a form that personally identifies you e Internet Based Services Components The SOFTWARE may contain components that enable and facilitate the use of certain Internet based services You acknowledge and agree that MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may automatically check the version of the SOFTWARE and or its components that you are utilizing and may provide upgrades or supplements to the SOFTWARE that may be automatically downloaded to your DEVICE e Additional Software Services The SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service suppliers MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent to provide or make available to you SOFTWARE updates supplements add on components or Internet based services components of the SOFTWARE after the date you obtain your initial copy of the SOFTWARE Supplemental Components If FORD MOTOR COMPANY or third party software and services suppliers provide or make available to you Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are provided along with the Supplemental Components then the terms of this EULA shall apply 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus App
161. Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Climate Control 131 F Temperature control Controls the temperature of the air circulated in your vehicle Turn to select the desired temperature G MAX A C Distributes recirculated air through the instrument panel vents to cool the vehicle This position is more economical and efficient than normal air conditioning H Air distribution control Press to set the air distribution to a position listed below eae Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents demister eae vents and floor vents Distributes air through the instrument panel vents Pd LSU Distributes air through the instrument panel vents floor vents and demister vents Distributes air through the floor vents I Rear defrost Turns the heated windows and mirrors off and on See Heated windows and mirrors later in this chapter for more information 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 132 Climate Control DUAL AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM Note You can switch temperature units between Fahrenheit and Celsius See Menu features in the MyFord Touch or MyLincoln Touch chapter A Power Driver temperature control Press to turn the climate control system off and on When the system is off outside air cannot enter the vehicle Turn to increase or decrease the air temperature for the driver side of the vehicle This control also adju
162. P Autolock Feature If Enabled The autolock feature will lock all the doors when e all the doors are closed e the ignition is on e you shift into any gear putting your vehicle in motion and e your vehicle reaches a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h The autolock feature repeats when e you open then close any door while the ignition is on and the vehicle speed is 9 mph 15 km h or lower and e your vehicle then reaches a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Locks 71 Autounlock Feature If Enabled The autounlock feature will unlock all the doors when e the ignition is on all the doors are closed and your vehicle has been in motion at a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h e your vehicle has then come to a stop and the ignition is switched off or to accessory and the driver door is opened within 10 minutes of the ignition being switched off or to accessory Note The doors will not autounlock if you electronically lock the vehicle after you switch the ignition off and before you open the driver door Enabling or Disabling Note You can enable or disable the autolock and autounlock features independently of each other You can enable or disable these features e through an authorized dealer e using the information display if equipped with this feature Illuminated Entry The interior lamps and select exterior lamps illuminate wh
163. Press the OFF control down and release or turn off the ignition USING ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL IF EQUIPPED WARNING Always pay close attention to changing road conditions especially when using adaptive cruise control Adaptive cruise control cannot replace attentive driving Failing to follow any of the warnings below or failing to pay attention to the road may result in a collision serious injury or death WARNING Adaptive cruise control is not a collision warning or avoidance system Additionally adaptive cruise control will not detect e stationary or slow moving vehicles below 6 mph 10 km h e pedestrians or objects in the roadway e oncoming vehicles in the same lane 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 214 Cruise Control WARNING Do not use the adaptive cruise control when entering or leaving a highway in heavy traffic or on roads that are winding slippery or unpaved WARNING Do not use in poor visibility specifically fog rain spray or snow Note It is your responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of your vehicle at all times The system adjusts your speed to maintain a proper distance between you and the vehicle in front of you in the same lane You can select from one of four GAP settings The controls are located on the steering wheel At startup the system sets the gap to the last selected setting Once activated you can deactivate the system at
164. Printing September 2013 USA fus 140 Climate Control CABIN AIR FILTER Note Make sure you have a cabin air filter installed at all times This prevents foreign objects from entering the system Running the system without a filter in place could result in degradation or damage to the system Your vehicle is equipped with a cabin air filter which is located just in front of the windshield under the cowl grille on the passenger side of your vehicle The particulate air filtration system reduces the concentration of airborne particles such as dust spores and pollen in the air supplied to the interior of your vehicle The particulate filtration system gives the following benefits to customers e Improves the customer s driving comfort by reducing particle concentration e Improves the interior compartment cleanliness e Protects the climate control components from particle deposits For more information regarding the interval at which you should replace the cabin air filter see the Scheduled Maintenance chapter For additional cabin air filter information or to replace the filter see an authorized dealer REMOTE START CLIMATE OPERATION IF EQUIPPED The climate control system adjusts the cabin temperature during remote start You cannot adjust the system during remote start operation In addition the SYNC display and other displays remain blank during remote start operation Turn the ignition on to return the syste
165. Printing September 2013 USA fus Information Displays 111 Trip 1 amp 2 Hold OK to Reset Trip Timer Average Fuel Compass located in lower line of display Note this will also display in other menus Total Odometer located in lower line of display Note this will also display in other menus TSee Trip and fuel economy computer later in this section for more information Fuel Economy Distance to E Inst Fuel Econ Average Fuel Compass located in lower line of display Note this will also display in other menus Total Odometer located in lower line of display Note this will also display in other menus TSee Trip and fuel economy computer later in this section for more information Information MyKey Dist if key is programmed Distance traveled when a programmed key is in use MyKey Info Number of MyKeys and admin keys programmed Coolant Temp The engine coolant indicator will change colors indicating blue for cool gray for normal and red for hot If the engine coolant temperature exceeds the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible switch off the engine and let the engine cool 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 112 Information Displays Settings Driver Assist Traction Control check enabled default uncheck disabled Blind Spot check enabled default uncheck disabled Collision Warning High Normal or Low MyKey
166. Re wax as necessary when the vehicle is washed e Lubricate hood latch all door latches and trunk lid hinges with a light grade oil e Cover interior trim to prevent fading e Keep all rubber parts free from oil and solvents Engine e The engine oil and filter should be changed prior to storage as used engine oil contains contaminates that may cause engine damage e Start the engine every 15 days Run at fast idle until it reaches normal operating temperature e With your foot on the brake shift through all the gears while the engine is running Fuel system e Fill the fuel tank with high quality fuel until the first automatic shutoff of the fuel pump nozzle Cooling system e Protect against freezing temperatures e When removing vehicle from storage check coolant fluid level Confirm there are no cooling system leaks and fluid is at the recommended level 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Vehicle Care 315 Battery e Check and recharge as necessary Keep connections clean e If storing your vehicle for more than 30 days without recharging the battery it may be advisable to disconnect the battery cables to ensure battery charge is maintained for quick starting Note If battery cables are disconnected it will be necessary to reset memory features Brakes e Make sure brakes and parking brake are fully released Tires e Maintain recommended air pressure Miscellaneous
167. Report and SYNC Services Traffic Directions and Information issues Issue Possible cause s Possible solution s e This could be due e Update your mobile number in I am unable to submit a report I heard a commercial when I tried to use Traffic Directions and Information 2014 Taurus to your phone s compatibility OR e Bad signal strength OR e Your phone may not be activated on the website e The phone in use is not activated OR e Your phone has ID blocker active your account on the website e Make sure you have full signal strength and that your Bluetooth volume level has been turned up e Try deleting your phone and performing a clean pairing e This is a free feature but you must first register online to use it e Turn off ID blocker on your phone as the system recognizes you by your phone number e Make sure the currently connected phone is the same one that is registered on your SyncMyRide account Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 430 SYNC Voice command issues Issue Possible cause s Possible solution s SYNC does not understand what I am saying SYNC does not understand the name of a song or artist e You may be using the wrong voice commands OR e You may be speaking too soon or at the wrong time e You may be using the wrong voice commands OR e You may not be saying the name exactly as it is saved OR e The system
168. SA fus 204 Parking Aids Using Active Park Assist T Press the button the touch screen AUTO displays a message and a corresponding graphic to indicate IP it s searching for a parking space Use the turn signal to indicate which side of the vehicle you want the system to search on Note If the turn signal is not on the system automatically searches on the vehicle s passenger side a EOSED D When a suitable space is found the touch screen displays a message and a chime sounds Slow down and stop at approximately position A then follow the instructions on the touch screen Note You must observe that the selected space remains clear of obstructions at all times in the maneuver Note Vehicles with overhanging loads e g a bus or a truck street furniture and other items may not be detected by active park assist You must ensure the selected space is suitable for parking Note The vehicle should be driven as parallel to other vehicles as possible while passing a parking space Note The system always offers the last detected parking space i e if the vehicle detects multiple spaces while you are driving it offers the last one Note If driven above approximately 20 mph 35 km h the touch screen shows a message to alert the driver to reduce vehicle speed 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Parking Aids 205 Automatic Steering into Parking Space Note If veh
169. September 2013 USA fus 244 Load Carrying WARNING Exceeding any vehicle weight rating limitation could result in serious damage to the vehicle and or personal injury Steps for determining the correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1 400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ib 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle The following gives you a few examples on how to calculate the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity e Suppose your vehicle has a 1400 Ib 635 kg cargo and luggage capacity You decide to
170. T control to vent the moonroof Pull and hold the TILT control to close the moonroof 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Instrument Cluster 103 GAUGES Type 1 Cluster shown in standard measure metric clusters similar A B C A Tachometer B Information display See Information displays for more information C Speedometer D Fuel gauge Fuel gauge Indicates approximately how much fuel is left in the fuel tank when the ignition is on The fuel gauge may vary slightly when the vehicle is in motion or on a grade The fuel icon and arrow indicates which side of the vehicle the fuel filler door is located 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 104 Instrument Cluster Type 2 Cluster shown in standard measure metric clusters similar A Left information display See Information displays for more information B Speedometer C Right information display See MyFord Touch for more information WARNING LAMPS AND INDICATORS These indicators can alert you to a vehicle condition that may become serious enough to cause expensive repairs Many lights will illuminate when you start your vehicle to make sure they work If any light remains on after starting the vehicle refer to the respective system warning light for additional information Note Some warning indicators are reconfigurable telltales RTT These indicators appear in the infor
171. TION Filling the Tank The advertised capacity is the indicated capacity and the empty reserve combined Indicated capacity is the difference in the amount of fuel in a full tank and a tank when the fuel gauge indicates empty Empty reserve is the amount of fuel in the tank after the fuel gauge indicates empty Note The amount of usable fuel in the empty reserve varies and should not be relied upon to increase driving range When refueling your vehicle after the fuel gauge indicates empty you might not be able to refuel the full amount of the advertised capacity of the fuel tank due to the empty reserve still present in the tank For consistent results when filling the fuel tank e Turn the ignition off before fueling an inaccurate reading results if the engine is left running e Use the same fill rate low medium high each time the tank is filled e Allow no more than two automatic click offs when filling Results are most accurate when the filling method is consistent Calculating Fuel Economy Do not measure fuel economy during the first 1000 miles 1600 kilometers of driving this is your engine s break in period a more accurate measurement is obtained after 2000 miles 3000 miles 3200 kilometers 4800 kilometers Also fuel expense frequency of fill ups or fuel gauge readings are not accurate ways to measure fuel economy 1 Fill the fuel tank completely and record the initial odometer reading 2 Each time you fill t
172. TION ON RADIO FREQUENCIES This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met The typical operating range for your transmitter is approximately 33 feet 10 meters Vehicles with the remote start feature will have a greater range A decrease in operating range could be caused by e weather conditions e nearby radio towers e structures around your vehicle e other vehicles parked next to your vehicle The radio frequency used by your remote control can also be used by other short distance radio transmissions for example amateur radios medical equipment wireless headphones remote controls and alarm systems If the frequencies are jammed you will not be able to use your remote control You can lock and unlock the doors with the key Note Make sure your vehicle is locked before leaving it unattended Note If you are in range the remote control will operate if you press any button unintention
173. USA fus 476 MyFord Touch If Equipped Portable Your subscription is associated with your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone number not your VIN Vehicle Identification Number You can pair and connect your phone to any vehicle equipped with SYNC Services and continue enjoying your personalized services SYNC Services Voice Commands EM When a route has been downloaded non navigation systems i amp press the voice button on the steering wheel control When prompted say any of the following commands Sirius Travel Link If Equipped and If Activated hd Route status WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Note In order to use Sirius Travel Link your vehicle must be equipped with navigation and your navigation SD card must be in the SD card slot 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 477 Note A paid subscription is required to access and use these featu
174. USA fus 498 MyFord Touch If Equipped Climate Control Voice Commands EB The following voice commands are available at the main menu us level of a voice session For example press the voice button and after the prompt Say a command say any of the following commands There are additional climate control commands but in order to access them you have to say Climate first then when the system is ready to listen you may say any of the following commands Panel off Panel on Rear defrost off Rear defrost on Recirc off Recirc on Temperature Fan increase Temperature 15 5 29 5 degrees Temperature 60 85 degrees Temperature decrease Temperature high Temperature increase Temperature low Windshield floor on Help If you have said Temperature you can say any of the commands in the following Temperature chart 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 499 TEMPERATURE lt 15 5 29 5 gt degrees lt 60 85 gt degrees Help NAVIGATION SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Note The navigation SD card must be in the SD card slot to operate the navigation system If you need a replacement SD card see your authorized dealer Note The SD card slot is spring loaded To remove the SD card just push the card in and release it Do not attempt to pull the
175. Y EXTR s 309 Cleaning the windows and wiper blades 00 310 Cleaning the interior os cris neret er eoe x CERE GUE ROS 311 Cleaning the instrument panel and instrument cluster lens 311 Cleaning leather seats 2 2 0 0 ai hea a ee eee 312 Cleaning the alloy wheels erre renege pereti Gee e ce eae 313 Vehicle Storage saat aise RIO E goa OX a KO den Wap ards eee SP ROSE URS 313 Wheels and Tires 316 Tire Gabe us ss euo 5 8 3 ae A qe A A ERTAREREGSEP XNRERS 316 Using summer res eed bh der SEG a RES P ee 331 Using snow Chains 24 4 4 c 5 rem ey 4 6468 65 0 e425 GSS 331 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 332 Changing road wheel 2 2 42 44 a e RR nhs 336 Temporary mobility kit 22s 343 Technical specifications 0 0 0 0 0c ee ee 351 Wheel lug nut GOrque ss exe gba ka aed ge Pag itr ag ad as 351 Capacities and Specifications 352 Part MUIMbers ep Sete cee Qao per oe hws d e tee oes 359 Vehicle identification number 0000000 less 360 Vehicle certification label 2 2 2000000000000 eee 361 Transmission code designation 000 002 eee eee 361 Accessories 362 AGCCESSOMIES 3 0 ara ade bee Sob bebe E 362 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 8 Table of Contents Ford Extended Service Plan 364 Audio System 367 MyFord system ees uc Teaco e Habs Seat a a Fae Y 369 Satellite radio information 22e 379 Aux
176. You can adjust the interior mirror to your preference Some mirrors also have a second pivot point This lets you move the mirror head up or down and from side to side Pull the tab below the mirror toward you to reduce glare at night Auto Dimming Mirror If Equipped Note Do not block the sensors on the front and back of the mirror Mirror performance may be affected A rear center passenger or raised rear center head restraint may also block light from reaching the sensor The mirror will dim automatically to reduce glare when bright lights are detected from behind your vehicle It will automatically return to normal reflection when you select reverse gear to make sure you have a clear view when backing up SUN VISORS Slide On Rod Rotate the visor toward the side window and extend it rearward for extra sunlight coverage Retract the visor before moving it back toward the windshield and storing it 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Windows and Mirrors 101 Illuminated Visor Vanity Mirror Lift the cover to switch on the lamp SUNSHADE IF EQUIPPED The power rear sunshade covers the rear window of the vehicle The control is located in the center console access bin Press the control to move the sunshade up or down Note Do not try to manually move the sunshade The sunshade has a one touch down feature Press and release the control to move the sunshade down To
177. You can use the remote control anytime your vehicle is not running Unlocking the Doors Two Stage Unlock n Press the button to unlock the driver door Press the button again within three seconds to unlock all doors The turn signals will flash Press and hold both the lock and unlock buttons on the remote control for four seconds to disable or enable two stage unlocking Disabling two stage unlocking allows all vehicle doors to unlock with one press of the button The turn signals will flash twice to indicate a change to the unlocking mode The unlocking mode applies to the remote control keyless entry keypad and intelligent access Intelligent access at the driver door unlocks all doors when you have disabled two stage unlocking Locking the Doors Press the button to lock all the doors The turn signals will e illuminate Press the button again within three seconds to confirm that all the doors are closed The doors will lock again the horn will sound and the turn signals will illuminate if all the doors and the luggage compartment are closed 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Locks 69 Note If any door or the luggage compartment is open or if the hood is open on vehicles with an anti theft alarm or remote start the horn sounds twice and the lamps will not flash Opening the Trunk Press the button twice within three seconds to open the trunk Make sure to close and latch the trunk bef
178. You need to specify the make and model of your vehicle to determine if there is an update available Navigation Voice Commands EB When in navigation mode press the voice button on the us steering wheel control After the tone say any of the following commands Show 3D Destination nearest Show route lt POI category gt Show turn list 1This command is only available when a navigation route is active If you have said the command Destination you may say any of the above commands or commands in the following Destination chart 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 509 If you have said the command Navigation you may say any of the above commands or commands in the following Navigation chart Help If you have said Destination you may say any of the commands in the Destination chart e 2 L4 Zoom in minimum Zoom out maximum L4 One shot Destination Street Address When you say either Navigation destination street address or Destination street address the system asks you to say the full address The system displays an example on screen You can then speak the address naturally such as One two three four Main Street Anytown 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 510 Appendices GENERAL INFORMATION SYNC
179. a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back The driver and front passenger airbags will deploy during significant f E frontal and near frontal crashes Er L The driver and passenger front airbag system consists of e Driver and passenger airbag modules e Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness N indicator See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator later in this chapter e Front passenger sensing system Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating Adjustment WARNING The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration recommends a minimum distance of at least 10 inches 25 centimeters between an occupant s chest and the driver airbag module Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Supplementary Restraints System 45 To properly position yourself away from the airbag e Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the pedals comfortably e Recline the seat slightly one or two degrees from the upright position After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts it is very important that they continue to sit properly Properly seated occupants sit upright lean against the seat b
180. a deploying airbag Because airbags must inflate rapidly and with considerable force there is the risk of death or serious injuries such as fractures facial and eye injuries or internal injuries particularly to occupants who are not properly restrained or are otherwise out of position at the time of airbag deployment Thus it is extremely important that occupants be properly restrained as far away from the airbag module as possible while maintaining vehicle control Routine maintenance of the airbags is not required SOS POST CRASH ALERT SYSTEM The system flashes the turn signal lamps and sounds the horn intermittently in the event of a serious impact that deploys an airbag equipped on your vehicle such as front side side curtain or Safety Canopy The horn and lamps will turn off when e You press the hazard control button e You press the panic button if equipped on the remote entry transmitter e Your vehicle runs out of power 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 44 Supplementary Restraints System DRIVER AND PASSENGER AIRBAGS WARNING Never place your arm or any objects over an airbag module Placing your arm over a deploying airbag can result in serious arm fractures or other injuries Objects placed on or over the airbag inflation area may cause those objects to be propelled by the airbag into your face and torso causing serious injury WARNING Airbags can kill or injure
181. a listing of weather locations Sports Info Touch this button to view scores and schedules from a variety of sports You can also save up to 10 favorite teams for easier access The score automatically refreshes when a game is in progress Ski Conditions Touch this button to view ski conditions for a specific area 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 478 MyFord Touch If Equipped Sirius Travel Link Voice Commands Note In order to use Sirius Travel Link your vehicle must be equipped with navigation and your navigation SD card must be in the SD card slot EE Press the voice button on the steering wheel controls and when i amp prompted say any of the following Travel Link voice commands 5 day weather forecast Sports scores Fuel prices Traffic Movie listings Travel Link Sports headlines Sports schedule Weather map If you have said Sports headlines Sports schedule or Sports scores you may say any of the commands in the Sports headlines Sports schedules and Sports scores commands chart Tf you have said Travel Link you may say any of the commands in the Travel Link chart Sports headlines sports schedules and sports scores voice commands Motorsports TRAVEL LINK 5 day weather Golf schedule NBA scores forecast Baseball headlines MLS headlines
182. a player e Control the portable media player in the same manner when used with headphones as the auxiliary input jack does not provide control such as Play or Pause over the attached portable media player 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 465 PHONE A Phone B Quick Dial C Phonebook D History E Messaging F Settings Hands free calling is one of the main features of SYNC Once you pair your phone you can access many options using the touchscreen or voice commands While the system supports a variety of features many are dependent on your cellular phone s functionality At a minimum most cellular phones with Bluetooth wireless technology support the following functions e Answering an incoming call Ending a call Using privacy mode Dialing a number Redialing Call waiting notification Caller ID Other features such as text messaging using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook download are phone dependent features To check your phone s compatibility see your phone s user manual and visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 466 MyFord Touch If Equipped Pairing Your Phone for the First Time WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution w
183. able to hear the fan operating inside the seat This is normal Heated and Ventilated Seat Air Filter Replacement If Equipped The climate controlled seat system includes air filters You must replace them periodically See the scheduled maintenance information Locate the filters under each front seat and access them from the second row foot well area Move the front seats all the way forward and to the full up positions to ease access To remove an air filter 1 Turn the vehicle off 2 Push up on the outside rigid edge of the filter and rotate counterclockwise once the tabs are released then remove the filter 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Seats 153 To install a filter 1 First position the filter in its housing making sure that the far forward end is all the way up in the housing 2 Push in on the center of the outside edge of the filter and rotate up into the housing until it clips into position REAR SEATS Split folding Rear Seat WARNING Before returning the seatback to its original position make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seatback After returning the seatback to its original position pull on the seatback to make sure that it has fully latched An unlatched seat may become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or crash You can fold one or both rear seatbacks e Lower Pull the strap located on the outboard side
184. ack and center themselves on the seat cushion with their feet comfortably extended on the floor Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event For example if an occupant slouches lies down turns sideways sits forward leans forward or sideways or puts one or both feet up the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased Children and Airbags WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back Children must always be properly restrained Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of injury in a crash FRONT PASSENGER SENSING SYSTEM WARNING Even with Advanced Restraints Systems children 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 46 Supplementary Restraints System WARNING Sitting improperly out of position or with the seat back reclined too far can take off weight from the seat cushion and affect the decision of the front passenger sensing system resu
185. act NT please visit www navteq com The Data is provided for your personal internal use only and may not be resold It is protected by copyright and is subject to the following terms this End User License Agreement and conditions which are agreed to by you on the one hand and NAVTEQ North America LLC NT and its licensors including their licensors and suppliers on the other hand The Data for areas of Canada includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities including Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada Queen s Printer for Ontario Canada Post Corporation GeoBase NT holds a nonexclusive license from the United States Postal Service to publish and sell ZIP 4 information United States Postal Service 2009 Prices are not established controlled or approved by the United States Postal Service The following trademarks and registrations are owned by the USPS United States Postal Service USPS and ZIP 4 The Data for Mexico includes certain Data from Instituto Nacional de Estadistica y Geografia 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Appendices 523 TERMS AND CONDITIONS License Limitations on Use You agree that your license to use this Data is limited to and conditioned on use for solely personal noncommercial purposes and not for service bureau timesharing or other similar purposes Except as otherwise set forth herein
186. acturer develops these systems using different specifications and performance features That is why it is important to rely upon your dealership to properly diagnose and repair your vehicle Ford Motor Company has recommended maintenance intervals for various parts and component systems based upon engineering testing Ford Motor Company relies upon this testing to determine the most appropriate mileage for replacement of oils and fluids to protect your vehicle at the lowest overall cost to you and recommends against maintenance schedules that deviate from the scheduled maintenance information Ford strongly recommends the use of only genuine Ford Motorcraft or Ford authorized remanufactured replacement parts because they are engineered for your vehicle 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 531 Additives and Chemicals Ford Motor Company recommended additives and chemicals are listed in the owner manual and in the Ford Workshop Manual Additional chemicals or additives not approved by Ford Motor Company are not recommended as part of normal maintenance Please consult your warranty information Oils Fluids and Flushing In many cases fluid discoloration is a normal operating characteristic and by itself does not necessarily indicate a concern or that the fluid needs to be changed However discolored fluids that also show signs of overheating and foreign material contamination
187. ada only Text Messaging Note This is a phone dependent feature SYNC allows you to receive send download and delete text messages The system can also read incoming text messages to you so that you do not have to take your eyes off the road 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 398 SYNC Receiving a Text Message Note This is a phone dependent feature Your phone must support downloading text messages using Bluetooth to receive incoming text messages Note Forwarding a text message is a speed dependent feature and can only be done when the vehicle is traveling at 3 mph 5 km h or less Note Only one recipient is allowed per text message When a new message arrives an audible tone sounds and the display indicates you have a new message You have these options 1 Press the voice button wait for the prompt and say Read Message to have SYNC read the message to you 2 Press OK to receive and open the text message or do nothing and the message goes into your text message inbox Press OK again and SYNC reads your message aloud as you are not able to view the message You can then also choose whether you d like to reply or forward the message 9 Press OK and scroll to choose between e Reply to Text Message Press OK to access and then scroll through the list of pre defined messages to send e Forward Text Message Press OK to forward the message to anyone in your Phonebook or C
188. afety Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children Child size height weight or Recommended restraint age type Infants or Children weighing 40 Ib 18 kg Use a child safety seat or less generally age four or sometimes called an infant younger carrier convertible seat or toddler seat Small Children who have outgrown or no Use a belt positioning children longer properly fit in a child safety booster seat seat generally children who are less than 4 ft 9 in 1 45 m tall are greater than age four 4 and less than age twelve 12 and between 40 Ib 18 kg and 80 Ib 36 kg and upward to 100 Ib 45 kg if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Children who have outgrown or Use a vehicle safety belt no longer properly fit in a having the lap belt snug and belt positioning booster seat low across the hips generally children who are at least shoulder belt centered 4 ft 9 in 1 45 m tall or greater across the shoulder and than 80 Ib 36 kg or 100 Ib chest and seat back 45 kg if recommended by child upright restraint manufacturer e You are required by law to properly use safety seats for infants and toddlers in the United States and Canada e Many states and provinces require that small children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight a height of 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or 80 pounds 36 kilograms Check your local and state or provincial laws for speci
189. al one time The indicator on the START STOP button should begin to rapidly flash indicating the programming mode has been entered and two programmed intelligent access keys have been detected in your vehicle 6 Press the START STOP button within one minute A message will appear in the information display indicating that the new intelligent access key was programmed 7 Remove the intelligent access key from the center console pocket and press the unlock button on the newly programmed intelligent access key to exit programming mode 8 Verify that the remote entry functions operate press lock then unlock making sure you end in unlock and that your vehicle starts with new intelligent access key 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 80 Security ANTI THEFT ALARM IF EQUIPPED The system will warn you of unauthorized entry to your vehicle The turn signal lamps will flash and sound the horn up to a total of 10 times when e any door the hood or the luggage compartment is opened without using the keypad the remote control or the intelligent access transmitter Gif equipped e the ignition is turned on with an invalid key Take all keys and remote controls to an authorized dealer if there is any potential alarm problem with your vehicle Arming the Alarm The system is ready to arm whenever the ignition is off Lock the vehicle to arm the alarm The turn signal lamps will flash once after lo
190. all History You can also choose Enter Number Sending Downloading and Deleting Your Text Messages Text messaging is a phone dependent feature If your phone is compatible SYNC allows you to receive send download and delete text messages 1 Press the phone button 2 Scroll until Text Message appears and press OK 3 Scroll to select from the following options Send Text Message enables you to send a new text message based on a pre defined set of 15 messages Download Unread Msgs allows you to download your unread messages only to SYNC To download the messages press OK to select The display indicates your messages are being downloaded When complete SYNC takes you to your inbox Delete All Messages allows you to delete current text messages from SYNC not your phone To delete the messages press OK to select The display indicates when all your text messages have been deleted and SYNC returns you to the text message menu 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus SYNC 399 Note SYNC does not automatically download all of your unread text messages at every ignition cycle as it does with call history and phonebook if automatic download is set to on Return exits the current menu when you press OK If you select Send Text Message 1 Press OK to select If the system detects your phone does not support this feature Unsupported appears in the display and SYNC returns to the ma
191. ally Intelligent Access If Equipped The system uses a radio frequency signal to communicate with your vehicle and authorize your vehicle to unlock when one of the following conditions is met e You touch the inside of the front exterior door handle e You press the luggage compartment button e You press a button on the transmitter If excessive radio frequency interference is present in the area or if the transmitter battery is low it may be necessary to mechanically unlock your door You can use the mechanical key blade in your intelligent access key to open the driver door in this situation Refer to Remote Control in this chapter for more information on the location and use of the mechanical key blade 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 56 Keys and Remote Control REMOTE CONTROL Integrated Keyhead Transmitters IKTs If Equipped AINO HAWOLSND A8 G3AOWSY 38 OL NOLLAVO XEvVOO WAIN NA Use the key blade to start your vehicle and unlock or lock the driver door from outside your vehicle The transmitter portion functions as the remote control Note Your vehicle s keys came with a security label that provides important key cut information Keep the label in a safe place for future reference Intelligent Access Key If Equipped 2014 Taurus Your intelligent access keys operate the power locks and the remote start system The key must be in
192. ally in flat file mode If there are more than 255 SYNC automatically organizes them into alphabetical categories Press OK to select Then scroll to select the desired track and press OK 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus SYNC 421 Explore USB Explore all supported digital media on your media device connected to the USB port You can only view media content which is compatible with SYNC other files saved are not visible Press OK to select Then scroll to explore indexed media on your flash drive Similar Music Play music similar to what is currently playing from the USB port The system uses the metadata information of each song to compile a playlist for you Press OK to select The system creates a new list of similar songs and begins playing The metadata tags must be populated for this feature to include each track Note With certain playing devices if your metadata tags are not populated the tracks won t be available in voice recognition play menu or similar music However if you place these tracks onto your playing device in Mass Storage Device Mode they are available in voice recognition play menu browsing and similar music Unknowns are placed into any unpopulated metadata tag Exit the current menu System Settings System settings provide access to your Bluetooth Devices and Advanced menu features The Bluetooth Devices menu allows you to add connect and
193. amp 1 10 The transmission fluid level indicator can now be accessed Low fluid level C uiv Sd max D ge S If the fluid level is below the MIN range of the dipstick add fluid to reach the hash mark level Note If the fluid level is below the MIN level do not drive the vehicle An underfill condition may cause shift and or engagement concerns and or possible damage Correct fluid level The transmission fluid should be checked at normal operating temperature 180 F 200 F 82 C 93 C on a level surface The normal operating temperature can be reached after approximately 20 miles Emm The transmission fluid level should be targeted within the cross hatch area if at normal operating temperature 180 F 200 F 82 C 93 C 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 294 Maintenance High fluid level MIN Keo MAX SSS If the fluid level is above the MAX 4 zs range of the dipstick remove fluid to 4 reach the hashmark level Note Fluid level above the MAX level may cause shift and or engagement concerns and or possible damage High fluid levels can be caused by an overheating condition If your vehicle has been operated for an extended period at high speeds in city traffic during hot weather or pulling a trailer the vehicle should be turned off until normal operating temperatures are reached Depending on vehicle use cooling times could take up to 30 minutes or long
194. ams and pounds that can be carried by the tire See the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position for the correct tire pressure for your vehicle L Treadwear Traction and Temperature Grades e Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 14 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 e Traction The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance e Temperature The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel M Maximum Inflation Pressure Indicates the tire manufacturer s maximum permissible pressure or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the vehicle manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be
195. and is designed to eliminate the need for lengthy and expensive legal proceedings In the CAMVAP program impartial third party arbitrators conduct hearings at mutually convenient times and places in an informal environment These impartial arbitrators review the positions of the parties make decisions and when appropriate render awards to resolve disputes CAMVAP decisions are fast fair and final as the arbitrator s award is binding on both you and Ford of Canada CAMVAP services are available in all Canadian territories and provinces For more information without charge or obligation call your CAMVAP Provincial Administrator directly at 1 800 207 0685 or visit www camvap ca GETTING ASSISTANCE OUTSIDE THE U S AND CANADA Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign country contact the appropriate foreign embassy or consulate These officials can inform you of local vehicle registration regulations and where to find unleaded fuel If you cannot find unleaded fuel or can only get fuel with an anti knock index lower than is recommended for your vehicle contact our Customer Relationship Center The use of leaded fuel in your vehicle without proper conversion may damage the effectiveness of your emission control system and may cause engine knocking or serious engine damage Ford Motor Company or Ford of Canada is not responsible for any damage caused by use of improper fuel Using leaded fuel may also result in difficulty importing yo
196. and keep keys and remote transmitters out of a child s reach Unsupervised children could lock themselves in the trunk and risk injury Children should be taught not to play in vehicles WARNING Do not leave children unreliable adults or animals unattended in your vehicle On hot days the temperature in the trunk or vehicle interior can rise very quickly Exposure of people or animals to these high temperatures for even a short time can cause death or serious heat related injuries including brain damage Small children are particularly at risk Your vehicle is equipped with a release handle that provides a means of escape for children and adults if they become locked inside the luggage compartment Adults should familiarize themselves with the operation and location of the release handle The handle is located inside the E luggage compartment either on the luggage compartment door lid or near the tail lamps It is composed of a material that will glow for hours in darkness following brief exposure to ambient light Pull the handle and push up on the luggage compartment door lid to open from within the luggage compartment 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Security 77 SECURILOCK PASSIVE ANTI THEFT SYSTEM Note The system is not compatible with non Ford aftermarket remote start systems Use of these systems may result in vehicle starting problems and a loss of security protecti
197. and lead compounds Wash hands after handling Your vehicle is equipped with a Motorcraft maintenance free battery which normally does not require additional water during its life of service Note If your battery has a cover or a shield make sure it is reinstalled after the battery has been cleaned or replaced For longer trouble free operation keep the top of the battery clean and dry Also make certain the battery cables are always tightly fastened to the battery terminals If you see any corrosion on the battery or terminals remove the cables from the terminals and clean with a wire brush You can neutralize the acid with a solution of baking soda and water It is recommended that the negative battery cable terminal be disconnected from the battery if you plan to store your vehicle for an extended period of time 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Maintenance 297 Battery relearn Because your vehicle s engine is electronically controlled by a computer some control conditions are maintained by power from the battery When the battery is disconnected or a new battery is installed the engine must relearn its idle and fuel trim strategy for optimum driveability and performance To begin this process 1 With the vehicle at a complete stop set the parking brake 2 Put the gearshift lever in P Park turn off all accessories and start the engine 3 Run the engine until it reaches n
198. and road conditions that a conventional two wheel drive vehicles cannot The AWD system is active all the time and requires no input from the operator Note Your AWD vehicle is not intended for off road use The AWD feature gives your vehicle some limited off road capabilities in which driving surfaces are relatively level obstruction free and otherwise similar to normal on road driving conditions Operating your vehicle under other than those conditions could subject the vehicle to excessive stress which might result in damage which is not covered under your warranty Note When an AWD system fault is present the warning Check AWD will display in the information display The AWD system is not functioning correctly and defaulted to front wheel drive When this warning is displayed have your vehicle serviced at an authorized dealer Note The AWD Off message may also be displayed in the information display if the AWD system has overheated and defaulted to front wheel drive This condition may occur if the vehicle was operated in extreme conditions with excessive wheel slip such as deep sand To resume normal AWD function as soon as possible stop the vehicle in a safe location and stop the engine for at least 10 minutes After the engine has been restarted and the AWD system has adequately cooled the AWD Off message will turn off and normal AWD function will return In the event the engine is not stopped the AWD Off message will turn off whe
199. andomly as they are indexed If turned off indexed media is not available until the indexing process is complete SYNC is capable of indexing thousands of average size media and notifies you if the maximum indexing file size is reached Bluetooth Audio This is a phone dependent feature which allows you to stream music playing on your Bluetooth enabled phone If supported by your device you can press SEEK to play the previous or next track SYNC Line In Press OK to select and play music from your portable music player over the vehicle s speakers Note If you have already connected a device to the USB port you cannot access the line in feature Some digital media players require both USB and line in ports to stream data and music separately Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 418 SYNC Media Settings Choose to shuffle or repeat your music and select your Autoplay settings Once these selections are turned on they remain on until turned off Press SEEK to play the previous or next track Note Some digital media players require both USB and line in ports to stream data and music separately Press OK to select and then scroll to choose from Shuffle Press OK to shuffle available media files in the current playlist Note To shuffle all media tracks you must select Play All in the Play Menu and then select Shuffle Repeat Press OK to repeat any song Autoplay Press OK to listen to music whic
200. ar axle submerges in water Water may have contaminated the rear axle lubricant which does not normally require checking or changing unless it is leaking or other axle repair is required TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE If you need to have your vehicle towed contact a professional towing service or if you are a member of a roadside assistance program your roadside assistance service provider We recommend the use of a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment to tow your vehicle Do not tow with a slingbelt Ford Motor Company has not approved a slingbelt towing procedure Vehicle damage may occur if towed incorrectly or by any other means Ford Motor Company produces a towing manual for all authorized tow truck operators Have your tow truck operator refer to this manual for proper hook up and towing procedures for your vehicle 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Towing 251 It is acceptable to have your front wheel drive vehicle towed from the front if using proper wheel lift equipment to raise the front wheels off the ground When towing in this manner the rear wheels can remain on the ground Front wheel drive vehicles must have the front wheels placed on a tow dolly when towing your vehicle from the rear using wheel lift equipment This prevents damage to the transmission Towing an all wheel drive vehicle requires that all wheels be off the ground
201. are using fuel with the recommended octane rating see your authorized dealer to prevent any engine damage 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Fuel and Refueling 175 RUNNING OUT OF FUEL Avoid running out of fuel because this situation may have an adverse effect on powertrain components If you have run out of fuel e You may need to cycle the ignition from off to on several times after refueling to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel from the tank to the engine On restarting crank time will be a few seconds longer than normal With keyless ignition just start the engine Crank time will be longer than usual Normally adding 1 gallon 3 8 liters of fuel is enough to restart the engine If the vehicle is out of fuel and on a steep grade more than 1 gallon 3 8 liters may be required The service engine soon indicator may come on For more information on the service engine soon indicator see Warning Lamps and Indicators in the Imstrument Cluster chapter Refilling with a Portable Fuel Container WARNING Do not insert the nozzle of a portable fuel container or aftermarket funnel into the capless fuel system This could damage the fuel system and its seal and may cause fuel to run onto the ground instead of filling the tank which could result in serious personal injury WARNING Do not try to pry open or push open the capless fuel system with foreign objects This could damage the f
202. as well Although an AWD vehicle may accelerate better than a two wheel drive vehicle in snow and ice it won t stop any faster because as in other vehicles braking occurs at all four wheels Do not become overconfident as to road conditions 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 194 All Wheel Drive If Equipped Make sure you allow sufficient distance between you and other vehicles for stopping Drive slower than usual and consider using one of the lower gears In emergency stopping situations apply the brake steadily Since your vehicle is equipped with a four wheel anti lock brake system ABS do not pump the brakes Refer to the Brakes chapter for additional information on the operation of the anti lock brake system Maintenance and Modifications The suspension and steering systems on your vehicle have been designed and tested to provide predictable performance whether loaded or empty and durable load carrying capability For this reason Ford Motor Company strongly recommends that you do not make modifications such as adding or removing parts such as lift kits or stabilizer bars or by using replacement parts not equivalent to the original factory equipment Any modifications to a vehicle that raise the center of gravity can make it more likely the vehicle will rollover as a result of a loss of control Ford Motor Company recommends that caution be used with any vehicle equipped with a high
203. atically saves the song s information and transfers it to your portable music player if supported when you connect it to the system The system automatically transfers the tag to your player if already connected and a pop up confirms the transfer 4 When you access iTunes with your portable music player the tags appear to you as a reminder The system allows you to tag up to approximately 100 songs For a list of devices that support tagging see www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca When HD Radio broadcasts are active you can access the following functions e Scan allows you to hear a brief sampling of all available stations This feature still works when HD Radio reception is on although it does not scan for HD2 HD7 channels You may see the HD logo appear if the station has a digital broadcast e Memory presets allow you to save an active channel as a memory preset Touch and hold a memory preset slot until the sound returns There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station Sound returns when finished When switching to an HD2 or HD3 memory preset the sound mutes before the digital audio plays because the system has to reacquire the digital signal e Note As with any saved radio station you cannot access the saved station if your vehicle is outside the station s reception area 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 449 HD Radio R
204. ation s reception area HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting Potential reception issues Reception area 2014 Taurus If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on the fringe of the reception area the station may mute due to weak signal strength If you are listening to HD1 the system switches back to the analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available again However if you are listening to any of the possible HD2 through HD7 multicast channels the station mutes and stays muted unless it is able to connect to the digital signal again Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 378 Audio System Station blending When the system first receives a station aside from HD2 HD7 multicast stations it first plays the station in the analog version Once the receiver verifies the station is an HD Radio station it shifts to the digital version Depending on the station quality you may hear a slight sound change when the station changes from analog to digital Blending is the shift from analog to digital sound or digital back to analog sound In order to provide the best possible experience use the contact form to report any station issues found while listening to a station broadcasting with HD Radio technology Independent entities own and operate each station These stations are responsible for making sure all audio streams and data fields are accurate Potential s
205. ation such as Title Artist File Folder Album and Genre touch the on screen album art You can also touch What s Playing to hear how the system pronounces the current band and song This can be helpful when using voice commands to make sure the system correctly plays your request SD Card and USB Voice Commands EB If you are listening to a USB device or an SD card press the us voice button on the steering wheel control When prompted say any of the commands in the following chart If you are not listening to a USB device or an SD card press the voice button and after the tone say USB or SD card then any of the commands in the following chart USB or SD CARD H Browse Play previous song Next Play similar music Pause Play song lt name gt 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 461 USB or SD CARD Play video podcast lt name gt Play audiobook lt name gt Play video podcast episode lt name gt Play author lt name gt Play video playlist lt name gt Play composer lt name gt Previous Play podcast episode lt name gt If you have said you would like to browse your USB or SD card the system prompts you to specify what you would like to browse When prompted see the following Browse chart This command is only available
206. ations See Capacities and Specifications for more information 3 Replace the filler cap Turn it until you feel a strong resistance ENGINE COOLANT CHECK Checking the Engine Coolant The concentration and level of engine coolant should be checked at the intervals listed in Scheduled Maintenance Information Note Make sure that the level is at the FULL COLD level or within the COLD FILL RANGE in the coolant reservoir Note Coolant expands when it is hot The level may extend beyond the COLD FILL RANGE If the level is below the COLD FILL RANGE add coolant immediately See Adding Engine Coolant in this chapter The coolant concentration should be maintained at 5096 which equates to a freeze point between 34 F 37 C Note For best results coolant concentration should be tested with a refractometer such as Rotunda tool 300ROB75240 available from your dealer Ford does not recommend the use of hydrometers or coolant test strips for measuring coolant concentrations Note Automotive fluids are not interchangeable do not use engine coolant antifreeze or windshield washer fluid outside of its specified function and vehicle location 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 286 Maintenance Adding Engine Coolant WARNING Do not add engine coolant when the engine is hot Steam and scalding liquids released from a hot cooling system can burn you badly Also you can be burned if you spill c
207. aurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Audio System 375 E SEEK Reverse and Fast Forward e In radio mode select a frequency band and press one of these buttons The system stops at the first station it finds in that direction e n Sirius mode press these buttons to select the previous or next channel If a specific category is selected such as Jazz Rock or News use these buttons to find the previous or next channel in the selected category e n CD mode press these buttons to select the previous or next track AM FM CD SONYG AUDIO SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED E D WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Note The MyFord Touch system controls most of the audio features See the MyFord Touch chapter for more information A SOURCE Press this button to access different audio modes such as AM FM and A V Input 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 376 Audio System B Seek Reverse and Fast
208. ause of changes in roads traffic controls or driving conditions Always use good judgment and common sense when following the suggested routes Emergency Services Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency services Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for these locations Not all emergency services such as police fire stations hospitals and clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such navigation features TeleNav Software End User License Agreement Please read these terms and conditions carefully before you use the TeleNav Software Your use of the TeleNav Software indicates that you accept these terms and conditions If you do not accept these terms and conditions do not break the seal of the package launch or otherwise use the TeleNav Software TeleNav may revise this Agreement and the privacy policy at any time with or without notice to you You agree to visit http www telenav com from time to time to review the then current version of this Agreement and of the privacy policy 1 Safe and Lawful Use You acknowledge that devoting attention to the TeleNav Software may pose a risk of injury or death to you and others in situations that otherwise require your undivided attention and you therefore agree to comply with the following when using the TeleNav Software a observe all traffic laws and otherwise drive safely b use your own personal j
209. aying the contacts exactly as listed For example if a contact is saved as Joe Wilson say Call Joe Wilson e The system works better if you list full names such as Joe Wilson rather than Joe e Do not use special characters such as 123 or ICE as the system does not recognize them e If contacts are saved in CAPS you have to spell them JAKE requires you to say Call J A K E AppLink issues Issue Possible cause s Possible solution s SYNC does not e Your device may find any mobile not support the apps that are on my phone e The application does not support AppLink OR e f you have an iPhone it may not be plugged in OR e Your phone may not be paired or connected 2014 Taurus AppLink feature OR e Check the website for compatible devices and applications e Make sure your device is paired and connected If you have an iPhone make sure it is plugged in using the USB and that the application is running in the foreground Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 432 MyFord Touch If Equipped INTRODUCTION WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and enc
210. bel and for instructions on calculating your vehicle s load refer to Load limit in the Load Carrying chapter Remember to account for the trailer tongue weight as part of your vehicle load when calculating the total vehicle weight 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 248 Towing Hitches Do not use a hitch that either clamps onto the bumper or attaches to the axle Distribute the trailer load so 10 15 of the total trailer weight is on the tongue Safety Chains Note Never attach safety chains to the bumper Always connect the safety chains to the hook retainers of your vehicle hitch To connect the safety chains cross them under the trailer tongue and allow enough slack for turning tight corners Do not allow the chains to drag on the ground Trailer Brakes WARNING Do not connect a trailer s hydraulic brake system directly to your vehicle s brake system Your vehicle may not have enough braking power and your chances of having a collision greatly increase Electric brakes and manual automatic or surge type trailer brakes are safe if you install them properly and adjust them to the manufacturer s specifications The trailer brakes must meet local and federal regulations The rating for the tow vehicle s braking system operation is at the gross vehicle weight rating not the gross combined weight rating Trailer Lamps WARNING Never connect any trailer lamp wiring to the ve
211. bined weight by 2 per 1000 feet 800 meters starting at the 1000 foot 800 meter elevation point Note Certain states require electric trailer brakes for trailers over a specified weight Be sure to check state regulations for this specified weight The maximum trailer weights listed may be limited to this specified weight as your vehicle s electrical system may not include the wiring connector needed to use electric trailer brakes Your vehicle may tow a Class I trailer provided the maximum trailer weight is less than or equal to the maximum trailer weight listed for your vehicle configuration on the following chart Maximum trailer weight 3 5L TiVCT front wheel drive 1000 Ib 454 kg 3 5L TiVCT all wheel drive 1000 Ib 454 kg 2 0L GTDI front wheel drive 1000 Ib 454 kg 3 5L GTDI all wheel drive No trailer towing permitted ESSENTIAL TOWING CHECKS Follow these guidelines for safe towing e Do not tow a trailer until you drive your vehicle at least 1000 miles 1600 kilometers e Consult your local motor vehicle laws for towing a trailer e See the instructions included with towing accessories for the proper installation and adjustment specifications e Service your vehicle more frequently if you tow a trailer See your scheduled maintenance information e If you use a rental trailer follow the instructions the rental agency gives you For load specification terms found on the tire label and Safety Compliance la
212. ble action Radio requires more No action required than two seconds to This message should produce audio for the disappear shortly selected channel Sat Fault SIRIUS There is an internal If this message does system failure module or system not clear shortly or failure present with an ignition key cycle your receiver may have a fault See your authorized dealer for service Invalid Channel The channel is no Tune to another longer available channel or choose another preset Unsubscribed Channel Your subscription does Contact Sirius at not include this 1 888 539 7474 to channel subscribe to the channel or tune to another channel No Signal The signal is lost from The signal is blocked the Sirius satellite or When you move into Sirius tower to your an open area the vehicle antenna signal should return 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 457 Sirius troubleshooting tips Radio display Possible action Updating Update of channel No action required programming in The process may take progress up to three minutes Call SIRIUS Your satellite service is Contact Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 no longer available 1 888 539 7474 to resolve subscription issues None Found Check All the channels in the Use the channel guide Channel Guide selected channels are to turn off the Lock either skipped or or Skip function on locked that statio
213. blic awareness of land use regulations and responsibilities in our nations wilderness areas Ford Motor Company joins the U S Forest Service and the Bureau of Land Management in encouraging you to help preserve our national forest and other public and private lands by treading lightly Driving on Hilly or Sloping Terrain Note Avoid driving crosswise or turning on steep slopes or hills A danger lies in losing traction slipping sideways and possibly rolling over Whenever driving on a hill determine beforehand the route you will use Do not drive over the crest of a hill without seeing what conditions are on the other side Do not drive in reverse over a hill without the aid of an observer Although natural obstacles may make it necessary to travel diagonally up or down a hill or steep incline you should always try to drive straight up or straight down When climbing a steep slope or hill start in a lower gear rather than downshifting to a lower gear from a higher gear once the ascent has started This reduces strain on the engine and the possibility of stalling If you do stall out do not try to turnaround because you might roll over It is better to back down to a safe location Apply just enough power to the wheels to climb the hill Too much power will cause the tires to slip spin or lose traction resulting in loss of vehicle control 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus All Wheel
214. both 2D city maps as well as 3D landmarks when available 2D city maps show detailed outlines of buildings visible land use and land elements and detailed railway infrastructure for the most essential cities around the globe These maps also contain features such as town blocks building footprints and railways 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 505 3D landmarks appear as clear visible objects that are typically recognizable and have a certain tourist value The 3D landmarks appear in 3D map mode only Coverage varies and improves with updated map releases Change the appearance of the map display by repeatedly pressing the arrow button in the upper left corner of the screen It toggles between three different map modes Heading up North up and 3D Heading up 2D map always shows the direction of forward P travel to be upward on the screen This view is available for map scales up to 2 5 miles 4 kilometers The system remembers this setting for larger map scales but shows the map in North up only If the scale returns below this level the system restores Heading up North up 2D map always shows the northern direction to be upward on the screen 3D map mode provides an elevated perspective of the map This viewing angle can be adjusted and the map can be rotated 180 degrees by touching the map twice and then dragging your finger along the shaded
215. bove approximately 20 mph 85 km h for 30 seconds during an active park search e driving above 6 mph 10 km h during automatic steering e turning off the traction control system Certain vehicle conditions can also deactivate the system e Traction control has activated on a slippery or loose surface e Anti lock brake system activation or failure e Any door except the driver s opens e Something touches the steering wheel If a problem occurs with the system a warning message is displayed followed by a chime Occasional active park assist messages may occur in normal operation For recurring or frequent active park assist faults contact an authorized dealer to have your vehicle serviced Troubleshooting the System The system does not look for a space The traction control system may be off Any door except the driver s may not be completely closed The system does not offer a particular space There is not enough room on both sides of the vehicle in order to park There is not enough space for the parking maneuver on the opposite side of the parking space Something may be contacting the front bumper or side sensors 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Parking Aids 207 The system does not offer a particular space The vehicle is farther than 5 ft 1 5 m from the parking space vehicles The transmission is in R Reverse the vehicle must be moving forward to detect a parking spa
216. call history using Bluetooth SYNC keeps track of calls made with the SYNC system Messaging Send text messages using your touchscreen See Text messaging later in this section Settings Touch this button to access various phone settings such turning Bluetooth on and off managing your phonebook and more See Phone settings later in this section Text Messaging Note Downloading and sending text messages using Bluetooth are phone dependent features Note Certain features in text messaging are speed dependent and not available when your vehicle is traveling at speeds over 3 mph 5 km h Note SYNC does not download read text messages from your phone You can send and receive text messages using Bluetooth read them aloud and translate text messaging acronyms such as LOL 1 Touch the top left corner of the display to access the Phone menu 2 Select Messaging 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 469 3 Choose from the following e Listen speaker icon Dial Send Text View Delete Composing a Text Message Note This is a speed dependent feature It is unavailable when your vehicle is traveling at speeds over 3 mph 5 km h Note Downloading and sending text messages using Bluetooth are phone dependent features 1 Touch the top left corner of the display to access the Phone menu 2 Touch Messaging gt Send Text 3 Enter a phone number or choos
217. category To learn more log onto www SYNCMyRide com Push to interrupt Press the voice button at any time while you are connected to SYNC Services to interrupt a voice prompt or an audio clip such as a sports report wait for the listening tone and say your voice command Portable Your subscription is associated with your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone number not your VIN Vehicle Identification Number You can pair and connect your phone to any vehicle equipped with SYNC Services and continue enjoying your personalized services You can even access your account outside the vehicle Just use the number on your phone s call history Traffic and Directions features do not function properly but information services and the 411 connect and text message features are available 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus SYNC 413 USING SYNC WITH YOUR MEDIA PLAYER You can access and play music from your digital music player over the vehicle s speaker system using the system s media menu or voice commands You can also sort and play your music by specific categories such as artists albums etc SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any digital media player including iPod Zune Plays from device players and most USB drives SYNC also supports audio formats such as MP3 WMA WAV and ACC Connecting Your Digital Media Player via the USB Port Note If your digital media player has a power
218. ccessory seat covers may prevent the deployment of the side airbags and increase the risk of injury in an accident 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 50 Supplementary Restraints System WARNING Do not lean your head on the door The side airbag could injure you as it deploys from the side of the seatback WARNING Do not attempt to service repair or modify the airbag its fuses or the seat cover on a seat containing an airbag as you could be seriously injured or killed Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible WARNING If the side airbag has deployed the airbag will not function again The side airbag system including the seat must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash The side airbags are located on the outboard side of the seat backs of the front seats In certain sideways crashes the airbag on the side affected by the crash will be inflated The airbag was designed to inflate between the door panel and occupant to further enhance the protection provided occupants in side impact crashes The system consists of the following e A tag on the seatback indicating that side airbags are found on your vehicle e Side airbags located inside the seatback of the driver and front passenger seats e Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness indicator See Cra
219. ce Open Recalls and Field Service Actions Items noted during vehicle inspections by your authorized dealer that still need servicing Making a Report e If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation touch the 2 i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab If you want to run a report by using the touchscreen touch Apps gt Vehicle Health Report EE To run a report by voice command press the voice button on i the steering wheel and when prompted say Vehicle health report Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice When you create a Vehicle Health Report Ford Motor Company may collect your cellular phone number to process your report request and diagnostic information about your vehicle Certain versions or updates to Vehicle Health Report may also collect more vehicle information Ford may use your vehicle information it collects for any purpose If you do not want to disclose your cellular phone number or vehicle information do not run the feature or set up your Vehicle Health Report profile at www SYNCMyRide com See www SYNCMyRide com Vehicle Health Report Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement for more information 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 484 MyFord Touch If Equipped SETTINGS A Clock B Display C Sound D Vehicle E Settings F Help Under thi
220. ce the space The vehicle is rolling in the opposite direction of the transmission i e rolling forward when R Reverse is selected forward to detect a parking space An irregular curb along the parking space prevents the system from aligning the vehicle properly The vehicle was pulled too far past the parking space The system performs best when you drive the same distance past the parking space The tires may not be installed or maintained correctly i e not inflated correctly improper size or of different sizes A repair or alteration has changed detection capabilities moving truck bed etc your vehicle passed The temperature around your vehicle changes quickly i e driving from a heated garage into the cold or after leaving a car wash 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 208 Parking Aids REAR VIEW CAMERA SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED WARNING The rear view camera system is a reverse aid supplement device that still requires the driver to use it in conjunction with the interior and exterior mirrors for maximum coverage WARNING Objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper might not be seen on the screen due to the limited coverage of the camera system WARNING Back up as slow as possible since higher speeds might limit your reaction time to stop the vehicle WARNING Use caution when using the rear video camera and the trunk is ajar If the tru
221. ciation This extension cord must be suitable for use outdoors in cold temperatures and be clearly marked Switable for Use with Outdoor Appliances Never use an indoor extension cord outdoors it could result in an electric shock or become a fire hazard e Use as short an extension cord as possible 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Starting and Stopping the Engine 171 e Do not use multiple extension cords e Make sure that when in operation the extension cord plug and the heater cord plug connections are free and clear of water This could cause an electric shock or fire e Make sure your vehicle is parked in a clean area clear of combustibles e Make sure the heater heater cord and extension cord are firmly connected e Check for heat anywhere in the electrical hookup once the system has been operating for approximately 30 minutes e Make sure the system is unplugged and properly stowed before driving your vehicle Make sure the protective cover seals the prongs of the block heater cord plug when not in use e Keep plug terminals clean and free of dirt and corrosion e Make sure the heater system is checked for proper operation before winter Using the Engine Block Heater Make sure the receptacle terminals are clean and dry before use To clean them use a dry cloth The heater uses 0 4 to 1 0 kilowatt hours of energy per hour of use The system does not have a thermostat It achi
222. cking the vehicle to indicate the alarm is in the pre armed mode It will become fully armed in 20 seconds Disarming the Alarm To disarm the alarm do any of the following e Press the power door unlock button within the 20 second pre armed mode e Press the unlock button on the remote control e Unlock the doors with the keyless entry pad e Enter the vehicle using intelligent access if equipped e Turn the ignition on with a valid key if equipped with an integrated keyhead transmitter only e Press the panic button on the remote control The alarm system will still be armed but this shuts off the horn and turn lamps when the alarm is sounding Note If the driver door is unlocked with a key a tone will sound when you open the door and a message will appear in the information display You will have 12 seconds to disarm the alarm using any of the actions above otherwise the alarm will trigger 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Steering Wheel 81 ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel when your vehicle is moving Note Make sure that you are sitting in the correct position See Sitting in the Correct Position in the Seats chapter 1 Unlock the steering column 2 Adjust the steering wheel to the desired position 3 Lock the steering column 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 82 Steering Wheel
223. cles with the EcoBoost engine move the air filter assembly aside to access the transmission dipstick See Moving the Air Filter Assembly EcoBoost engine for more information 6 Install the dipstick making sure it is fully seated in the filler tube by turning it to the locked position 7 Remove the dipstick and inspect the fluid level The fluid should be in the designated areas for normal operating temperature 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 292 Maintenance Moving the Air Filter Assembly EcoBoost engine WARNING Do not run engine with the air filter disconnected 1 Shut the engine off 1 2 Clean the area around the clamp S that connects the air filter assembly to the rubber hose 1 3 Remove the bolt cover if equipped 4 Remove two bolts that attach the air filter assembly to the front of the vehicle 2 5 Loosen the clamp holding the air filter assembly to the rubber hose 1 6 Remove the harness retaining clip by pulling up 3 Do not disconnect the sensor 4 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Maintenance 293 7 Without disconnecting the sensor 4 pull the air filter assembly up to disconnect the air filter assembly from the seated grommets located underneath the air filter assembly 8 Rotate the air filter assembly 90 degrees counterclockwise and reinstall into the rubber hose 9 Tighten the cl
224. code or your personal code then press 3e4 within five seconds To lock all doors Press and hold 7e8 and 990 at the same time with the driver door closed You do not need to enter the keypad code first Displaying the Factory Set Code with Integrated Keyhead Transmitters Note You will need to have two programmed Integrated Keyhead Transmitters for this procedure To display the factory set code in the information display 1 Place the first programmed key in the ignition 2 Turn the ignition off and remove the first programmed key 3 Place the second programmed key in the ignition 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Locks 75 You will see the factory set code in the message center The code appears for a few seconds Note The code may not display until after any other warning messages first display TRUNK RELEASE From Inside Your Vehicle Press the button located on the instrument panel Vehicles with Intelligent Access 1 Unlock the trunk with the remote control or power door lock control The trunk unlocks when you press the LI A release button if the intelligent access transmitter is within 3 feet 1 meter of the trunk 2 Press the release button located near the license plate 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 76 Locks INTERIOR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RELEASE WARNING Keep vehicle doors and luggage compartment locked
225. conditions or driving conditions Note When you connect the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect the vehicle s current location travel direction and speed to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches you request Further to provide the services you request and for continuous improvement the service may collect and record call details and voice communications For more information see SYNC Services Terms and Conditions at www SYNCMyRide com If you do not want Ford or its service providers to collect the vehicle travel information or other information identified in the Terms and Conditions do not activate or use the service SYNC Services uses advanced vehicle sensors integrated GPS technology and comprehensive map and traffic data to give you personalized traffic reports precise turn by turn directions business search news sports weather and more For a complete list of services or to learn more please visit www SYNCMyRide com 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus SYNC 411 Connecting to SYNC Services Using Voice Commands 1 2 4 Press the voice button When prompted say Services This initiates an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your paired and connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone Once you are connected to the service follow the voice prompts to request the desired service such as Traffic
226. control the cooled seat Fan speed Touch or to adjust fan speed Recirculated air Touch to turn the recirculated air on or off which May reduce the amount of time needed to cool down the interior May help reduce odors from reaching the interior Engages automatically when MAX A C is selected May be engaged manually in any airflow mode except defrost May turn off in all airflow modes except MAX A C to reduce fog potential E MAX A C Touch to cool your vehicle with recirculated air Touch again for normal A C operation MAX A C e Distributes air through instrument panel vents e s more economical and efficient than normal A C mode e May help reduce odors from entering your vehicle e 0 0o o l QOQ 0oooo MyFord Touch If Equipped 497 F A C Touch to turn the air conditioning on or off e Use with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency e Engages automatically in MAX A C defrost and floor defrost G AUTO Touch to engage automatic operation then set the temperature using the temperature control The system automatically controls Fan speed Airflow distribution A C on or off Outside or recirculated air T o o o Rear defroster Touch to turn the rear window defroster and heated mirrors I Defrost Touch to clear the windshield of fog and thin ice Touch again to return to the previous airflow selection When on defrost e Provides outside air to reduce wind
227. creen Options Your voice system has a dual mode feature which allows you to switch between using voice commands and making on screen selections This is available only when the system displays a list of candidates generated during a voice session For example when entering in a street address or trying to call a contact from the phone you paired to the system 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 444 MyFord Touch If Equipped ENTERTAINMENT ea H e Hauwe AM 1 and AM AST FM 1 FM 2 and FM AST SIRIUS CD USB Touch this button to scroll down for more options such as SD Card BT Stereo A V In These buttons change with the media mode you are in Radio memory presets and CD controls Note Some features may not be available in your area Contact an authorized dealer for more information You can access these options using the touchscreen or voice commands Browsing Device Content When listening to audio on a device you can browse through other devices without having to change sources For example if you are currently listening to audio on an SD card you can browse all the artists that are stored on your USB device 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 445 Press the voice icon on the steering wheel When prompted i you can say BROWSE within devices Browse
228. d 2 2 2 rest as soon as safely possible lo The status bar will travel from left to right as the calculated alertness level decreases As the rest icon is approached the color turns from green to yellow to red The yellow position represents the first warning is active and the red position represents the second warning is active Note If you have recently received a warning you should consider resting even if the current assessment is with the typical range Note The alertness level will be shown in grey if the camera sensor cannot track the road lane markings or if the vehicle speed drops below approximately 40 mph 64 km h Resetting the System You can reset the system by either e Switching the ignition off and on e Stopping the vehicle and then opening and closing the driver s door 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 224 Driving Aids LANE KEEPING SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED WARNING The system is designed to aid the driver It is not intended to replace the driver s attention and judgment The driver is still responsible to drive with due care and attention The system detects unintentional drifting toward the outside of the lane and alerts and or aids the driver to stay in the lane through the steering system and instrument cluster display The system automatically detects and tracks the road lane markings using a camera that is mounted behind the interior rear view mirror No
229. d even when the system is in use Note The driver is always responsible for controlling the vehicle supervising the system and intervening if required The system detects an available parallel parking space and automatically steers the vehicle into the space hands free while you control the accelerator gearshift and brakes The system visually and or audibly instructs the driver to park the vehicle The system may not function correctly if something passes between the front bumper and the parking space i e a pedestrian or cyclist or if the edge of the neighboring parked vehicle is high from the ground i e a bus tow truck or flatbed truck Note The sensors may not detect objects in heavy rain or other conditions that cause disruptive reflections Note The sensors may not detect objects with surfaces that absorb ultrasonic waves Note After a tire change the system will go through a relearning procedure During this time the system performance may deteriorate The system should not be used if e a foreign object i e bike rack or trailer is attached to the front or rear of the vehicle or at another location close to the sensors e an overhanging object i e surfboard is attached to the roof e the front bumper or side sensors are damaged i e in a collision or obstructed by a foreign object i e front bumper cover e a mini spare tire is in use 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 U
230. d Printing September 2013 USA fus 170 Starting and Stopping the Engine Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes WARNING If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have this checked immediately Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust fumes Carbon monoxide is present in exhaust fumes Take precautions to avoid its dangerous effects Important Ventilating Information If you stop your vehicle and leave the engine idling for long periods we recommend that you do one of the following e Open the windows at least 1 inch 2 5 centimeters e Set your climate control to outside air ENGINE BLOCK HEATER IF EQUIPPED WARNING Failure to follow engine block heater instructions could result in property damage or physical injury WARNING Do not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two pronged cheater adapters There is a risk of electrical shock Note The heater is most effective when outdoor temperatures are below O F 18 C The heater acts as a starting aid by warming the engine coolant This allows the climate control system to respond quickly The equipment includes a heater element installed in the engine block and a wire harness You can connect the system to a grounded 120 volt A C electrical source We recommend that you do the following for safe and correct operation e Use a 16 gauge outdoor extension cord that is product certified by Underwriters Laboratory or Canadian Standards Asso
231. d Wash Concentrate with Bitterant United States only ZC 32 B1 Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner ZC 54 Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover United States only ZC 14 Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner ZC 23 Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner ZC 37 A CLEANING THE EXTERIOR Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash e Never use strong household detergents or soap such as dish washing or laundry liquid These products can discolor and spot painted surfaces e Never wash a vehicle that is hot to the touch or during exposure to strong direct sunlight e Dry the vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel in order to eliminate water spotting 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 308 Vehicle Care e Immediately remove items such as gasoline diesel fuel bird droppings and insect deposits because they can cause damage to the vehicle s paintwork and trim over time Use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover e Note Suntan lotions and insect repellents can damage any painted surface if these substances come in contact with your vehicle wash it off as soon as possible e Remove any exterior accessories before entering a car wash Stripes or Graphics if equipped Do not use a commercial or high pressure wand on the surface or edge of stripes and graphics This can cause da
232. d a sealing compound in a canister that will effectively seal most punctures caused by nails or similar objects This kit will provide a temporary seal allowing you to drive your vehicle up to 120 miles 200 km at a maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h A Air compressor inside B Diverter knob C On Off button D Air pressure gauge E Deflation button F Sealant bottle canister G Sealant filling clear tube H Sealant tube tire valve connector I Yellow cap tool J Air compressor hose K Air hose tire valve connector L Accessory power plug M Casing housing General Information WARNING Failure to follow these guidelines could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control injury or death Note Do not use the temporary mobility kit if a tire has become severely damaged by driving the vehicle with a tire that has insufficient air pressure Only punctured areas located within the tire tread can be sealed with the temporary mobility kit 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 344 Wheels and Tires Do not attempt to repair punctures larger than V4 inch 6 millimeters or damage to the tire s sidewall The tire may not completely seal Loss of air pressure may adversely affect tire performance For this reason Note Do not drive the vehicle above 50 mph 80 km h Note Do not drive further than 120 miles 200 kilometers Drive only to your closest authorized
233. d agent Obligation to Drive Responsibly You recognize your obligation to drive responsibly and keep attention on the road You will read and abide with the DEVICE operating instructions particularly as they pertain to safety and assumes any risk associated with the use of the DEVICE UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY separate from the DEVICE on media such as a ROM chip CD ROM disk s or via web download or other means and is labeled For Upgrade Purposes Only or For Recovery Purposes Only you may install one 1 copy of such SOFTWARE onto the DEVICE as a replacement copy for the existing SOFTWARE and use it in accordance with this EULA including any additional EULA terms accompanying the upgrade SOFTWARE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS Al title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE including but not limited to any images photographs animations video audio music text and applets incorporated into the SOFTWARE the accompanying printed materials and any copies of the SOFTWARE are owned by MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY or their affiliates or 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 514 Appendices suppliers The SOFTWARE is licensed not sold You may not copy the printed materials accompanying the SOFTWARE All title and intellectual property rights in and to the content which may be accessed through use of th
234. d cycling the ignition off and on It is recommended to reinstall the repaired or replaced road tire as soon as possible Major dissimilar tire sizes between the front and rear axles could cause the AWD system to stop functioning and default to front wheel drive or damage the AWD system Driving In Special Conditions With All Wheel Drive AWD AWD vehicles are equipped for driving on sand snow mud and rough roads and have operating characteristics that are somewhat different from conventional vehicles both on and off the highway When driving at slow speeds in deep sand under high outside temperatures use a low gear when possible Lower gear operation will maximize the engine and transmission cooling capability Under severe operating conditions the A C may cycle on and off to protect overheating of the engine Basic operating principles in special conditions e Drive slower in strong crosswinds which can affect the normal steering characteristics of your vehicle e Be extremely careful when driving on pavement made slippery by loose sand water gravel snow or ice If Your Vehicle Goes Off the Edge of the Pavement e If your vehicle goes off the edge of the pavement slow down but avoid severe brake application ease the vehicle back onto the pavement only after reducing your speed Do not turn the steering wheel too sharply while returning to the road surface e t may be safer to stay on the apron or shoulder of the road and
235. d hold causes the wipers to swipe three times with washer fluid e A long press and hold will activate the wipers and washer fluid for up to 10 seconds A wipe will occur a few seconds after washing to clear any remaining washer fluid This feature can be turned on and off in the information display 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Lighting 89 LIGHTING CONTROL A Off B Parking lamps instrument panel lamps license plate lamps and tail lamps C Headlamps e Push the lever toward the instrument panel to activate Push the lever toward the instrument panel again or pull the lever towards you to deactivate Headlamp Flasher e Pull toward you slightly to activate and release to deactivate 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 90 Lighting AUTOLAMPS WARNING In severe weather conditions it may be necessary to switch your headlamps on manually Note If the vehicle is equipped with autolamps it will have the windshield wiper rainlamp feature When the windshield wipers are turned to low or high speed wiping during daylight and the headlamp control is in the autolamp position the exterior lamps will turn on after a brief delay and will remain on until the wipers are turned off The autolamp system provides light sensitive automatic on off control of the exterior lights normally controlled by the headlamp control The headlam
236. d of the wipers Rotate toward you to decrease the speed of the wipers RAIN SENSING WIPERS IF EQUIPPED Note Wet road conditions may result in inconsistent or unexpected wiping or smearing Lower the sensitivity switch to normal or high speed wiping or turn the wipers off to reduce smearing Note Turn off the wipers before entering a car wash Use the rotary control to adjust the wa d J sensitivity to one of the interval moisture settings The wipers will not cycle until moisture is detected A on the windshield The wiper speed aT will vary based on the amount of moisture detected on the windshield and the sensitivity setting The wipers will continue to wipe as long as moisture is detected Keep the outside of the windshield clean especially the area around the interior mirror where the sensor is located or sensor performance may be affected 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 88 Wipers and Washers WINDSHIELD WASHERS Note Do not operate the wipers on a dry windshield This may scratch the glass damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper motor to burn out Always use the windshield washer before wiping a dry windshield Note Do not operate the washer when the washer reservoir is empty This may cause the washer pump to overheat Press the end of the stalk to activate the washer e A brief press causes a single wipe without washer fluid e A quick press an
237. d restraint gt b dm 7 m9 4 The head restraints consist of A B C D e 2014 An energy absorbing head restraint Two steel stems Guide sleeve adjust and release button Guide sleeve unlock and remove button Raise Pull up on the head restraint A Lower Press and hold the guide sleeve adjust and release button C and push down on the head restraint A Remove Pull up the head restraint until it reaches the highest adjustment position and then press and hold both the adjust and release button C and the unlock and remove button D then pull up on the head restraint Reinstall Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves and push the head restraint down until it locks Rear seat non adjustable B outboard head restraints a bv Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Seats 145 The head restraints consist of A An energy absorbing head restraint B Two steel stems C Guide sleeve unlock and remove button e Remove Simultaneously press and hold both unlock and remove buttons C then pull up on the head restraint e Reinstall Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves and push the head restraint down until it locks Tilting Head Restraints If Equipped The front head restraints may tilt for extra comfort To tilt the head restraint do the following g e 1 Adjust the seatback to an upright driving or riding I position 2 Tilt the head restra
238. d sit without slouching e Does the lap belt rest low across the hips e Is the shoulder belt centered on the shoulder and chest e Can the child stay seated like this for the whole trip Always use booster seats in conjunction with your vehicle lap and shoulder belt 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 22 Child Safety Types of Booster Seats e Backless booster seats If your backless booster seat has a removable shield remove the shield If a vehicle seating position has a low seat back or no head restraint a backless booster seat may place your child s head as measured at the tops of the ears above the top of the seat In this case move the backless booster to another seating position with a higher seat back or head restraint and lap and shoulder belts or consider using a high back booster seat e High back booster seats If with a backless booster seat you cannot find a seating position that adequately supports your child s head a high back booster seat would be a better choice 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Child Safety 23 Children and booster seats vary in size and shape Choose a booster that keeps the lap belt low and snug across the hips never up across the stomach and lets you adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest and rest snugly near the center of the shoulder The following drawings compare the ideal fit center
239. d the cranking time You cannot attempt to start the engine for at least 15 minutes After 15 minutes you are limited to a 15 second engine cranking time You need to wait 60 minutes before you can crank the engine for 60 seconds again 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Starting and Stopping the Engine 167 Before starting the engine check the following e Make sure all occupants have fastened their safety belts e Make sure the headlamps and electrical accessories are off e Make sure the parking brake is on e Make sure the gearshift is in position P e Turn the ignition key to the on position If your vehicle is equipped with a keyless ignition see the following instructions Vehicles with an Ignition Key Note Do not touch the accelerator pedal 1 Fully press the brake pedal 2 Turn the key to the start position Release the key when the engine starts Note The engine may continue cranking for up to 15 seconds or until it starts Note If you cannot start the engine on the first try wait for a short period and try again Vehicles with Keyless Start Note Do not touch the accelerator pedal 1 Fully press the brake pedal 2 Press the button The system does not function if e The key frequencies are jammed e The key battery has no charge If you are unable to start your vehicle do the following 1 Locate the key backup slot in the center console utility compart
240. de gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus SYNC 415 Search song lt name gt Search track lt name gt Shuffle off Shuffle on What s playing l lt name gt is a dynamic listing meaning that it could be the name of any desired group artist etc Voice commands which are only available in folder mode Voice commands which are not available until indexing is complete Voice command guide Autoplay Turn on to listen to music which has already been randomly indexed during the indexing process Turn off and the system does not begin to play any of your music until all media has all been indexed Indexing times can vary from device to device and also with regard to the number of songs being indexed Search Play Genre The system searches all the data from your indexed music and if available begins to play the chosen type of music You can only play genres of music which are present in the GENRE metadata tags that you have on your digital media player Similar Music The system compiles a playlist and then plays similar music to what is currently playing from the USB port using indexed metadata information Search Play The system searches for a specific Artist Track Album artist track album from the music indexed through the USB port 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 416 SYNC Voice command guide Refine
241. dealer or tire repair shop to have your tire inspected Drive carefully and avoid abrupt steering maneuvers Periodically monitor tire inflation pressure in the affected tire if the tire is losing pressure have the vehicle towed Read the information in the Tips for Use of the Temporary Mobility Kit section to make sure of safe operation of the temporary mobility kit and your vehicle Tips for Use of the Temporary Mobility Kit Read the following list of tips to ensure safe operation of the temporary mobility kit Before operating the temporary mobility kit make sure your vehicle is safely off the road and away from moving traffic Turn on the hazard lights Always set the parking brake to make sure the vehicle doesn t move unexpectedly Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws from the tire When using the temporary mobility kit leave the engine running only if the vehicle is outdoors or in a well ventilated area so the compressor does not drain the vehicle s battery Do not allow the compressor to operate continuously for more than 15 minutes This will help prevent the compressor from overheating Never leave the temporary mobility kit unattended when it is operating Sealant compound contains latex Make sure that you use the non latex gloves provided to avoid an allergic reaction Keep the temporary mobility kit away from children 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 201
242. down to highlight one of the categories then press the right arrow key or OK to enter into that category Press the left arrow key as needed to exit back to the main menu Display Mode Use the up down arrow buttons to choose between the following display options Display mode XXX mi km to empty Bar tachometer Round tachometer Lo a X 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 116 Information Displays Display mode Display mode Engine coolant temp gauge o Z O X Fuel gauge Always Always Always Present Present Present Total odometer lower left corner Present Present Present Regardless of display mode chosen when SelectShift Automatic transmission SST is activated the cluster will change to the round tachometer if not already selected After the round tachometer displays other display modes with the bar tachometer can also be chosen e XXX mi km to empty Shows approximate fuel level before the fuel tank reaches empty The value is dynamic and can change raise or lower depending on driving style e Fuel gauge Indicates approximately how much fuel is left in the fuel tank The fuel gauge may vary slightly when the vehicle is in motion or on a grade When the fuel level becomes low the level indicator will change to amber When the fuel level becomes critically low the level indicator will change to red Note When a MyKey is in use low fuel warnings will
243. e buckled fastened e How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or the brake pedal e How fast the vehicle was travelling e Where the driver was positioning the steering wheel This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Introduction 13 Note EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data or information e g name gender age and crash location is recorded see limitations regarding 911 Assist and Traffic Directions and Information privacy below However parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have such special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access event data recorder information without obtaining consent unless pursuant to court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authori
244. e light to turn off after you have filled your tires to the recommended inflation pressure How Temperature Affects Your Tire Pressure The tire pressure monitoring system monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic tire While driving in a normal manner a typical passenger tire inflation pressure may increase about 2 to 4 psi 14 to 28 kPa from a cold start situation If the vehicle is stationary overnight with the outside temperature significantly lower than the daytime temperature the tire pressure may decrease approximately 3 psi 21 kPa for a drop of 30 F 17 C in ambient temperature This lower pressure value may be detected by the tire pressure monitoring system as being significantly lower than the recommended inflation pressure and activate the system warning light for low tire pressure If the low tire pressure warning light is on visually check each tire to verify that no tire is flat If one or more tires are flat repair as necessary Check the air pressure in the road tires If any tire is under inflated carefully drive the vehicle to the nearest location where air can be added to the tires Inflate all the tires to the recommended inflation pressure CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL WARNING The use of tire sealants may damage your tire pressure monitoring system and should not be used However if you must use a sealant have an authorized dealer install a new tire pressure monitoring system sensor and valve stem WARNING See Tire
245. e SOFTWARE is the property of the respective content owner and may be protected by applicable copyright or other intellectual property laws and treaties This EULA grants you no rights to use such content All rights not specifically granted under this EULA are reserved by MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service providers their affiliates and suppliers Use of any on line services which may be accessed through the SOFTWARE may be governed by the respective terms of use relating to such services If this SOFTWARE contains documentation that is provided only in electronic form you may print one copy of such electronic documentation EXPORT RESTRICTIONS You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is subject to U S and European Union export jurisdiction You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE including the U S Export Administration Regulations as well as end user end use and destination restrictions issued by U S and other governments For additional information see http www microsoft com exporting TRADEMARKS This EULA does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of FORD MOTOR COMPANY MS Microsoft Corporation third party software or service providers their affiliates or suppliers PRODUCT SUPPORT Product support for the SOFTWARE is not provided by MS its parent corporation Microsoft Corporation or their aff
246. e a list of available services from which to choose 9 Say Services to return to the Services main menu or for help say Help Receiving Turn by Turn Directions 1 When connected to SYNC Services say Directions or Business Search To find the closest business or type of business to your current location just say Business Search and then Search Near Me If you need further assistance in finding a location you can say Operator at any time within a Directions or Business search to speak with a live operator The system may prompt you to speak with an operator when it has difficulty matching your voice request The live operator can assist you by searching for businesses by name or by category residential addresses by street address or by name or specific street intersections Operator Assist is a feature of your SYNC Services subscription For more information on Operator Assist visit www SYNCMyRide com support 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 475 2 Follow the voice prompts to select your Destination After the route download is finished the phone call automatically ends If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation e Turn by turn directions appear in the information display in the status bar of your touchscreen system and on the SYNC Services screen You also receive driving instructions from audible prompts e When o
247. e from your phone book 4 You can select from the following options e Send which sends the message as it is e Edit Text allows you to customize the pre defined message or create a message on your own You can then preview the message verify the recipient as well as update the message list 2 K S O O N Thanks Stuck in traffic Call me later LOL 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 470 MyFord Touch If Equipped Receiving a Text Message When a new message arrives an audible tone sounds and the screen displays a pop up with the caller name and ID if supported by your phone You can press e View to view the text message e Listen for SYNC to read the message to you e Dial to call the contact e Ignore to exit the screen Note If you select View and your vehicle is traveling over 3 mph 5 km h the system offers to read the message to you instead of allowing you to view it while driving Phone Settings Press Phone gt Settings Bluetooth Devices Touch this tab to connect disconnect add or delete a device as well as save it as a favorite Bluetooth Touch this tab to turn Bluetooth off or on Do Not Disturb Touch this tab if you want all calls to go directly to your voice mail and not ring in the vehicle When this feature is on text message notifications do not ring inside the cabin either 911 Assist Turn on or turn off the 911 Assist feature
248. e gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Fuses 275 Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel Cz GD C31 C94 C2 Gn 2 a C3 C C3 The fuse panel is located under the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel You may need to remove a trim panel to access it The fuses are coded as follows number rating window aeii pT 18A Driver seat switch power 3 f 0A Right tront smart window motor Demand lamps battery saver relay and coil 5 204 Audio amplifiers 6 5A Notused spare 7 5A Driver seat module logic Left front door zone module Keypad 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 276 Fuses Fuse or relay Fuse amp Protected components number rating 8 10A Not used spare BN NE SYNC module Multi function displays Electronic finish panel Radio frequency transceiver module 10 104 Runaccesoryrelay Run accessory relay EEE a Heads up display P a ae Puddle lamp Backlighting LED Interior lighting Right front low beam Left front low beam Start button Keypad illumination Brake shift interlock Powertrain control module wakeup Immobilizer transceiver module o m Audio amplifier All lock motor relay Driver lock L ww relay mc Not used spare po 20A Horm relay rn Instrument cluster LE LM pee Datalink Decklid release relay 26 5A Ignition switch or push button
249. e hensceecaeantaeeNoedsdene 34 Seats child safety seats 24 climate control 152 easy access easyout feature 150 front seats 146 147 151 heated sce koi 150 154 memory seat oo eee 58 149 SecuriCode keyless entry SyS teI deco etit aom eee 72 SecuriLock passive anti theft SVSLOTU E E EOE ro 77 Selecting your media source USB Line in BT audio 416 Sending new text messages 469 Setting a destination 499 Setting a destination by MOIGB eror erere E 499 Settings serer sinirini 484 Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 552 Index Setting the clock 369 484 T Side air curtain 51 E Temperature control Side curtain airbags system 51 see Climate SIRIUS satellite radio 369 452 control 130 132 134 136 496 SIRIUS satellite radio voice Temporary mobility kit 343 commands tnr 454 Text messaging 397 468 SIRIUS Travel Link 476 Text messaging sending SIRIUS Travel Link voice downloading deleting 398 400 COMMANAS 4 cerent 478 Tilt steering wheel 81 82 SOS Post Crash Alert HB TES IL cessione 316 336 Spark plugs alignment 45 cree 330 specifications 352 359 P n E PM changing oo Sp ecification chart ch
250. e location In this instance the cooling system must be drained chemically cleaned with Motorcraft Premium Cooling System Flush and refilled with engine coolant as soon as possible Water alone without engine coolant can cause engine damage from corrosion overheating or freezing e Do not use alcohol methanol brine or any engine coolants mixed with alcohol or methanol antifreeze coolant Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine damage from overheating or freezing 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Maintenance 287 e Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to the coolant These can be harmful and compromise the corrosion protection of the engine coolant Unscrew the cap slowly Any pressure will escape as you unscrew the cap Add prediluted engine coolant meeting the Ford specification See Capacities and Specifications for more information Whenever coolant has been added the coolant level in the coolant reservoir should be checked the next few times you drive the vehicle If necessary add enough prediluted engine coolant to bring the coolant level to the proper level Recycled Engine Coolant Ford Motor Company does NOT recommend the use of recycled engine coolant since a Ford approved recycling process is not yet available D Used engine coolant should be disposed of in an appropriate manner Follow your community s regulations and standards for recycling and disposing of a
251. e route Have the system avoid freeways Have the system avoid tollroads Have the system avoid ferries or car trains Have the system use high occupancy vehicle lanes Navigation Have the system use guidance prompts Preferences Have the system automatically fill in State Province information 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 491 Traffic Preferences Have the system display areas where roadwork occurs driving conditions may occur and ice on the road may occur Have the system display any smog alerts Have the system display weather warnings reduced visibility announcements Avoid Areas Enter specific areas that you would like to Merten O ia navigation s Phone Seitings Press the Settings icon gt Settings gt Phone then select from the following Bluetooth Devices Connect disconnect add or delete a device as well as save it as a favorite Bluetooth Turn Bluetooth on and off Do Not Disturb Have all calls go directly to your voice mail and not ring inside your vehicle With this feature turned on text message notifications are also suppressed and do not ring inside your vehicle 911 Assist Turn on or turn off the 911 Assist feature See 911 Assist in the SYNC applications and services section 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 492 MyFord Touch If Equipped Phone Ringer Select the
252. e same size and type as the road tires and wheels that were originally provided by Ford If the dissimilar spare tire or wheel is damaged it should be replaced rather than repaired A dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly is defined as a spare tire or wheel that is different in brand size or appearance from the road tires and wheels and can be one of three types 1 T type mini spare This spare tire begins with the letter T for tire size and may have Temporary Use Only molded in the sidewall 2 Full size dissimilar spare with label on wheel This spare tire has a label on the wheel that states THIS TIRE AND WHEEL FOR TEMPORARY USE ONLY When driving with one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above do not e exceed 50 mph 80 km h e load the vehicle beyond maximum vehicle load rating listed on the Safety Compliance Label e tow a trailer e use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire e use more than one dissimilar spare tire at a time e use commercial car washing equipment e try to repair the dissimilar spare tire 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 338 Wheels and Tires Use of one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above at any one wheel location can lead to impairment of the following e Handling stability and braking performance e Comfort and noise e Ground clearance and parking at curbs e Winter weather driving capability e Wet weather
253. e turn by turn directions business search news sports weather and more For a complete list of services or to learn more please visit www SYNCMyRide com 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 474 MyFord Touch If Equipped Connecting to SYNC Services Using Voice Commands Press the voice button on the steering wheel controls te 1 When prompted say Services This initiates an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your paired and connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone 2 Once you connect to the service follow the voice prompts to request the desired service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a list of available services from which to choose 3 d Services to return to the Services main menu or for help say 11 e p Connecting to SYNC Services Using the Touchscreen If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation touch the i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Press Services 1 Select Connect to Services to initiate an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your paired and connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone 2 Once you connect to the service follow the voice prompts to request the desired service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receiv
254. e ues 45 Single CD 369 374 375 safety belt maintenance 40 seat belt maintenance 40 Radiy reception A 367 warning light and chime 37 Radio voice commands 451 g afety restraints LATCH Rear heated seats sioe 154 anchors ee 27 Rear view camera f for chil display e eae COLS EP MUI On a Reaper don Safety Compliance defrdetdm ru 130 132 134 136 oun alka MEUS 361 Receiving a text Satellite Radio 369 452 Ine8SdBe ognuno 398 470 Scheduled Maintenance Guide Recommendations for attaching safety restraints for children ssss 24 Relays sees 269 270 Remote entry system illuminated entry 71 locking unlocking doors 68 opening the trunk 69 replacing the batteries 57 Reverse sensing system 202 Roadside assistance 256 Route preferences 503 S Safety Belt Maintenance 40 Safety belts see Safety FeStraints assai desea 34 37 Safety defects reporting 268 Safety information 386 436 Safety restraints 34 35 37 Belt Minder 37 extension assembly 36 2014 Taurus Normal Scheduled Maintenance and Log 534 SD Card xdi 384 458 499 Seat belts see Safety NOSULAMVWS os
255. e window Global Opening If Equipped Note The ignition must be off and the accessory delay feature must be not activated to operate this feature Note To disable this feature contact your authorized dealer Press and hold the unlock button on the remote control to begin opening the front windows and venting the moon roof Gif equipped Release the button once motion starts The windows and moonroof will continue opening Press the lock or unlock button on the remote control to stop motion 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Windows and Mirrors 97 Bounce Back One Touch Up or Down Windows Only The window stops automatically while closing and reverse some distance if there is an obstacle in the way Overriding the Bounce Back Feature WARNING When you override the bounce back feature the window will not reverse if it detects an obstacle Take care when closing the windows to avoid personal injury or damage to your vehicle Pull up the window switch and hold within two seconds of the window reaching the bounce back position The window travels up with no bounce back protection The window stops if you release the switch before the window is fully closed Window Lock Press the control to lock or unlock the rear window controls Accessory Delay You can use the window switches for several minutes after you switch the ignition off or until you open either front door 2014 Taurus
256. eater than the maximum pressure on the tire sidewall the following precautions must be taken to protect the person mounting the tire 1 Make sure that you have the correct tire and wheel size 2 Lubricate the tire bead and wheel bead seat area again 3 Stand at a minimum of 12 feet 8 66 meters away from the tire wheel assembly 4 Use both eye and ear protection For a mounting pressure more than 20 psi 1 38 bar greater than the maximum pressure a Ford dealer or other tire service professional should do the mounting Always inflate steel carcass tires with a remote air fill with the person inflating standing at a minimum of 12 feet 3 66 meters away from the tire wheel assembly 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 329 Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide a safe ride and handling capability Important Remember to replace the wheel valve stems when the road tires are replaced on your vehicle The two front tires or two rear tires should generally be replaced as a pair The tire pressure sensors mounted in the wheels originally installed on your vehicle are not designed to be used in aftermarket wheels The use of wheels or tires not recommended by Ford Motor Company may affect the operation of your tire pressure monitoring system If the tire pressure monitoring system indicator is flashing the system is malfunctioning Your replacement tire might
257. eception and Station Troubleshooting Potential Reception Issues Reception area If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on the fringe of the reception area the station may mute due to weak signal strength If you are listening to HD1 the system switches back to the analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available again However if you are listening to any of the possible HD2 through HD multicast channels the station mutes and stays muted unless it is able to connect to the digital signal again Station blending When the system first receives a station aside from HD2 HD7 multicast stations it first plays the station in the analog version Once the receiver verifies the station is an HD Radio station it shifts to the digital version Depending on the station quality you may hear a slight sound change when the station changes from analog to digital Blending is the shift from analog to digital sound or digital back to analog sound In order to provide the best possible experience use the contact form to report any station issues found while listening to a station broadcasting with HD Radio technology Independent entities own and operate each station These stations are responsible for making sure all audio streams and data fields are accurate Potential station issues Isme Cause X Action Echo stutter skip or This is poor time No action required repeat in audio alignment by the rad
258. ecking the pressure 326 Tubricants tet erect 354 inflating 394 Stability system 200 lapel 51er dre ERE 323 Starting your vehicle 166 replacing see 328 jump starting 258 rotating M 330 push button start system 165 safety practices u s 329 sidewall information 318 Steering wheel enn 81 snow tires and chains 331 controls n 83 spare tire sss 337 tilting 81 82 Temporary mobility kit uus 343 Sunshade eee 101 terminology siririna 317 tir grades ea ce e 317 Supplemental Restraint System SRS see airbags 44 treadwear oo eee 316 326 Supported media file types 462 re sie features 496 cep uc ra Towing oann 246 250 251 information 2 0 ec S FeEIRE 462 b eational towing 251 trailer towing 0 eee 246 SYNC customer wrecker eeeeetees 250 Pus men ee f ies i Traction control 197 SYNC Services 0 473 Traite Directions and System settings eiee 487 Information ee 410 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Index 553 Traffic preferences 503 Vehicle loading 238 Transaxle u Ventilating your vehicle 170 fluid refill capacities 354 lubricant
259. ecompile or disassemble the SOFTWARE except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation Limitations on Distributing Copying Modifying and Creating Derivative Works You may not distribute copy make modifications to or create derivative works based on the SOFTWARE except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation Single EULA The end user documentation for the DEVICE and related systems and services may contain multiple EULAs such as multiple translations and or multiple media versions e g in the user documentation and in the software Even if you receive multiple EULAs you are licensed to use only one 1 copy of the SOFTWARE SOFTWARE Transfer You may permanently transfer your rights under this EULA only as part of a sale or transfer of the DEVICE provided you retain no copies you transfer all of the SOFTWARE including all component parts the media and printed materials any upgrades and if applicable the Certificate s of Authenticity and the recipient agrees to the terms of this EULA If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade any transfer must include all prior versions of the SOFTWARE Termination Without prejudice to any other rights FORD MOTOR COMPANY or MS may terminate this EULA if you fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this EULA Security Updates Digital Rights Mana
260. ect to restore factory defaults This erases pee ieee Voice Control Press the Settings icon gt Settings gt Voice Control then select from the following Voice control Interaction Mode Standard interaction mode provides more detailed interaction and guidance Advanced mode has less audible interaction and more tone prompts Confirmation Have the system ask you short questions if it Prompts has not clearly heard or understood your request Note Even with confirmation prompts turned off the system may occasionally ask you to confirm settings Media Candidate Candidate lists are possible results from your Lists voice commands The system simply makes a best guess at your request with these turned off 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 489 Phone Candidate Candidate lists are possible results from your Lists voice commands The system simply makes a best guess at your request with these turned off Voice Control Volume This allows you to adjust the system s voice volume level Media Player Press the Settings icon gt Settings gt Media Player then select from the following Autoplay When this feature is on the system automatically switches to the media source upon initial connection This allows you to listen to music during the indexing process When this feature is off the system does not automatically switch to the inserted m
261. ed appears and select OK 4 Scroll to select from the following options If you select Prompts Get help from SYNC by using questions helpful hints or asking you for a specific action To turn these prompts on or off 1 Press OK to select and scroll to select between on or off 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 404 SYNC Languages Choose between English Espanol and Francais Once selected all of SYNC s radio displays and prompts are in the selected language 1 Press OK to select and then scroll through the languages 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display If you change the language setting the display indicates that the system is updating When complete SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Factory Defaults Return to the factory default settings This selection does not erase your indexed information phonebook call history text messages and paired devices 1 Press OK to select and then press OK again when Restore Defaults appears in the display 2 Press OK to confirm Master Reset Completely erase all information stored on SYNC phonebook call history text messages and paired devices and return to the factory default settings Press OK to select The display indicates when complete and SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu
262. ed in order to start the engi Restart Now or Key is Displayed when the start stop button is Needed pressed to shut off the engine and a Intelligent Access Key is not detected inside the vehicle Accessory Power is Displayed when the vehicle is in the accessory Active ignition state Starting System Fault This message is displayed when there is a problem with your vehicle s starting system See your authorized dealer for service 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Information Displays 127 Lane Keeping Action Description System Messages Lane keeping Sys The system has malfunctioned Contact your Malfunction Service authorized dealer as soon as possible required Front Camera The system has detected a condition that has Temporarily Not caused the system to be temporarily Available unavailable Front Camera Low The system has detected a condition the Visibility Clean Screen requires the windshield to be cleaned to operate properly Front Camera The system has malfunctioned Contact your Malfunction Service authorized dealer as soon as possible Required Keep Hands on Displayed when the system requests the driver Steering Wheel to keep their hands on the steering wheel Maintenance Action Description Messages LOW Engine Oil Stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible Pressure turn off the engine Check the oil level If the warning stays on or continues to come on with
263. edia source Bluetooth Devices Select to connect disconnect add or delete a device You can also set a device as your favorite so that the system automatically Gracenote Mgmt With this feature on the Gracenote Database supplies metadata information for your music files This overrides information from your device This feature defaults to off Cover Art Priority With this feature on the Gracenote Database supplied cover art for your music files This overrides any art from your device This feature defaults to Media Player 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 490 MyFord Touch If Equipped Navigation Press the Settings icon gt Settings gt Navigation then select from the following Map Preferences Turn breadcrumbs on and off Have the system display your turn list top to bottom or bottom to top Route Preferences Preferred Route allows you to choose to have the system display the Shortest Fastest or most Ecological route first If you set Always Use Preferred Route to Yes the system uses the selected route type to calculate only one route to the desired destination Always Use Preferred Route bypasses route selection in destination programming The system only calculates one route based on the preferred route setting Eco Time Penalty allows you to select a low medium or high cost for the calculated Eco Route The higher the setting the longer the time allotment is for th
264. ee devices after it has been initially programmed you must first erase the current settings See Erasing the function button codes later in this section The universal garage door opener replaces the common hand held garage door opener with a three button transmitter that is integrated into the driver s sun visor The system includes two primary features a garage door opener and a platform for remote activation of devices with the home As well as being programmed for garage doors the system transmitter can be programmed to operate entry gate operators security systems entry door locks and home or office lighting Additional system information can be found online at www homelink com or by calling the toll free help line on 1 800 355 3515 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Universal Garage Door Opener If Equipped 157 Programming Note Put a new battery in the hand held transmitter This will ensure quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio frequency signal 1 With your vehicle parked outside of the garage and your key in the ignition turn the key so that the ignition is in the on position 2 Hold your hand held garage door transmitter 1 3 inches 2 8 centimeters away from the HomeLink button you want to program 3 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the hand held transmitter button DO NOT release either one until
265. efer to Programming Changing Configurable Settings 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyKey 65 Programming Changing Configurable Settings Use the information display to access your configurable MyKey settings 1 Switch the ignition on using an admin key If your vehicle has push button start place the intelligent access key fob into the backup slot The location of your backup slot is in another chapter See Starting and Stopping the Engine 2 Access the main menu and select Settings then MyKey by pressing OK or the gt button 3 Use the arrow buttons to get to a configurable feature 4 Press OK or gt to make a selection Note You can clear or change your MyKey settings at any time during the same key cycle as you created the MyKey Once you have switched the engine off however you will need an admin key to change or clear your MyKey settings CLEARING ALL MYKEYS You can clear all MyKeys within the same key cycle as you created the MyKey If you switch your ignition off however you will need to use an admin key to clear your MyKeys Note When you clear your MyKeys you remove all restrictions and return all MyKeys to their original admin key status at once To clear all MyKeys of all MyKey settings use the information display to do the following 1 Access the main menu and select Settings then MyKey 2 Scroll to Clear All and press the OK button 3 Hold the OK butto
266. efore proceeding with the programming procedure Note If you are using MyKey you cannot disable Belt Minder Also if the Belt Minder has been previously disabled it will be re enabled during the use of MyKey See the MyKey chapter You can activate and deactivate this feature by performing the following procedure Before following the procedure make sure that e The parking brake is set e The transmission is in park P e The ignition is off e The driver and front passenger safety belts are unbuckled 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 40 Safety Belts 1 Switch the ignition on Do not start the engine 2 Wait until the safety belt warning light turns off about one minute 3 Wait 10 seconds after the safety belt warning light turns off e Step 4 must be completed within 20 seconds after the completion of Step 3 4 Buckle then unbuckle the safety belt three times at a moderate speed ending in the unbuckled state e After Step 4 the safety belt warning light will turn on for three seconds 5 Within about seven seconds of the light turning off buckle then unbuckle the safety belt The safety belt warning light will blink e This will disable the Belt Minder feature for that seating position if it is currently enabled e This will enable the Belt Minder feature for that seating position if it is currently disabled CHILD RESTRAINT AND SAFETY BELT MAINTENANCE Inspect
267. eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO LINE program The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of two parts mediation and arbitration During mediation a representative of the BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor Company to explore options for settlement of the claim If an agreement is not reached during mediation or you do not want to participate in mediation and if your claim is eligible you may participate in the arbitration process An arbitration hearing will be scheduled so that you can present your case in an informal setting before an impartial person The arbitrator will consider the testimony provided and make a decision after the hearing Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE program are usually decided within 40 days after you file your claim with the BBB You are not bound by the decision and may reject the decision and proceed to court where all findings of the BBB Auto Line dispute and decision are admissible in the court action Should you choose to accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision Ford is then bound by the decision and must comply with the decision within 30 days of receipt of your acceptance letter BBB AUTO LINE Application Using the information provided below please call or write to request a program application You will be asked for your name and address general information about your new vehicle information about your warranty concerns and any steps you have already taken to try to resolve them A Customer C
268. elp prevent your vehicle from moving when you change a tire be sure to place the transmission in park P set the parking brake and block Gn both directions the wheel that is diagonally opposite other side and end of the vehicle to the tire being changed WARNING Never get underneath a vehicle that is supported only by a jack If your vehicle slips off the jack you or someone else could be seriously injured WARNING Do not attempt to change a tire on the side of your vehicle close to moving traffic Pull far enough off the road to avoid the danger of being hit when operating the jack or changing the wheel WARNING Always use the jack provided as original equipment with your vehicle If using a jack other than the one provided as original equipment with your vehicle make sure the jack capacity is adequate for the vehicle weight including any vehicle cargo or modifications Note Passengers should not remain in the vehicle when it is being jacked 1 Park on a level surface set the parking brake and activate the hazard flashers 2 Place the transmission in park P and turn the engine off 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 340 Wheels and Tires 3 Lift the trunk cargo cover and remove the wing nut that secures the spare tire by turning it counterclockwise 4 Lift and remove the spare tire from the trunk 5 Remove the second wing nut that secures the jack retention bracket b
269. em has a special receiver that allows it to receive digital broadcasts where available in addition to the analog broadcasts it already receives Digital broadcasts provide a better sound quality than analog broadcasts with free crystal clear audio and no static or distortion For more information and a guide to available stations and programming please visit www hdradio com 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 448 MyFord Touch If Equipped When HD Radio is on and you tune to a station broadcasting HD Radio technology you may notice the following indicators on your screen HD logo blinks when acquiring a digital station and stays solid HD when digital audio is playing When this logo is available you may also see Title and Artist fields on screen Multicast indicator appears in FM mode only if the current station is broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts The highlighted numbers signify available digital channels where new or different content is available HD1 signifies the main programming status and is available in analog and digital broadcasts Other multicast stations HD2 through HD7 are only available digitally TAG allows you to save a song to download later when you are on an acquired HD Radio station and the feature is on To turn the feature on and use it 1 Press AM or FM gt Options gt TAG button gt On 2 When you hear a song you like touch TAG 3 The system autom
270. ember 2013 USA fus Seats 155 The rear seat heat controls are located on the rear of the center console The heated seats only operate when the ignition is on To operate the heated seats e Press the indicated side of the control for minimum heat e Press again to turn off e Press the indicated side of the control for maximum heat e Press again to turn off The indicator light will illuminate when the heated seats have been activated 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 156 Universal Garage Door Opener If Equipped HOMELINK WIRELESS CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED WARNING Make sure that the garage door and security device are free from obstruction when you are programming Do not program the system with the vehicle in the garage WARNING Do not use the system with any garage door opener that does not have the safety stop and reverse feature as required by U S Federal Safety Standards this includes any garage door opener manufactured before April 1 1982 Note Make sure you keep the original remote control transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future system programming Note We recommend that upon the sale or lease termination of your vehicle you erase the programmed function buttons for security reasons See Erasing the function button codes later in this section Note You can program a maximum of three devices To change or replace any of the thr
271. ement is required see your authorized dealer Replacing backup lamp bulbs 1 Make sure the headlamp switch is in the off position 2 Remove the deck lid trim panel press pins and carefully pull the panel away to expose the backside of the backup lamp assembly 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Maintenance 305 3 Remove bulb socket by rotating it counterclockwise then pull it out of the lamp assembly E qw 4 Pull the bulb straight from the socket 5 Install the new bulb in reverse order Replacing high mount brake lamp bulbs Your vehicle is equipped with an LED high mount brake lamp It is designed to last the life of the vehicle If replacement is required it is recommended that you see your authorized dealer Replacing license plate lamp bulbs 1 Make sure the headlamp switch is in the off position E E p p 2 Remove the two screws from the license plate lamp assembly lt 3 Carefully pull the bulb out from the contacts Install new bulb s in reverse order 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 306 Maintenance Replacing supplemental park lamp bulbs Your vehicle is equipped with an LED supplemental park lamp It is designed to last the life of the vehicle If replacement is required it is recommended that you see your authorized dealer BULB SPECIFICATION CHART Replacement bulbs are specified in the chart below
272. emoving the fuel filler nozzle This allows residual fuel to drain back into the fuel tank and not spill onto the vehicle Note A fuel spillage concern may occur if overfilling the fuel tank Do not overfill the tank to the point that the fuel is able to bypass the fuel filer nozzle The overfilled fuel may run down the drain located within the fuel filler housing and to the ground 5 To close the fuel filler door press the center of the rear edge and then release The fuel door with latch closed If the fuel fill inlet was not properly closed a Check Fuel Fill Inlet message may appear on the information display At the next opportunity do the following 1 Safely pull off the road 2 Turn off the engine 3 Open the fuel filler door and remove any visible debris from the fuel fill opening 4 Insert either the fuel fill nozzle or the fuel fill funnel provided with the vehicle several times to dislodge any debris and allow the inlet to close properly If this action corrects the problem the message may not reset immediately It may take several driving cycles for the message to turn off A driving cycle consists of an engine start up after four or more hours with the engine off followed by city or highway driving Continuing to drive with the message on may cause the service engine soon lamp to turn on as well 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Fuel and Refueling 179 FUEL CONSUMP
273. en Restore Defaults appears in the display 2 Press OK to confirm Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 424 SYNC Master Reset Completely erase all information stored on SYNC all phonebook call history text messages and all paired devices and return to the factory default settings Application Download new software applications if available and then load the desired applications through your USB port See the web site for more information Exit the current menu TROUBLESHOOTING Your SYNC system is easy to use However should questions arise see the tables below Use the website at any time to check your phone s compatibility register your account and set preferences as well as access a customer representative via an online chat during certain hours Visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca for more information Issue Possible cause s Possible solution s Excessive The audio control Review your phone s user guide background settings on your regarding audio adjustments noise during a phone may be phone call affecting SYNC performance During a call Possible phone Try turning off the device I can hear the malfunction resetting the device removing the other person device s battery then trying again but they cannot hear me 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus SYNC 425 Issue __ Possible ca
274. en the radar signals are obstructed The following table lists possible causes and actions for this message being displayed The surface of the radar in the Clean the grille surface in front of grille is dirty or obstructed in the radar or remove the object some way causing the obstruction The surface of the radar in the Wait a short time It may take grille is clean but the message several minutes for the radar to remains in the display detect that it is no longer obstructed Heavy rain or snow is interfering Do not use the system in these with the radar signals conditions because it may not detect any vehicle ahead 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Cruise Control 221 Swirling water or snow or ice on Do not use system in these the surface of the road may conditions because it may not interfere with the radar signals detect any vehicle ahead You are in a desert or remote area Wait a short time or switch to with no other vehicles and no normal cruise control roadside objects Due to the nature of radar technology it is possible to get a blockage warning and not be blocked This can happen for example when driving in sparse rural or desert environments A false blocked condition will either self clear or clear after a key cycle Switching to Normal Cruise Control WARNING Normal cruise control will not brake due to slower vehicles Always be aware of which mode
275. en you use the integrated keyhead transmitter intelligent access key or the keyless entry keypad to unlock the vehicle The system will turn off the lights if e you switch the ignition on e you press the lock button on the remote control e you lock your vehicle using the keyless entry keypad e after 25 seconds of illumination The lights will not turn off if e you turn them on with the dimmer control e any door is open Illuminated Exit The interior lamps and select exterior lamps illuminate when all doors are closed and you switch the ignition off and remove the key from the ignition integrated keyhead transmitter only 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 72 Locks The lamps turn off if all the doors remain closed and e 25 seconds elapse e you insert the key in the ignition integrated keyhead transmitter only e you press the START STOP button intelligent access key only Battery Saver If you leave the courtesy lamps dome lamps or headlamps on the battery saver shuts them off 10 minutes after you switch the ignition off Accessory Mode Battery Saver for Intelligent Access Keys If Equipped If you leave your vehicle in the run ignition state it will shut off once it detects a certain amount of battery drain or after 45 minutes SECURICODE KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD IF EQUIPPED The keypad located near the driver window is invisible until you touch it It then lights up
276. enabled default uncheck disabled Autounlock check enabled default uncheck disabled Remote Unlocking Driver s door Set to XXX Hold OK to Reset Climate Control using this feature allows you to select different climate control modes when the vehicle is started using the remote start feature Seats amp Wheel or Front Seats Auto Off i 5 10 Duration System check enabled default uncheck disabled Remote Open or Close Courtesy Wipe check enabled Wiper default uncheck disabled Rain Sensing check enabled default uncheck disabled Auto Last Setting Remote Start 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 120 Information Displays Settings cont d MyKey MyKey Status MyKeys Admin Keys Create Hold OK to Create MyKey MyKey 11 Assist Always On User Selectable Traction Always On User Selectable Control Choose desired speed or off Speed Minder Choose desired speed or off Limiter Disturb MyKey On Off Report Clear MyKeys Hold OK to Clear All MyKeys Some MyKey items will only appear if a MyKey is set Settings cont d Display Distance Gauge Fuel Gauge Fuel Tach Display Language Select your applicable language Hold OK to Set Temperature Fahrenheit F Celsius C 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Information Displays 121 INFORMATION M
277. enance and regularly inspect your vehicle may result in vehicle damage and serious injury Note Your Vehicle Health Report feature requires activation prior to use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register There is no fee or subscription associated with Vehicle Health Report but you must register to use this feature Note This feature may not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your mobile phone Before running a report review the Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 483 Note In order to allow a break in period for your vehicle you may not be able to create a Vehicle Health Report until your vehicle odometer has reached 200 miles Note Cellular phone and SMS charges may apply when making a report Register for Vehicle Health Report and set your report preferences at www SYNCMyRide com After registering you can request a Vehicle Health Report inside your vehicle Return to your account at www SYNCMyRide com to view your report You can also choose for SYNC to remind you automatically to run reports at specific mileage intervals Cellular phone airtime usage may apply when reporting The system allows you to check your vehicle s overall health in the form of a diagnostic report card The Vehicle Health Report contains valuable information such as Vehicle Diagnostic Information Scheduled maintenan
278. endices 513 If MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent make available Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are provided then the terms of this EULA shall apply except that the MS Microsoft Corporation or affiliate entity providing the Supplemental Component s shall be the licensor of the Supplemental Component s FORD MOTOR COMPANY MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent reserve the right to discontinue without liability any Internet based services provided to you or made available to you through the use of the SOFTWARE e Links to Third Party Sites The MS SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to link to third party sites through the use of the SOFTWARE The third party sites are not under the control of MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent Neither MS nor Microsoft Corporation nor their affiliates nor their designated agent are responsible for i the contents of any third party sites any links contained in third party sites or any changes or updates to third party sites or ii webcasting or any other form of transmission received from any third party sites If the SOFTWARE provides links to third party sites those links are provided to you only as a convenience and the inclusion of any link does not imply an endorsement of the third party site by MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designate
279. eouor JOYSeM p on sputA TOYyseM PPUSPUM Und 3je1941030 X cot aot met eo EM j K312 dv suro3T pao 1oquinu 34ed pIo JO oureu Ied pIo ZV 9TI8W ISM epeuep 4 pue q lt CSM Td ce 0Z 10 TV 2e 0Z Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 2014 Taurus USA fus Capacities and Specifications 358 Touuosied pogipenb Aq ATUO poolA19s 9q 0 ST urojsAs JURIOSLIOI SUTUOTIPUOD ary Ainfut peuossed osneo ued Wosds que1o8ro4 Suruonipuoo Ire y Suruod aunssoud YSU IPUN VPETY JUeIosLoI surejuoo urojs4s JURIOSLJoI SUTUOTIPUOD Me ou p Suru TeM oporyea nod ur peddmbo Aqpeurstio od 3uepooo 9U PPV suid SAS UOISSIUIO pue our8uo oy Jo sjuouroumboJ Y JooW JOU op SPO SL MLW UOTJVOYI I09 Gy ayy amp e dsrp ose Jaqet ey ssop un amp ro8o3e5 19A0 10 TS WS NS SB pefeqet sro Arosayeo g GV SN jou oq AUCIICM S PIO J AQ peJ9A02 JOU ST Jey VSVUILP ourguo 0 PRET pioo pue Aressaoouun 91e Aou eurguo INOA ur SeAHIppe ro ouTsue ejueuro ddns osn you Od seurSuo oulr oses IO WIRY uoneogrno dv oy s amp e dsrp pue sjuouraumboa NS dV s Jooul yey ope18 sos popuoululo294 JO IO outSuo ue osn 04 o qe3doooe ose SI Y suoneorgroods plo 199W Jey sro JUsTeAMba IO s lo oumguo 3Je194030 X 9sn 03 pousIsop uooq seu ourguo INO Surg 10 Sup ouo oA9 PMJ 107 Jo eop p zmoyme MoA 999 ogeurep uorssrursueJ osneo ACU PIN J popuouruloo2od y Ue 19470 pm Aue Jo os TeAI9 UI 92IAJ9S 129 4
280. eport Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement for more information 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 410 SYNC SYNC Services Traffic Directions amp Information TDI Note SYNC Services requires activation prior to use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register and check your eligibility for complimentary services Standard phone and message rates may apply Subscription may be required You must also have the active SYNC Services Bluetooth enabled cellular phone paired and connected to the system in order to connect to and use SYNC Services See Using SYNC with your phone for pairing instructions Note This feature does not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your mobile phone Make sure your mobile phone is not blocking caller ID before using SYNC Services Note The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions Any navigation features are provided only as an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver if you would be placed in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of errors changes in roads traffic
281. er Adjusting Automatic Transmission Fluid Levels Before adding any fluid make sure the correct type is used The type of fluid used is normally indicated on the dipstick and also in the Technical specifications section in this chapter Note Use of a non approved automatic transmission fluid may cause internal transmission component damage DESS If necessary add fluid in 1 2 pint 250 ml increments through the filler tube until the level is correct SE If an overfill occurs excess fluid should be removed by an authorized i dealer Note An overfill condition of transmission fluid may cause shift and or engagement concerns and or possible damage Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives treatments or cleaning agents The use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components For vehicles equipped with the EcoBoost engine reinstall the air filter assembly After the fluid level has been checked and adjusted as necessary do the following 1 Shut the engine off 2 Loosen the clamp holding the air filter assembly to the rubber hose 3 Rotate the air filter assembly 90 degrees clockwise without disconnecting the sensor 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Maintenance 295 4 Seat the air filter assembly back into the grommets by pushing down on the air filter assembly 5 Tighten the clam
282. er VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 538 Scheduled Maintenance 2014 Taurus Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miteace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miteace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A
283. erior trim and cluster lens e Do not allow air fresheners and hand sanitizers to spill on interior surfaces If a spill occurs wipe off immediately Damage may not be covered by your warranty If a staining liquid like coffee or juice has been spilled on the instrument panel or on interior trim surfaces clean as follows 1 Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean white cotton cloth 2 Wipe the surface with a damp clean white cotton cloth For more thorough cleaning use a mild soap and water solution If the spot cannot be completely cleaned by this method the area may be cleaned using a commercially available cleaning product designed for automotive interiors 3 If necessary apply more soap and water solution or cleaning product to a clean white cotton cloth and press the cloth onto the soiled area allow this to set at room temperature for 30 minutes 4 Remove the soaked cloth and if it is not soiled badly use this cloth to clean the area by using a rubbing motion for 60 seconds 5 Following this wipe area dry with a clean white cotton cloth CLEANING LEATHER SEATS IF EQUIPPED e Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner e Clean spills and stains as quickly as possible e For routine cleaning wipe the surface with a soft damp cloth For more thorough cleaning wipe the surface with a mild soap and water solution Dry the area with a soft cloth e If the leather cannot be completely cleaned using a mild
284. ervices sells leases trades vehicles or supervises a fleet of vehicles are not permitted to intentionally remove an emission control device or prevent it from working Information about your vehicle s emission system is on the Vehicle Emission Control Information Decal located on or near the engine This decal also lists engine displacement Please consult your warranty information for complete emission warranty information On board Diagnostics OBD II Your vehicle is equipped with a computer that monitors the engine s emission control system This system is commonly known as the on board diagnostics system OBD II The OBD II system protects the environment by ensuring that your vehicle continues to meet government emission standards The OBD II system also assists your authorized dealer in properly servicing your vehicle When the service engine soon indicator illuminates the OBD II system has detected a malfunction Temporary malfunctions may cause the service engine soon indicator to illuminate Examples are 1 The vehicle has run out of fuel the engine may misfire or run poorly 2 Poor fuel quality or water in the fuel the engine may misfire or run poorly 3 The fuel fill inlet may not have been properly closed See Easy Fuel No Cap Fuel System in this chapter 4 Driving through deep water the electrical system may be wet These temporary malfunctions can be corrected by filling the fuel tank with good
285. ery housing cavity 5 Reinstall the rubber gasket 6 Snap the battery cover back onto the key 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 58 Keys and Remote Control Intelligent Access Transmitter 1 Remove the backup key from the transmitter 2 Twist a thin coin under the tab Rj hidden behind the backup key head to remove the battery cover Do not use the backup key to remove the cover or you could damage the intelligent access key 3 Remove the old battery 4 Insert a new battery with the facing downward Press the battery down to make sure it is fully in the housing 5 Snap the battery cover back onto the transmitter and install the backup key Memory Feature If Equipped This feature allows you to recall the driver seat power mirrors and adjustable pedals if equipped memory positions Press the unlock button on the remote control or activate intelligent access if equipped to recall memory The seat and power mirrors automatically move to the memory position The mirrors will move to the programmed position and the seat will move to the easy entry position The seat will move to the final position when the ignition is switched out of off if easy entry feature is enabled 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Keys and Remote Control 59 Programming Memory to the Transmitter To activate this feature A Type 1 dy RI B
286. ese components periodically during and after any towing operation Load Placement To help minimize how trailer movement affects your vehicle when driving e Load the heaviest items closest to the trailer floor e Load the heaviest items centered between the left and right side trailer tires e Load the heaviest items above the trailer axles or just slightly forward toward the trailer tongue Do not allow the final trailer tongue weight to go above or below 10 1596 of the loaded trailer weight e Select a tow bar with the correct rise or drop When both the loaded vehicle and trailer are connected the trailer frame should be level or slightly angled down toward your vehicle when viewed from the side When driving with a trailer or payload a slight takeoff vibration or shudder may be present due to the increased payload weight You can find more information about proper trailer loading and setting your vehicle up for towing under Load limit in the Load Carrying chapter and in the RV amp Trailer Towing Guide available at an authorized dealer 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Towing 247 RECOMMENDED TOWING WEIGHTS Note Do not exceed the trailer weight for your vehicle configuration listed in the chart below Note Make sure to take into consideration trailer frontal area Do not exceed 12 feet 1 11 meters trailer frontal area Note For high altitude operation reduce the gross com
287. ess OK and scroll to select the device Press OK to confirm Press OK to select This is a speed dependent feature 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus SYNC 423 Advanced Menu Options This menu allows you to access settings such as prompts language performing a master reset as well as returning to factory defaults 1 Press AUX and then MENU to access the Media Menu 2 Scroll until System Settings appears and select OK 3 Scroll until Advanced appears 4 Press OK and then scroll to select from the following When you select Factory Defaults 2014 Taurus Have SYNC guide you via questions helpful hints or ask you for a specific action 1 Press OK to select and scroll to select between on or off 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Choose from English Francais and Espanol The displays and prompts are in the selected language 1 Press OK to select and then scroll through the languages 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display 3 If you change the language setting the display indicates that the system is updating When complete SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Return to the factory default settings This selection does not erase your indexed information phonebook call history text messages and paired devices 1 Press OK to select and then press OK again wh
288. est blower setting To aid in side window defogging and demisting in cold or humid weather 1 Select Floor Panel 2 Select A C 3 Adjust the temperature control to maintain comfort 4 Set the fan speed to the highest setting 5 Direct the outer instrument panel vents toward the side windows 6 To increase airflow to the outer instrument panel vents close the vents located in the middle of the instrument panel HEATED WINDOWS AND MIRRORS IF EQUIPPED Heated Rear Window Note The ignition must be switched on to use this feature Press the button to clear the rear window of thin ice and fog Press the button again within 10 minutes to switch it off It switches off automatically after 10 minutes or when you switch the ignition off Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean the inside of the rear window or to remove decals from the inside of the rear window This may cause damage to the heated grid lines Your warranty does not cover this damage Heated Exterior Mirrors If Equipped Note Do not remove ice from the mirrors with a scraper or attempt to readjust the mirror glass that has frozen in place These actions could cause damage to the glass and mirrors Note Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives fuel or other petroleum based cleaning products Both mirrors heat to remove ice mist and fog when you switch on the heated rear window 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd
289. est notification is on the icons display on the map when you get close to your destination This may not be very useful in dense areas and may clutter the map when other points of interest display Route Preferences Preferred Route allows you to choose to have the system display the Shortest Fastest or most Ecological route first If you set Always Use Preferred Route to Yes the system uses the selected route type to calculate only one route to the desired destination Always Use Preferred Route bypasses route selection in destination programming The system only calculates one route based on the preferred route setting Eco Time Penalty allows you to select a low medium or high cost for the calculated Eco Route The higher the setting the longer the time allotment is for the route Avoid features allows you to choose to have the system avoid freeways toll roads ferries and car trains when planning your route Turn these features ON or OFF Use HOV Lanes allows you to choose to have the system use high occupancy vehicle lanes if available when planning your route 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 504 MyFord Touch If Equipped Navigation Preferences Guidance Prompts allows you to choose to have the system use Voice amp Tones or Tone Only on your programmed route Auto Fill State Province allows you have the system automatically fill in the state and province based on the info
290. estraint system and curtain airbag is provided Failure to properly wear your safety belt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death WARNING To reduce risk of injury do not obstruct or place objects in the deployment path of the curtain airbag WARNING If the curtain airbags have deployed the curtain airbags will not function again The curtain airbags including the A B and C pillar trim and headliner must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the curtain airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 52 Supplementary Restraints System The Safety Canopy will deploy during significant side crashes or when a certain likelihood of a rollover event is detected by the rollover sensor The Safety Canopy is mounted to the roof side rail sheet metal behind the headliner above each row of seats In certain sideways crashes or rollover events the Safety Canopy will be activated regardless of which seats are occupied The Safety Canopy is designed to inflate between the side window area and occupants to further enhance protection provided in side impact crashes and rollover events The system consists of e Safety canopy curtain airbags located above the trim panels over the front and rear side windows identified by wording on the B pillar trim e A flexible headliner which opens above the s
291. et the calendar date 24h Mode Select to view clock time in a 12 hour mode or 24 hour mode Display Settings Dimming sd Select to change display brightness French or Spanish Temp Setting Select to display the outside temperature in Fahrenheit or Celsius 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 374 Audio System AM FM CD PREMIUM AUDIO SYSTEM B C p m o WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Note The MyFord Touch system controls most of the audio features See the MyFord Touch chapter for more information A Eject Press this button to eject a CD B CD Slot Insert a CD C e TUNE and TUNE In radio mode press these buttons to manually search through the radio frequency band In Sirius mode press these buttons to find the next or previous available satellite radio station Volume and Power Press this button to switch the system off and on Turn it to adjust the volume 2014 T
292. eves maximum temperature after approximately three hours of operation Using the heater longer than three hours does not improve system performance and unnecessarily uses electricity 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 172 Fuel and Refueling SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WARNING Do not overfill the fuel tank The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and fire WARNING The fuel system may be under pressure If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler inlet do not refuel until the sound stops Otherwise fuel may spray out which could cause serious personal injury WARNING Automotive fuels can cause serious injury or death if misused or mishandled WARNING The flow of fuel through a fuel pump nozzle can produce static electricity which can cause a fire if fuel is pumped into an ungrounded fuel container WARNING Fuel ethanol and gasoline may contain benzene which is a cancer causing agent WARNING When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the filler neck Never smoke while refueling Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions Care should be taken to avoid inhaling excess fumes Observe the following guidelines when handling automotive fuel e Extinguish all smoking materials and any open flames before refueling your vehicle e Always turn off the vehicle before refueling e Automotive fuel
293. f genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts whenever your vehicle requires scheduled maintenance or repair You can clearly identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts by looking for the Ford FoMoCo or Motorcraft branding on the parts or their packaging Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical Repairs One of the best ways for you to make sure that your vehicle provides years of service is to have it maintained in line with our recommendations using parts that conform to the specifications detailed in this owner s manual Genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these specifications 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Introduction 15 Collision Repairs We hope that you never experience a collision but accidents do happen Genuine Ford replacement collision parts meet our stringent requirements for fit finish structural integrity corrosion protection and dent resistance During vehicle development we validate that these parts deliver the intended level of protection as a whole system A great way to know for sure you are getting this level of protection is to use genuine Ford replacement collision parts Warranty on Replacement Parts Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement parts are the only replacement parts that benefit from a Ford Warranty Damage caused to your vehicle as a result of the failure of non Ford parts may not be covered by the Ford Warranty For additional information see the ter
294. f the cluster display Navigate through the screen and press OK to select See the MyFord Touch chapter HEATED STEERING WHEEL IF EQUIPPED See the MyFord Touch chapter 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 86 Pedals ADJUSTABLE PEDALS IF EQUIPPED WARNING Never adjust the accelerator and brake pedal with feet on the pedals while the vehicle is moving The control is located on the left side of the steering column Press and hold the appropriate control to move the pedals A Farther P gt B Closer A U The pedal positions are saved and recalled with the memory feature if equipped Refer to the Seats chapter The pedals should only be adjusted when the vehicle is parked 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Wipers and Washers 87 WINDSHIELD WIPERS Note Fully defrost the windshield before switching on the windshield wipers Note Make sure you switch off the windshield wipers before entering a car wash Note Clean the windshield and wiper blades if they begin to leave streaks or smears If that does not resolve the issue install new wiper blades Note Do not operate the wipers on a dry windshield This may scratch the glass damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper motor to burn out Always use the windshield washers before wiping a dry windshield Rotate the end of the control away b from you to increase the spee
295. f to the side of the road to call for roadside assistance Note Do not proceed to the second stage of this operation 11 After 4 miles 6 kilometers stop and check the tire pressure See Second Stage Checking Tire Pressure 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 348 Wheels and Tires Second Stage Checking Tire Pressure WARNING The power plug may get hot after use and should be handled carefully while unplugging Check the air pressure of your tires as follows 1 Remove the valve cap from the tire valve 2 Unhook the black hose from the side of the compressor and fasten firmly on the valve stem by turning clockwise WARNING If you are proceeding from the First stage Reinflating the tire with sealing compound and air section and have injected sealant in the tire and the pressure is below 20 psi 1 4 bar stop and call roadside assistance If tire pressure is above 20 psi 1 4 bar continue to the next step 3 Turn the dial clockwise to the air position Turn on the kit by pressing the on off button 4 Adjust the tire to the recommended inflation pressure from the tire label located on the driver s door or door jamb area Pressing the deflation button near the sealant canister removes air from the tire rN Note The tire pressure has to be M checked with the compressor in the off position to get the correct tire pressure reading 5 Turn the compressor off by pressing the
296. fety 31 4 Clip the tether strap to the anchor as shown 5 Tighten the child safety seat tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions If your child restraint system is equipped with a tether strap and the child restraint manufacturer recommends its use Ford also recommends its use CHILD SAFETY LOCKS The childproof locks are located on the rear edge of each rear door and must be set separately for each door When these locks are set the rear doors cannot be opened from the inside e Insert the key and turn to the lock position key horizontal to engage the childproof locks e Insert the key and turn to the unlock position key vertical to disengage the childproof locks 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 32 Safety Belts PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION WARNING Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash WARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a crash people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly A WARNING Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low
297. fic requirements about the safety of children in your vehicle e When possible always properly restrain children twelve 12 years of age and under in a rear seating position of your vehicle Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in a front seating position See Front Passenger Sensing System in the Supplementary Restraints System chapter for more information 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Child Safety 19 CHILD SEAT POSITIONING WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the vehicle seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back When possible all children age 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position If all children cannot be seated and restrained properly in a rear seating position properly restrain the largest child in the front seat WARNING Always carefully follow the instructions and warnings provided by the manufacturer of any child restraint to determine if the restraint device is appropriate for your child s size height weight or age Follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions and warnings provided for installation and use in conjunction with the instructions and warnings provided by your vehicle manufac
298. fit your own driving needs including reimbursement for towing and rental When you purchase Ford Extended Service Plan you receive added peace of mind protection throughout Canada and the United States provided by a network of participating Ford Motor Company dealers The Lincoln Maintenance Protection Plan is honored at authorized Lincoln dealers Note Repairs performed outside of Canada and the United States are not eligible for Ford Extended Service Plan coverage This information is subject to change For more information visit your local Ford of Canada dealer or www ford ca to find the Ford Extended Service Plan that is right for you 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Audio System 367 GENERAL INFORMATION Radio Frequencies and Reception Factors AM and FM frequencies are established by the Federal Communications Commission FCC and the Canadian Radio and Telecommunications Commission CRTC Those frequencies are AM 530 540 1700 1710 kHz FM 87 9 107 7 107 9 MHz Radio reception factors Distance and The further you travel from an FM station strength the weaker the signal and the weaker the reception Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with the reception Station overload When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may over
299. from the antenna as possible Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception Station overload When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio system may mute Satellite radio signal Your display may show ACQUIRING to interference indicate the interference and the audio system may mute Sirius Satellite Radio Service Note Sirius reserves the unrestricted right to change rearrange add or delete programming including canceling moving or adding particular channels and its prices at any time with or without notice to you Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming changes Sirius satellite radio is a subscription based satellite radio 4 om service that broadcasts a variety of music sports news weather traffic S AT EL L i T E R AD io and entertainment programming Your factory installed Sirius satellite radio system includes hardware and a limited subscription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of your vehicle See an authorized dealer for availability For more information on extended subscription terms a service fee is required the online media player and a complete list of Sirius satellite radio channels and other features please visit www siriusxm com in the United States ww
300. g and allow soaking for one minute If grease or tar is present on the material spot clean the area first with Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover In Canada use Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner If a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning clean the entire area immediately but do not oversaturate or the ring can set Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners which can stain and discolor the fabric and affect the flame retardant abilities of the seat materials CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT PANEL AND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LENS WARNING Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning the steering wheel or instrument panel to avoid contamination of the airbag system Clean the instrument panel and cluster lens with a clean damp white cotton cloth then use a clean and dry white cotton cloth to dry these areas 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 312 Vehicle Care e Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase the gloss of the upper portion of the instrument panel The dull finish in this area helps protect the driver from undesirable windshield reflection e Be certain to wash or wipe your hands clean if you have been in contact with certain products such as insect repellent and suntan lotion in order to avoid possible damage to the interior painted surfaces e Do not use household or glass cleaners as these may damage the finish of the instrument panel int
301. g the front camera sensor If the system detects that your driving alertness is reduced below a certain threshold the system will alert you using a chime and a message in the cluster display Switching the System On and Off You may switch the system on or off through the Information Display Refer to the Information Displays chapter The system on or off setting is stored and will use your last setting the next time the vehicle is started System Warnings Note The system will not issue warnings below approximately 40 mph 64 km h The warning system is in two stages At first the system issues a temporary warning that you need to take a rest This message will only appear for a short time If the system detects further reduction in driving alertness another warning may be issued which will remain in the information display for a longer time Press OK on the steering wheel control to clear the warning 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Driving Aids 223 System Display When active the system will run automatically in the background and only issue warning if required You can view the status at any time using the information display Refer to the Information Displays chapter The alertness level is shown by six steps in a colored bar The current assessment of your 222 l CP alertness is within a typical range The current assessment of your alertness indicates that you shoul
302. gement Content owners use the WMDRM technology included in your DEVICE to protect their intellectual property included copyrighted content Portions of the SOFTWARE on your DEVICE use WMDRM software to access WMDRM protected content If the WMDRM software fails to protect the content content owners may ask Microsoft to revoke the 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 512 Appendices SOFTWARE s ability to use WMDRM to play or copy protected content This action does not affect unprotected content When your DEVICE downloads licenses for protected content you agree that Microsoft may include a revocation list with the licenses Content owners may require you to upgrade the SOFTWARE on your DEVICE to access their content If you decline an upgrade you will not be able to access content that requires the upgrade Consent to Use of Data You agree that MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and systems suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may collect and use technical information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and services suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may use this information solely to improve their products or to provide customized services or technologies to you MS Microsoft Corporation F
303. gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 480 MyFord Touch If Equipped 911 Assist If Equipped WARNING Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on before a crash the system will not dial for help which could delay response time potentially increasing the risk of serious injury or death after a crash WARNING Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an emergency call if you can do it yourself Dial emergency services immediately to avoid delayed response time which could increase the risk of serious injury or death after a crash If you do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds of the crash the system or phone may be damaged or non functional WARNING Always place your phone in a secure location in your vehicle so it does not become a projectile or damaged in a crash Failure to do so may cause serious injury to someone or damage the phone which could prevent 911 Assist from working properly Note The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident Note Before setting this feature on make sure that you read the 911 Assist privacy notice later in this section for important information Note If any user turns 911 Assist on or off that setting applies for all paired phones If 911 Assist is turned off either a voice message plays or a display message or icon comes on or both when your vehicle is started after a previously paired phone connects Note Every phone operates differently While SYNC 911 Ass
304. ging the air filter element Note Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if the correct air filter element is not used Changing the Air Filter Element 4 3 5L V6 engine 2 0L EcoBoost engine 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 300 Maintenance 3 5L V6 SHO engine 1 Release the clamps that secure the air filter housing cover 2 Carefully separate the two halves of the air filter housing 3 Remove the air filter element from the air filter housing 4 Wipe the air filter housing and cover clean to remove any dirt or debris and to ensure good sealing 5 Install a new air filter element Be careful not to crimp the filter element edges between the air filter housing and cover This could cause filter damage and allow unfiltered air to enter the engine if not properly seated 6 Replace the air filter housing cover and secure the clamps Be sure that the air cleaner cover tabs are engaged into the slots of the air cleaner housing ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS The headlamps on your vehicle are properly aimed at the assembly plant If your vehicle has been in an accident an authorized dealer should check the alignment of your headlamps 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Maintenance 301 Vertical Aim Adjustment 1 Park the vehic
305. gnition key turn the key to the off position If your vehicle has a keyless start system press the button once 3 Apply the parking brake Note This switches off the ignition all electrical circuits warning lamps and indicators Note If the engine is idling for 30 minutes the ignition and engine automatically shut down Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Moving WARNING Switching off the engine when the vehicle is still moving will result in a loss of brake and steering assistance The steering will not lock but higher effort will be required When the ignition is switched off some electrical circuits warning lamps and indicators may also be off 1 If your vehicle has an ignition key move the transmission selector lever to position N and use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe stop When your vehicle has stopped move the transmission selector lever to position P and turn the key to the off position 2 If your vehicle has a keyless start system press and hold the button for one second or press it three times within two seconds Move the transmission selector lever to position N and use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe stop When your vehicle has stopped move the transmission selector lever to position P and switch the ignition off 3 Apply the parking brake Your vehicle may have remote start capability Refer to Remote start in the Keys and Remote Control chapter 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2n
306. guage is set to North American English AM 530 1710 gt FM 87 9 107 92 530 17102 lt 87 9 107 9 gt Sirius lt 0 223 gt Play genre lt name gt Play playlist lt name gt Play artist lt name gt Play song lt name gt Play album lt name gt Play lt name song or album gt by lt artist name gt Play lt name gt Sports games This command is only usable if you have an active subscription to Sirius satellite radio The commands that have around the word means that the word is optional For example if you say Play Metallica this is the same as the voice command Play artist lt name gt AM and FM Touch the AM or FM tab to listen to the radio To change between AM and FM presets just touch the AM or FM tab Memory Presets Save a station by pressing and holding one of the memory preset areas There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station Sound returns when finished HD Radio Touch this button to turn HD Radio on The light on the button illuminates when the feature is on HD Radio allows you to receive radio broadcasts digitally where available providing free crystal clear sound See HD Radio information later in this chapter Scan Touch this button to go to the next strong AM or FM radio station The light on the button illuminates when the feature is on 2014 Taurus Owners Guide
307. h WARNING Adaptive cruise control only warns of vehicles detected by the radar sensor In some cases there may be no warning or the warning may be delayed The driver should always apply the brakes when necessary Failing to do so may result in a collision serious injury or death Note The brakes may emit a sound when they are being modulated by the adaptive cruise control system When a vehicle ahead of you enters the same lane or a slower vehicle is ahead in the same lane the vehicle speed adjusts to maintain a preset gap distance The distance setting is adjustable The lead vehicle graphic will be illuminated Your vehicle will maintain a constant distance between the vehicle ahead until e the vehicle in front of you accelerates to a speed above the set speed e the vehicle in front of you moves out of your lane or out of view 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 216 Cruise Control e the vehicle speed falls below 16 mph 26 km h e anew gap distance is set The vehicle brakes will be automatically applied to slow your vehicle to maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front The maximum braking which is applied by the system is limited and can be overridden by the driver applying the brakes If the system predicts that its maximum braking level will not be sufficient an audible warning will sound while the system continues to brake This is accompanied by a heads up display a
308. h has already been randomly indexed during the indexing Mobile Apps Interact with SYNC capable mobile applications on your smart phone See SYNC AppLink earlier in this chapter for more information System Settings Access Bluetooth Device menu listings add connect set as primary on off delete as well as Advanced menu listings prompts languages defaults master reset install application and system information Note See System Settings for more information Exit Media Menu Press OK to exit the media menu 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus SYNC 419 Accessing Your Play Menu This menu allows you to select and play your media by artist album genre playlist track similar music or even to explore what is on your USB device 1 Make sure that your device is plugged into the USB port and is turned on 2 Press AUX and then MENU to enter the Media Menu 3 Scroll to select the Play Menu and press OK If there are no media files to access the display indicates there is no media If there are media files you have the following options to scroll through and select from When you select Play All Play all indexed media tracks from your playing device in flat file mode one at a time in numerical order Press OK to select The first track title appears in the display Artists Sort all indexed media by artist Once selected the system lists and then play all ar
309. h including without limitation cellular phones palmtop and handheld computers pagers and personal digital assistants or PDAs WARNING This Data may contain inaccurate or incomplete information due to the passage of time changing circumstances sources used and the nature of collecting comprehensive geographic Data any of which may lead to incorrect results 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 524 Appendices No Warranty This Data is provided to you as is and you agree to use it at your own risk NT and its licensors and their licensors and suppliers make no guarantees representations or warranties of any kind express or implied arising by law or otherwise including but not limited to content quality accuracy completeness effectiveness reliability fitness for a particular purpose usefulness use or results to be obtained from this Data or that the Data or server will be uninterrupted or error free Disclaimer of Warranty NT AND ITS LICENSORS INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED OF QUALITY PERFORMANCE MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON INFRINGEMENT Some States Territories and Countries do not allow certain warranty exclusions so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you Disclaimer of Liability NT AND ITS LICENSORS INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU IN
310. h washer fluid or water S applied with a soft sponge or cloth CHANGING THE WIPER BLADES 1 Pull the wiper blade and arm away from the glass 2 Squeeze the locking tabs to release the blade from the arm and pull the blade away from the arm to remove it 3 Attach the new blade to the arm and snap it into place Replace wiper blades at least once per year for optimum performance Poor wiper quality can be improved by cleaning the wiper blades and the windshield To prolong the life of the wiper blades it is highly recommended to scrape off the ice on the windshield before turning on the wipers The layer of ice has many sharp edges and can damage the micro edge of the wiper rubber element AIR FILTER CHECK 4 WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and or personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Maintenance 299 When changing the air filter element use only the air filter element listed Refer to Motorcraft Part Numbers in the Capacities and Specifications chapter For EcoBoost equipped vehicles When servicing the air cleaner it is important that no foreign material enter the air induction system The engine and turbocharger are susceptible to damage from even small particles Refer to Scheduled Maintenance for the appropriate intervals for chan
311. hannel Touch Title or Artist to see song and artists on other stations 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 454 MyFord Touch If Equipped Satellite Radio Voice Commands E If you are listening to Sirius satellite radio press the voice us button on the steering wheel control When prompted say any of the commands in the following chart If you are not listening to Sirius satellite radio press the voice button and after the tone say Sirius then any of the commands in the following chart SAT 2 preset If you have said Sports game see the following Sports game chart If you have said Tune see the following Tune chart Sirius 0 2232 Channel name gt 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 455 SAT 2 preset lt gt SAT 3 SAT 3 preset lt gt Sirius Satellite Radio Information Note Sirius reserves the unrestricted right to change rearrange add or delete programming including canceling moving or adding particular channels and its prices at any time with or without notice to you Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming changes Note This receiver includes the eCos real time operating system eCos is published under the eCos License Sirius satellite radio is a subscription based satellite radio 4 o
312. hat cellular phone This profile is created in order to offer you more cellular features and to operate more efficiently Among other things this profile may contain data about your cellular phone book text messages read and unread and call history including history of calls when your cell phone was not connected to the system In addition if you connect a media device the system creates and retains an index of supported media content The system also records a short development log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity The log profile and other system data may be used to improve the system and help diagnose any problems that may occur The cellular profile media device index and development log remain in the vehicle unless you delete them and are generally accessible only in the vehicle when the cellular phone or media player is connected If you no longer plan to use the system or the vehicle we recommend you perform a Master Reset to erase all stored information System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to the vehicle s SYNC module Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access the system data for any purpose other than as described absent consent a court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Ca
313. have the vehicle towed to the nearest repair facility or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected Tire and Wheel Alignment A bad jolt from hitting a curb or pothole can cause the front end of your vehicle to become misaligned or cause damage to your tires If your vehicle seems to pull to one side when you are driving the wheels may be out of alignment Have an authorized dealer check the wheel alignment periodically Wheel misalignment in the front or the rear can cause uneven and rapid treadwear of your tires and should be corrected by an authorized dealer Front wheel drive vehicles and those with an independent rear suspension may require alignment of all four wheels The tires should also be balanced periodically An unbalanced tire and wheel assembly may result in irregular tire wear Tire Rotation Note If your tires show uneven wear ask an authorized dealer to check for and correct any wheel misalignment tire imbalance or mechanical problem involved before tire rotation Note Your vehicle may be equipped with a dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly A dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly is defined as a spare tire or wheel that is different in brand size or appearance from the road tires and wheels If you have a dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly it is intended for temporary use only and should not be used in a tire rotation Note After having your tires rotated inflation pressure must be checked and adju
314. he MyFord Touch or MyLincoln Touch chapter A Defrost Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents and demister vents This setting can also be used to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice B Rear defrost Turns the heated windows and mirrors off and on See Heated windows and mirrors later in this chapter for more information If your vehicle is equipped with heated mirrors this button turns them on also C AUTO Press to turn on fully automatic operation Select the desired temperature using the temperature control The system automatically determines fan speed air distribution air conditioning operation and outside or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle to maintain the selected temperature D CLIMATE Press to turn the climate control system off and on When the system is off outside air cannot enter the vehicle 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Climate Control 135 E A C Press to turn air conditioning off and on Air conditioning cools the vehicle using outside air To improve air conditioning when starting your vehicle drive with the windows slightly open for two to three minutes Use air conditioning with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency Note Air conditioning turns on automatically in MAX A C Defrost and Floor Defrost F MAX A C Distributes recirculated air through the instrument panel vents to cool the
315. he following e During a voice session press the Help icon in the lower left status bar of the screen e Say What can I say for an on screen listing of the possible voice commands associated with your current voice session e Press the voice icon After the tone say Help to hear a list of possible voice commands Helpful Hints e Make sure the interior of your vehicle is as quiet as possible Wind noise from open windows and road vibrations may prevent the system from correctly recognizing spoken commands e After pressing the voice icon wait until after the tone sounds and Listening appears before saying a command Any command spoken prior to this does not register with the system e Speak naturally without long pauses between words e At any time you can interrupt the system while it is speaking by pressing the voice icon Accessing a List of Available Commands e If you use the touchscreen press the Settings icon gt Help gt Voice Command List e If you use the steering wheel control press the voice icon After the tone speak your command clearly 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 442 MyFord Touch If Equipped This command is only available when your vehicle is equipped with the navigation system and the navigation system SD card is in the card slot This command is only available when you have an active Sirius satellite radio subscription
316. he ignition To do this use the keyless entry keypad with the driver door closed or press the lock button on the transmitter even if the doors are not closed If both front doors are closed you can lock your vehicle by any method regardless of whether the key is in the ignition or not Smart Unlocks for Intelligent Access Keys If Equipped This feature helps to prevent you from unintentionally locking your intelligent access key inside your vehicle s passenger compartment or rear cargo area When you lock your vehicle using the driver or passenger power door lock control with the door open transmission in P and ignition off after you close the door your vehicle will search for an intelligent access key in the passenger compartment If your vehicle finds a key all of the doors will immediately unlock and the horn will sound indicating that a key is inside You can override the smart unlock feature and intentionally lock the intelligent access key inside your vehicle To do this lock your vehicle after you have closed all the doors by e using the keyless entry keypad e pressing the lock button on another intelligent access key e touching the locking area on the handle with another intelligent access key in your hand When you open one of the front doors and lock your vehicle using the power door lock control all doors will lock then unlock if e the ignition is on or e the ignition is off and the transmission is not in
317. he tank record the amount of fuel added 3 After at least three to five tank fill ups fill the fuel tank and record the current odometer reading 4 Subtract your initial odometer reading from the current odometer reading 5 Calculate fuel economy as follows Standard Divide miles traveled by gallons used Metric Multiply liters used by 100 then divide by kilometers traveled 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 180 Fuel and Refueling Keep a record for at least one month and record the type of driving city or highway This provides an accurate estimate of the vehicle s fuel economy under current driving conditions Additionally keeping records during summer and winter show how temperature impacts fuel economy In general lower temperatures mean lower fuel economy EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARNING Do not park idle or drive your vehicle in dry grass or other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system which can start a fire WARNING Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your dealer inspect your vehicle immediately Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes Your vehicle is equipped with various emission control components and a catalytic converter which will enable your vehicle to comply with applicable exhaust emissio
318. hen not in use Run the engine for full capacity use of the power point To prevent the battery from being discharged e Do not use the power point longer than necessary when the engine is not running e Do not leave devices plugged in overnight or when the vehicle is parked for extended periods Locations Power points may be found e on the instrument panel under a panel door e in the center console storage compartment e on the rear of the center console 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 162 Storage Compartments CENTER CONSOLE Stow items in the cupholder carefully as items may become loose during hard braking acceleration or collisions including hot drinks which may spill Note The appearance and features of the center console may be different than shown based on your vehicle s option level Available console features include A Cupholders B Utility compartment with audio A w B input jack USB port SD card slot and power point C Rear power point rear heated seats control Some consoles have panel doors covering the cupholders and switches Press the doors to open them Some cupholders have a divider Pull up on the divider and move it in the slots to best fit the cup you are using 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Storage Compartments 163 OVERHEAD CONSOLE The appearance of the overhead console will vary acc
319. hen using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving The first thing you must do to use the phone features of SYNC is to pair your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone with SYNC This allows you to use your phone in a hands free manner Note Put the transmission in position P Turn on your vehicle ignition and the radio 1 Touch Add Phone in the upper left corner of the touchscreen Find SYNC appears on the screen and instructs you to begin the pairing process from your device 2 Make sure that Bluetooth is set to On and that your cellular phone is in the proper mode See your phone s manual if necessary e Select SYNC and a six digit PIN appears on your device 3 If you are prompted to enter a PIN on your device it does not support Secure Simple Pairing To pair enter the PIN displayed on the touchscreen Skip the next step 4 When prompted on your phone s display confirm that the PIN provided by SYNC matches the PIN displayed on your cellular phone 5 The display indicates when the pairing is successful SYNC may prompt you with more phone options For more information on your phone s capability see your phone s ma
320. hich of the system features will be enabled Alert only Provides a steering mee Wheel vibration when an unintended E lane departure is detected Aid only Provides a steering input JEN toward the lane center when an unintended lane departure is E l detected A Alert Aid Provides both a steering wheel vibration and input toward the lane center when an unintended lane departure is im Y detected v A Alert s E A Note The alert and aid diagrams are meant to illustrate general zone coverage They are not intended to provide the exact zone parameters Intensity This setting affects the intensity of the steering wheel vibration used for the alert mode This setting does not impact the aid mode e Low e Medium e High 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 226 Driving Aids System Display When you switch the system on an overhead graphic of a vehicle with lane markings will be displayed in the left instrument cluster display If the aid mode is selected after you switch the system on arrows will be displayed with the lane markings When you switch the system off the lane marking graphics will no longer be displayed Note The overhead vehicle graphic may still be displayed if adaptive cruise control is enabled While the system is on the color of the lane markings will change to indicate the system status Gray Indicates that the system is tempora
321. hicle s tail lamp wiring this may damage the electrical system resulting in a fire Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible for assistance in proper trailer tow wiring installation Additional electrical equipment may be required Trailer lamps are required on most towed vehicles Make sure all running lights brake lights turn signals and hazard lights are working Before Towing a Trailer Practice turning stopping and backing up to get the feel of your vehicle trailer combination before starting on a trip When turning make wider turns so the trailer wheels clear curbs and other obstacles 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Towing 249 When Towing a Trailer Do not drive faster than 70 mph 113 km h during the first 500 miles 800 kilometers Do not make full throttle starts Check your hitch electrical connections and trailer wheel lug nuts thoroughly after you have traveled 50 miles 80 kilometers When stopped in congested or heavy traffic during hot weather place the gearshift in position P to aid engine and transmission cooling and to help air conditioning performance Turn off the speed control with heavy loads or in hilly terrain The speed control may turn off automatically when you are towing on long steep grades Shift to a lower gear when driving down a long or steep hill Do not apply the brakes continuously as they may overheat and become less effective
322. hicle and release the auxiliary latch that is located under the front center of the hood 3 Lift the hood 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 280 Maintenance UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW 3 5L V6 engine A Engine coolant reservoir B Windshield washer fluid reservoir C Brake fluid reservoir D Battery E Power distribution box F Air filter assembly G Automatic transmission fluid dipstick H Engine oil dipstick I Engine oil filler cap 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Maintenance 281 3 5L V6 SHO engine A Engine coolant reservoir B Brake fluid reservoir C Battery D Power distribution box E Air filter assembly F Automatic transmission fluid dipstick out of view G Engine oil dipstick H Engine oil filler cap I Windshield washer fluid reservoir 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 282 Maintenance Engine shield Some vehicles may be equipped with an aero shield under the engine This shield needs to be removed for service including oil and filter changes It is secured with four quick release fasteners 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Maintenance 283 2 0L EcoBoost Engine A B C D H G F E A Engine coolant reservoir B Brake fluid reservoir C Battery D Power distribution box E Air filter assembly
323. honebook Allows you to access your downloaded phonebook 1 Press OK to confirm and enter If your phonebook has fewer than 255 listings they appear alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more they are organized into alphabetical categories 2 Scroll until the desired contact appears then press OK 3 Press OK or the phone button 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus SYNC 397 Text Message Enables you to send download and delete text messages Phone Settings Allows you to view your phone s status set ring tones select your message notification change phone book entries and automatically download your cellular phone among other features SYNC Services Access the SYNC services portal where you can request various types of information traffic reports and directions 911 Assist Place an emergency call to a 911 operator for EE you after an accident if the feature is used properly Report your vehicle on your smartphone System Settings Access Bluetooth Devices menu listings add connect set as primary on off delete as well as Advanced menu listings prompts languages defaults master reset install application and system information Exit Phone Menu Exit the phone menu by pressing OK This is a phone dependent feature This is a phone dependent and speed dependent feature If equipped United States only If equipped United States and Can
324. icator chime remain off switch is turned to the on position 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 38 Safety Belts SAFETY BELT MINDER This feature supplements the safety belt warning function by providing additional reminders by intermittently sounding a chime and illuminating the safety belt warning light when the driver s or front passenger s seat is occupied and the safety belt is unbuckled The system uses information from the front passenger sensing system to determine if a front seat passenger is present and therefore potentially in need of a warning To avoid activating the Belt Minder feature for objects placed in the front passenger seat warnings will only be given to front seat occupants as determined by the front passenger sensing system If the Belt Minder warnings have expired warnings for about five minutes for one occupant driver or front passenger the other occupant can still activate the Belt Minder feature The driver s and front The Belt Minder feature will not passenger s safety belts are activate buckled before the ignition switch is turned to the on position or less than 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition switch has been turned to on The driver s or front The Belt Minder feature is activated passenger s safety belt is not the safety belt warning light buckled when the vehicle has illuminates and the warning chime reached at lea
325. ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield e To improve the air conditioning cool down drive with the windows slightly open for 2 3 minutes after start up or until you have aired out the vehicle e You may feel a small amount of air from the floor vent regardless of the air distribution setting you select 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 138 Climate Control During extreme high ambient temperatures when idling stationary for extended periods in gear run the air conditioning in the MAX A C mode adjust the blower fan speed to the lowest setting and put the vehicle s transmission into position P automatic transmission to continue to receive cool air from your air conditioning system For maximum cooling performance in A C mode press MAX A C For maximum cooling performance in panel or panel floor modes 1 Move temperature control to the coolest setting 2 Select A C and recirculated air to provide colder airflow 3 Set the fan to the highest speed initially and then adjust to maintain comfort o aid in side window defogging and demisting in cold or humid weather Select Floor Panel Select A C Adjust the temperature control to maintain comfort Set the fan speed to the highest setting Direct the outer instrument panel vents toward the side windows To increase airflow to the outer instrument panel vents close the vents located in the middle of the i
326. icle by doing the following 1 Turn the ignition off 2 Turn the ignition on 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 to re enable fuel pump Note If your vehicle has the push button start system press the stop start button twice to reactivate the fuel system JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE WARNING The gases around the battery can explode if exposed to flames sparks or lit cigarettes An explosion could result in injury or vehicle damage WARNING Batteries contain sulfuric acid which can burn skin eyes and clothing if contacted Do not attempt to push start your automatic transmission vehicle Automatic transmissions do not have push start capability Attempting to push start a vehicle with an automatic transmission may cause transmission damage When the battery is disconnected or a new battery is installed the automatic transmission must relearn its shift strategy As a result the transmission may exhibit a combination of firm and soft shifts This operation is considered normal and will not affect function or durability of the transmission Over time the adaptive learning process will fully update transmission operation Preparing Your Vehicle Note Use only a 12 volt supply to start your vehicle Note Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle s electrical system 1 Park the booster vehicle close to the hood of the disabled vehicle making sure the two vehicles do not touch Set the parki
327. icle speed exceeds 6 mph 10 km h the system turns off and you need to take full control of the vehicle Note If a maneuver is interrupted before completion the system turns off and you need to full take control of the vehicle In some instances after an interruption a message may appear that would allow you to resume the maneuver With hands off the wheel and nothing obstructing its movement and the transmission in R Reverse the vehicle steers itself as instructions to safely move the vehicle back and forward in the space are displayed in the touch screen While reversing the touch screen displays a message instructing the driver to check their surroundings for safety reasons and to back up slowly accompanied by a corresponding graphic K S When you think the vehicle has enough space in front and behind it or you hear a solid tone from the parking aid bring the vehicle to a complete stop B Cw 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 206 Parking Aids When automatic steering is finished the touch screen displays a message indicating that the active park assist process is done The driver is responsible for checking the parking job and making any necessary corrections before putting the transmission in P Park Deactivating the Park Assist Feature The system can be deactivated manually by e pressing the active park assist button e grabbing the steering wheel e driving a
328. ide doors to allow air curtain deployment e amp Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness LM indicator See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator in this chapter Children 12 years old and under should always be properly restrained in the rear seats The Safety Canopy will not interfere with children restrained using a properly installed child or booster seat because it is designed to inflate downward from the headliner above the doors along the side window opening The design and development of the Safety Canopy included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags including the Safety Canopy 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Supplementary Restraints System 53 CRASH SENSORS AND AIRBAG INDICATOR WARNING Modifying or adding equipment to the front end of your vehicle including frame bumper front end body structure and tow hooks may affect the performance of the airbag system increasing the risk of injury Do not modify the front end of your vehicle Your vehicle has a collection of crash and occupant sensors which provide information to the restraints control module The restraints control module deploys activates the front safety belt pretensioners driver airbag passenger
329. iliary input jack s esce erc hac Pee Uy EY 382 USB PONA Wide dbo s Rede no dle edes eir aod etae dort ote te 384 SYNCG 385 Pairing your phone for the first time llle 390 911 ASSIST M Lu cues sepes RESTE mm RAW TAG OG Re NS 405 Vehicle Health Report 2l 408 MyFord Touch If Equipped 432 Infotainment display 0 0 2 0 00 cee eee 439 VOICE FECOSNILION saree creman Ye SA MELEE WE GROUP Ced x rug EA 440 Listening to n siG esa eue x xs E RETE E E ed 444 Phone features aues bai Pew nues due Ton s Pee URP Oe i 465 Information Menu x33 up RE X REOR ENESELIETERSEN 472 DOUUNGS CE C Meee ae Raw Oday Hew aed Rew alee 484 Climate features uus 600 RISE Go RARE E RE RI RSSeSDPESSPS 496 Navigation system llle 499 Appendices 510 Scheduled Maintenance 529 Normal scheduled maintenance and log 534 Index 546 The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print In the interest of continuous development we reserve the right to change specifications design or equipment at any time without notice or obligation No part of this publication may be reproduced transmitted stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission Errors and omissions excepted Ford Motor Company 2013 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Introduction 9 ABOUT THIS MANUAL Thank
330. iliates or subsidiaries For product support please refer to FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions provided in the documentation for the DEVICE Should you have any questions concerning this EULA or if you desire to contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason please refer to the address provided in the documentation for the DEVICE No Liability for Certain Damages EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW FORD MOTOR COMPANY ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS MS MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE THIS LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE IN NO EVENT SHALL MS MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND OR THEIR AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR ANY AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF U S TWO HUNDRED FIFTY DOLLARS U S 250 00 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Appendices 515 e THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY EXPRESSLY BE PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW VEHICLE Adobe Contains Adobe Flash Player or AIR technology by Adobe Systems Incorporated This Licensee Product contains Adobe Flash Player Adobe AIR software under license from Adobe Systems Incorporated Copyright 1995 2009 Adobe Macromedia Software LLC All rights reserved Adobe Flash and AIR are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated End
331. in USB mode and are device dependent BROWSE All video podcasts 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 462 MyFord Touch If Equipped BROWSE All podcasts Video playlist lt name gt All TV shows Video podcast lt name gt All video playlists This command is only available in USB mode and are device dependent Supported Media Players Formats and Metadata Information SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any digital media player including iPod Zune plays from device players and most USB drives Supported audio formats include MP3 WMA WAV and AAC It is also able to organize your indexed media from your playing device by metadata tags Metadata tags which are descriptive software identifiers embedded in the media files provide information about the file If your indexed media files contain no information embedded in these metadata tags SYNC may classify the empty metadata tags as Unknown In order to playback video from your iPod or iPhone if compatible you MUST have a special combination USB RCA composite video cable which you can buy from Apple When the cable is connected to your iPod or iPhone plug the other end into both the RCA jacks and the USB port Bluetooth Audio Your system allows you to stream audio over your vehicle s speakers from your connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone To access
332. in menu Scroll to cycle through the message options in the following chart Press OK when the desired selection is in the display The system now needs to know who to send the message to Scroll to cycle through Phonebook or Call History entries You can also select Enter Number to audibly enter a desired number Press OK to enter the desired menu and scroll to select the specific contact Press OK when the contact appears and press OK again to confirm when the system asks if you would like to send the message Each text message is sent with the following signature This message was sent from my Ford or Lincoln 9 pv ge OY Pre defined text message options 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 400 SYNC Accessing Your Phone Settings These are phone dependent features Your phone settings allow you to access and adjust features such as your ring tone text message notification modify your phone book and also set up automatic download 1 Press the phone button 2 Scroll until Phone Settings appears then press OK 3 Scroll to select from the following options When you select Phone Status See the provider name signal power battery power and roaming status of your connected phone Press OK to select and scroll to view the information When done press OK again to return to the phone status menu Set Ringer Select which ring tone sounds during an incoming call one of
333. inflation or over inflation may cause uneven treadwear patterns Always inflate your tires to the Ford recommended inflation pressure even if it is less than the maximum inflation pressure information found on the tire The Ford recommended tire inflation pressure is found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door Failure to follow the tire pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns and adversely affect the way your vehicle handles 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 325 Maximum Inflation Pressure is the tire manufacturer s maximum permissible pressure or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire
334. ing retractor feature for child seats is still functioning properly In addition all safety belts should be checked for proper function WARNING The belt and retractor assembly must be replaced if the safety belt assembly automatic locking retractor feature or any other safety belt function is not operating properly when checked by an authorized dealer Failure to replace the belt and retractor assembly could increase the risk of injury in crashes All safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts The driver safety belt has the first type of locking mode The front outboard passenger and rear seat safety belts have both types of locking modes described as follows Vehicle Sensitive Mode This is the normal retractor mode which allows free shoulder belt length adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle movement For example if the driver brakes suddenly or turns a corner sharply or the vehicle receives an impact of about 5 mph 8 km h or more the combination safety belts will lock to help reduce forward movement of the driver and passengers In addition the retractor is designed to lock if the webbing is pulled out too quickly If this occurs let the belt retract slightly and pull webbing out again in a slow and controlled manner 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 36 Safety Belts Automatic Locking Mode In this mode the shoulder belt is aut
335. ining steps 3 Turn the engine off and wait for it to cool before checking the coolant level 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Maintenance 289 WARNING Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot 4 If the coolant level is normal you may restart your engine and continue on 5 If the coolant is low add coolant restart the engine and take your vehicle to an authorized dealer See Adding engine coolant in this chapter for more information Refer to fail safe cooling for additional information What You Should Know About Fail Safe Cooling If the engine coolant supply is depleted this feature allows the vehicle to be driven temporarily before incremental component damage is incurred The fail safe distance depends on ambient temperatures vehicle load and terrain How Fail Safe Cooling Works If the engine begins to overheat e The engine coolant temperature gauge will move to the red hot area Wy e The service engine soon indicator will illuminate e The coolant temperature warning light will illuminate If the engine reaches a preset over temperature condition the engine will automatically switch to alternating cylinder operation Each disabled cylinder acts as an air pump and cools the engine When this occurs the vehicle will still operate However e The engine power will be limited e The air conditioning system will be disabled Conti
336. int forward by gently pulling the top of the head restraint Once it is in its forward most position tilt it forward once more to release it to the upright position Note Do not attempt to force the head restraint backward after it is tilted Instead continue tilting it forward until the head restraint releases to the upright position 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 146 Seats MANUAL SEATS WARNING Do not adjust the driver s seat or seatback while the vehicle is moving A WARNING Rock the seat backward and forward after releasing the lever to make sure that it is fully engaged Moving the seats backward and forward e AN WARNING Before returning the seatback to its original position make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seatback After returning the seatback to its original position pull on the seatback to ensure that it has fully latched An unlatched seat may become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or crash Recline adjustment Lumbar adjustment 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Seats 147 POWER SEATS IF EQUIPPED WARNING Never adjust the driver s seat or seat back when the vehicle is moving WARNING Before returning the seat back to its original position make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seat back m Note On vehicles with memory seats to
337. intended to or shall be granted or conferred by implication statute inducement estoppel or otherwise and TeleNav and its suppliers and licensors hereby reserve all of their respective rights other than the licenses explicitly granted in this Agreement 8 3 By using the TeleNav Software you consent to receive from TeleNav all communications including notices agreements legally required disclosures or other information in connection with the TeleNav Software collectively Notices electronically TeleNav may provide such Notices by posting them on TeleNav s Website or by downloading such Notices to your wireless device If you desire to withdraw your consent to receive Notices electronically you must discontinue your use of the TeleNav Software 8 4 TeleNav s or your failure to require performance of any provision shall not affect that party s right to require performance at any time thereafter nor shall a waiver of any breach or default of this Agreement constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default or a waiver of the provision itself 8 5 If any provision herein is held unenforceable then such provision will be modified to reflect the intention of the parties and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect 8 6 The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only will not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement and will not be referred to in connection with the construc
338. io This is a broadcast Increase or decrease broadcaster issue in audio volume 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 450 MyFord Touch If Equipped Potential station issues Issue Case Action Sound fading or The radio is shifting No action required blending in and out between analog and The reception issue digital audio may clear up as you continue to drive There is an audio The digital multicast is No action required mute delay when not available until the This is normal selecting HD2 or HD3 HD Radio broadcast is behavior Wait until multicast preset or decoded Once the audio is available Direct Tune decoded the audio is available Cannot access HD2 or The previously stored No action required HD83 multicast channel multicast preset or The station is not when recalling a direct tune is not available in your preset or from a direct available in your current location tune current reception area Text information does Data service issue by Fill out the station not match currently the radio broadcaster issue form at website playing audio listed below There is no text Data service issue by Fill out the station information shown for the radio broadcaster issue form at website currently selected listed below frequency HD2 HD stations not Pressing Scan disables No action required found when Scan is HD2 HD7 channel This is normal pressed
339. ion The GVW must never exceed the GVWR e Example only Load Carrying MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO GVWR XXXXXLB XXXXXKG REAR GAWR XXXXL XXXXKG DATE XX XX FRONT GAWR XXXXL XXXX XX AT XXX kPa XX AL XXX APa XX P THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MO VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXX XXXXX MITT AT LL TYPE XXX DSO TR SPR XXXXX XXX XXX IPS TR JO00000000000 XX XXXX XXXXXXX XX IM PSLCOLD T XX FINT TR XX EXTPN WB XXX RC XX TAXLE XX X MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO GUWI PNBY XXXX LB KXXXKG DATE xx xx G5 E e d 3 Resse 30000 AT A kPa PSI LPC xoxx xx VIN 1000000000000000 TYPE XXX FRONT GAWR PNBE AV REAR GAWR PNBE AR XXXX g 4 xXx KG 000d B AVEC TIRES PNEUS XXX XXXXX RIMS TANTES XXxXXX COLD A FROID AME pee XX COMPLIES3000 500 xoox Aum THP PS i AXLE mi PR g TR X X XXXX XXX X P 000000000000 XXX D000 000000CXX 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Load Carrying 243 WARNING Exceeding the Safety Compliance Certification Label vehicle weight rating limits could result in substandard vehicle handling or performance engine transmission and or structural damage serious damage to the vehicle loss of control and personal injury GCW G
340. ion display The system will resume operation when you release the accelerator pedal The vehicle speed will decrease to the set speed or a lower speed if following a slower vehicle Changing the Set Speed There are three ways to change the set speed e Accelerate or brake to the desired speed and press SET upward and release e ncrease or decrease the speed by holding SET upward or downward until the desired set speed is shown on the information display The vehicle speed will gradually change to the selected speed e ncrease or decrease the speed in increments of 1 mph 2 km h by briefly pressing SET upward or downward The system may apply the brakes to slow your vehicle down to the new set speed The set speed will display continuously in the information display while the system is active 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 218 Cruise Control Resuming the Set Speed Note Resume should only be used if you are aware of the set speed and intend to return to it Press and release RES Your vehicle will return to the previously set speed The set speed will display continuously in the information display while the system is active Low Speed Automatic Cancellation The system is not functional at vehicle speeds below 16 mph 26 km h An audible alarm sounds and the automatic braking released if your vehicle drops below this speed Hilly Condition Usage Note An audible alarm sou
341. ion required 1 Make sure tires are at the proper pressure See Inflating Your Tires in this chapter 2 After inflating your tires to the manufacturer s recommended pressure as shown on the Tire Label located on the edge of driver s door or the B Pillar the vehicle must be driven for at least two minutes over 20 mph 32 km h before the light turns off Repair the damaged road wheel and tire and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system function For a description on how the system functions see When Your Temporary Spare Tire is Installed in this section If the tires are properly inflated and the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Repair the damaged road wheel and tire assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system function For a description on how the system functions see When Your Temporary Spare Tire is Installed in this section If the tires are properly inflated and the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 336 Wheels and Tires When Inflating Your Tires When putting air into your tires such as at a gas station or in your garage the tire pressure monitoring system may not respond immediately to the air added to your tires It may take up to two minutes of driving over 20 mph 82 km h for th
342. ipped with a 3 5L Engine Note Put your climate control system in recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust fumes from entering your vehicle See the Climate Control chapter Follow these guidelines if you have a need for recreational towing such as towing your vehicle behind a motorhome or truck We designed these guidelines to prevent damage to your vehicle after it is hooked up to the recreational vehicle or tow dolly You can tow your front wheel drive vehicle with all four wheels on the ground or with the front wheels off the ground by using a tow dolly If you are using a tow dolly follow the instructions specified by the equipment provider If you are towing with all four wheels on the ground see the following instructions You can tow your all wheel drive vehicle with all four wheels on the ground or with all four wheels off the ground using a vehicle transport trailer Do not tow your all wheel drive vehicle with the front wheels off the ground by using a tow dolly and the rear wheels on the ground This causes damage to your all wheel drive system If you are using a vehicle transport trailer follow the instructions specified by the equipment provider If you are towing with all four wheels on the ground see the following instructions If you tow your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground e Tow only in the forward direction Release the parking brake Place the transmission in position N Do not exceed 65 mph 1
343. ire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alterna
344. ire inflation pressure First Stage Reinflating the Tire with Sealing Compound and Air WARNING Do not stand directly over the temporary mobility kit while inflating the tire If you notice any unusual bulges or deformations in the tire s sidewall during inflation stop and call roadside assistance WARNING If the tire does not inflate to the recommended tire pressure within 15 minutes stop and call roadside assistance 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 346 Wheels and Tires Preparation Park the vehicle in a safe level and secure area away from moving traffic Turn the hazard lights on Apply the parking brake and turn the engine off Inspect the flat tire for visible damage Sealant compound contains latex To avoid any allergic reactions use the non latex gloves located in the accessory box on the underside of the temporary mobility kit housing Do not remove any foreign object that has pierced the tire If a puncture is located in the tire sidewall stop and call roadside assistance 1 Remove the valve cap from the tire valve 2 Unwrap the clear tube from the compressor housing 3 Remove the tube cap and fasten the metal connector of the tube to the tire valve turning clockwise Make sure the connection is tightly fastened 4 Plug the power cable into the 12 volt power point in the vehicle s 5 Remove the warning sticker found on the canister a
345. is malfunctioning or your spare tire is in use For more information on how the system operates under these conditions refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Wheels and tires chapter If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 130 Climate Control MANUAL HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM A Fan speed control Controls the volume of air circulated in your vehicle Turn to select the desired fan speed or switch off If you switch the fan off the windshield may fog up B Defrost Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents and demister vents This setting can also be used to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice C Power Press to turn the system off and on When the system is off outside air cannot enter the vehicle D A C Press to turn air conditioning off and on Air conditioning cools the vehicle using outside air To improve air conditioning when starting your vehicle drive with the windows slightly open for two to three minutes E Recirculated air Press to switch between outside air and recirculated air When the LED on the button is lit the air currently in the passenger compartment is being recirculated Using recirculated air can reduce the time needed to cool the interior and reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle 2014 Taurus
346. is Agreement 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Appendices 525 Entire Agreement These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between NT and its licensors including their licensors and suppliers and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter Severability You and NT agree that if any portion of this agreement is found illegal or unenforceable that portion shall be severed and the remainder of the Agreement shall be given full force and effect Governing Law The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois without giving effect to 1 its conflict of laws provisions or ii the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods which is explicitly excluded You agree to submit to the personal jurisdiction of the State of Illinois for any and all disputes claims and actions arising from or in connection with the Data provided to you hereunder Government End Users If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf of the United States government or any other entity seeking or applying rights similar to those customarily claimed by the United States government this Data is a commercial item as that term is defined at 48 C F R CFAR 2 101 is licensed in accordance with this End User
347. is position D Drive with overdrive The normal driving position for the best fuel economy Transmission operates in gears one through six The automatic transmission shift strategy has the ability to detect hilly terrain or mountainous areas and will provide a limited amount of grade assist features automatically 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 184 Transmission S Sport Moving the gearshift lever to S Sport e Provides additional grade engine braking and extends lower gear operation to enhance performance for uphill climbs hilly terrain or mountainous areas This will increase engine RPM during engine braking Provides additional lower gear operation through the automatic transmission shift strategy which reacts to vehicle inputs vehicle acceleration accelerator pedal brake pedal and vehicle speed e Gears are selected more quickly and at higher engine speeds SelectShift Automatic Transmission If Equipped Your SelectShift automatic transmission gives you the ability to manually change gears if you d like To use SelectShift move the gearshift lever into S Sport Now you can use select shift to manually change gears If your vehicle is equipped with buttons on the side of your gearshift lever e Press on the gearshift lever button to manually downshift the transmission e Press on the gearshift lever button to manually upshift the transmission
348. is selected and apply the brakes when necessary You can manually change from adaptive cruise control to normal cruise control through the information display The cruise control indicator light will replace the adaptive cruise control indicator light if normal cruise control is selected The gap setting will not be displayed the system will not automatically respond to lead vehicles and automatic braking will not be activated The system will default to adaptive cruise control when the engine is started 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 222 Driving Aids DRIVER ALERT IF EQUIPPED WARNING The driver alert system is designed to aid you It is not intended to replace your attention and judgment You are still responsible to drive with due care and attention Note The system will store the on off setting in the information display menu through ignition cycles Note If enabled in the menu the system will be active above 40 mph 64 km h When below the activation speed the driver alert system will inform you the system is unavailable Note The system works as long as one lane marking can be detected by the camera Note If the camera is blocked or if the windshield is damaged the system may not function Note The system may not be available in poor weather or other low visibility conditions The system automatically monitors your driving behavior using various inputs includin
349. ist works with most cellular phones some may have trouble using this feature If a crash deploys an airbag excludes knee airbags and rear inflatable safety belts if equipped or activates the fuel pump shut off your SYNC equipped vehicle may be able to contact emergency services by dialing 911 through a paired and connected Bluetooth enabled phone You can learn more about the 911 Assist feature visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca e For information on airbag deployment see the Supplementary Restraints System chapter e For information on the fuel pump shut off see the Roadside Emergencies chapter 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 481 Setting 911 Assist On e If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation touch the 2 i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Press Apps gt 911 Assist gt On You can also access 911 Assist by e Pressing the Settings icon gt Settings gt Phone gt 911 Thy Assist or e Pressing the Settings icon gt Help gt 911 Assist To Make Sure that 911 Assist Works Properly e SYNC must be powered and working properly at the time of the incident and throughout feature activation and use e The 911 Assist feature must be set on before the incident e You must pair and connect a Bluetooth e
350. istics 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 317 The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Temperature A B C WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 139 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Glossary of Tire Terminology Tire label A label showing the OE Original Equipment tire sizes recommended inflation pressure and the maxi
351. ition also turns off in order to save battery power Before the engine shuts down a message appears in the information display showing a timer counting down from 30 seconds If you do not intervene within 30 seconds the engine shuts down Another message appears in the information display to inform you that the engine has shut down in order to save fuel Start your vehicle as you normally do Automatic Engine Shutdown Override Note You cannot permanently switch off the automatic engine shutdown feature When you switch it off temporarily it turns on at the next ignition cycle You can stop the engine shutdown or reset the timer at any point before the 30 second countdown has expired by doing any of the following e You can reset the timer by interacting with your vehicle such as pressing the brake pedal or accelerator pedal e You can temporarily switch off the shutdown feature any time the ignition is on for the current ignition cycle only Use the information display to do so 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Starting and Stopping the Engine 169 e During the countdown before engine shutdown you are prompted to press OK or RESET depending on your type of information display to temporarily switch the feature off for the current ignition cycle only Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Stationary 1 Move the transmission selector lever to position P 2 If your vehicle has an i
352. ity of the TeleNav Software are not intended to support such high risk applications especially in more remote geographical areas TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV SOFTWARE WHETHER STATUTORY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING ALL WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE FROM COURSE OF DEALING CUSTOM OR TRADE AND INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE TELENAV SOFTWARE Certain jurisdictions do not permit the disclaimer of certain warranties so this limitation may not apply to you 5 Limitation of Liability TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV OR ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES INCLUDING IN EACH CASE BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR THE INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT OR ACCESS DATA LOSS OF DATA LOSS OF BUSINESS LOSS OF PROFITS BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR THE LIKE ARISING OUT 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 520 Appendices OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE TELENAV SOFTWARE EVEN IF TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ALL DAMAGES REFERENCED HEREIN
353. ive through high water drive slowly Traction or brake capability may be limited When driving through water determine the depth avoid water higher than the bottom of the wheel rims for cars or the bottom of the hubs for trucks if possible and proceed slowly If the ignition system gets wet the vehicle may stall Once through water always try the brakes Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as effectively as dry brakes Drying can be improved by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal Be cautious of sudden changes in vehicle speed or direction when you are driving in mud Even AWD vehicles can lose traction in slick mud As when you are driving over sand apply the accelerator slowly and avoid spinning your wheels If the vehicle does slide steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of the vehicle 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 192 All Wheel Drive If Equipped After driving through mud clean off residue stuck to rotating driveshafts and tires Excess mud stuck on tires and rotating driveshafts causes an imbalance that could damage drive components Note Driving through deep water may damage the transmission If the front or rear axle is submerged in water the axle lubricant and PTU power transfer unit lubricant should be checked and changed if necessary Tread Lightly is an educational program designed to increase pu
354. iving over sand try to keep all four wheels on the most solid area of the trail Avoid reducing the tire pressures but shift to a lower gear and drive steadily through the terrain Apply the accelerator slowly and avoid excessive wheel slip Do not drive your vehicle in deep sand for an extended period of time This could cause the AWD system to overheat and default to front wheel drive If this occurs AWD Off will be displayed in the Information Display To resume normal AWD function as soon as possible stop the vehicle in a safe location and stop the engine for at least 10 minutes After the engine has been restarted and the AWD system has adequately cooled the AWD Off message will turn off and normal AWD function will return In the event the engine is not stopped the AWD Off message will turn off when the system cools and normal AWD function returns When driving at slow speeds in deep sand under high outside temperatures use L Low gear when possible L Low gear operation will maximize the engine and transmission cooling capability Under severe operating conditions the A C may cycle on and off to protect overheating of the engine Avoid driving at excessive speeds this causes vehicle momentum to work against you and your vehicle could become stuck to the point that assistance may be required from another vehicle Remember you may be able to back out the way you came if you proceed with caution Mud and Water If you must dr
355. k entry default icon s indicates the location on z DA the map of an address book entry This is the default symbol shown after the entry has been stored to the Address Book by any method other than the map You can select from any of the 22 icons available You can use each icon more than once Home indicates the location on the map currently stored as the home position You can only save one address from the Address Book as your Home entry You cannot change this icon POI Point Of Interest icons indicate locations of any point Lj of interest categories you choose to display on the map You can choose to display three point of interest categories on the map at one time B Starting point indicates the starting point of a planned route Waypoints indicates the location of a waypoint on the map The number inside the circle is different for each waypoint and represents the position of the waypoint in the route list Pa Destination symbol indicates the ending point of a planned route 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 507 Next maneuver point indicates the location of the next turn on the planned route No GPS symbol indicates that insufficient GPS satellite signals S are available for accurate map positioning This icon may display under normal operation in an area with poor GPS access Quick touch Buttons When in map mode touch anywhere on the
356. kage Only Battery and Action Description Charging System Messages Check Charging Displayed when the charging system needs System servicing If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Turn Power Off to Displayed when the battery management Save Battery system determines that e the battery is at a low state of charge or e the ignition has been in accessory position or on position with the engine off for approximately 45 minutes Turn the ignition off as soon as possible to protect the battery This message will clear once the vehicle has been started and the battery state of charge has recovered Turning off unnecessary electrical loads will allow faster battery state of charge recovery Contact Dealer possible Factory Mode Contact Contact your authorized dealer as soon as Dealer possible 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 124 Information Displays BLIS Messages Blindspot Not Displayed when the blind spot information Available Sensor system cross traffic alert system sensors are Blocked See Manual blocked Driver can typically clean the sensor to resolve Blindspot System Fault Displayed when a fault with the blind spot information system has occurred Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Cross Traffic Not Displayed when the blind spot information Available Sensor system cross traffic alert system sen
357. l Tune Channel Skip Channel or Lock Channel Once you skip or lock a channel you can only access it by pressing Direct and entering the channel number Locking or unlocking a channel requires your PIN Set Category Select to view channel categories such as Pop Rock or News If you select a category seek and scan functions only stop on channels in that category Alerts Select to turn off or turn on alerts for songs artists or teams The system alerts you when the selection is playing on another channel Save up to 20 alerts Unlock All Stations Use your PIN to unlock previously locked stations Skip No Stations Remove the skip feature from all the channels you previously skipped Parental Lock PIN Select to create a PIN which allows you to lock or unlock channels Your initial PIN is 1234 Audio Settings Spd Comp Vol Automatically adjusts the volume to compensate for speed and wind noise You can set the system between 0 and 7 bM Bass Fade and Balance Occupancy Mode Select to optimize sound quality for the chosen seating position 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Audio System 373 CD Settings Scan All Select to scan all disc selections Scan Folder Select to scan all music in the current MP3 folder CD Compression Select to bring soft and loud passages together for a more consistent listening level Clock Settings Select to set the time Select to s
358. l injection System Ensure that the cables are clear of fan blades belts moving parts of both engines or any fuel delivery system parts 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 260 Roadside Emergencies Jump Starting 1 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and run the engine at a moderately increased speed 2 Start the engine of the disabled vehicle 3 Once the disabled vehicle has been started run both engines for an additional three minutes before disconnecting the jumper cables Removing the Jumper Cables Note In the illustration the vehicle on the bottom is used to designate the assisting boosting battery Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were connected 1 Remove the jumper cable from the ground metal surface 2 Remove the jumper cable on the negative terminal of the booster vehicle s battery 3 Remove the jumper cable from the positive terminal of the booster vehicle s battery 4 Remove the jumper cable from the positive terminal of the disabled vehicle s battery After the disabled vehicle has been started and the jumper cables removed allow it to idle for several minutes so the engine computer can relearn its idle conditions 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Customer Assistance 261 GETTING THE SERVICES YOU NEED Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be performed by an
359. laim Form will be mailed that will need to be completed signed and returned to the BBB along with proof of ownership Upon receipt the BBB will review the claim for eligibility under the Program Summary Guidelines You can get more information by calling BBB AUTO LINE at 1 800 955 5100 or writing to BBB AUTO LINE 3033 Wilson Boulevard Suite 600 Arlington Virginia 22201 BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be requested by calling the Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center at 1 800 392 3673 Note Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change eligibility limitations modify procedures or to discontinue this process at any time without notice and without obligation 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Customer Assistance 265 UTILIZING THE MEDIATION or ARBITRATION PROGRAM CANADA ONLY This pertains to vehicles delivered to authorized Canadian dealers In those cases where you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford of Canada and the authorized dealer to resolve a factory related vehicle service concern have been unsatisfactory Ford of Canada participates in an impartial third party mediation or arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP The CAMVAP program is a straightforward and relatively speedy alternative to resolve a disagreement when all other efforts to produce a settlement have failed This procedure is without cost to you
360. le steering or brake systems In order to properly diagnose and service your vehicle Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada and service and repair facilities may access or share among them vehicle diagnostic information received through a direct connection to your vehicle when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle Additionally when your vehicle is in for service or repair Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada and service and repair facilities may access or share among them data for vehicle improvement purposes For U S only Gf equipped if you choose to use the SYNC Vehicle Health Report you consent that certain diagnostic information may also be accessed electronically by Ford Motor Company and Ford authorized service facilities and that the diagnostic information may be used for any purpose See the SYNC chapter for more information Event Data Recording This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle this data will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating e Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts wer
361. le control serious injury or death Note Cruise control will disengage if your vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph 16 km h below your set speed while driving uphill The cruise controls are located on i i v the steering wheel Switching Cruise Control On Press the ON control up and release K The indicator will appear in the instrument cluster Setting a Speed 1 Accelerate to the desired speed 2 Press the SET control upward and release 3 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal The indicator will change colors in the instrument cluster 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Cruise Control 213 Changing the Set Speed Note If you accelerate by pressing the accelerator pedal the set speed will not change When you release the accelerator pedal you will return to the speed that you previously set e Press SET up or down and hold to increase or decrease the set speed Release the control when you reach the desired speed e Press SET up or down and release The set speed will change in approximately 1 mph 2 km h increments e Press the accelerator pedal or brake pedal until you reach the desired speed Press SET up and release Canceling the Set Speed Press CNCL or tap the brake pedal The set speed will not be erased Resuming the Set Speed Press and release RES Switching Cruise Control Off Note The set speed is erased when you switch off cruise control
362. le directly in front of a wall or screen on a level surface approximately 25 feet 7 6 meters away e 1 8 feet 2 4 meters e 2 Center height of lamp to ground e 3 25 feet 7 6 meters e 4 Horizontal reference line 2 Measure the height of the headlamp bulb center from the ground and mark an 8 foot 2 4 meter horizontal reference line on the vertical wall or screen at this height a piece of masking tape works well The center of the lamp is marked by a 3 millimeter circle on the headlamp lens 3 Turn on the low beam headlamps to illuminate the wall or screen and open the hood To see a clearer light pattern for adjusting you may want to block the light from one headlamp while adjusting the other On the wall or screen you will observe a flat zone of high intensity light located at the top of the right hand portion of the beam pattern If the top edge of the high intensity light zone is not at the horizontal reference line the headlamp will need to be adjusted 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 302 Maintenance 4 Locate the vertical adjuster on yy each headlamp Using a Phillips number 2 screwdriver turn the adjuster either clockwise or counterclockwise in order to adjust the vertical aim of the headlamp 5 Close the hood and turn off the lamps HORIZONTAL AIM IS NOT REQUIRED FOR THIS VEHICLE AND IS NOT ADJUSTABLE CHANGING A BULB Lamp Assembly C
363. le is not equipped with Navigation Compass appears in the display instead of Navigation If you press the right arrow to go into the Compass menu you can see the compass graphic The compass displays the direction in which the vehicle is traveling not true direction i e if the vehicle is traveling west the middle of the compass graphic displays west north displays to the left of west though its true direction is to the right of west USING VOICE RECOGNITION This system helps you control many features using voice commands This allows you to keep your hands on the wheel and focus on what is in front of you The system provides feedback through audible tones prompts questions and spoken confirmations depending on the situation and the chosen level of interaction voice settings The system also asks short questions confirmation prompts when it is not sure of your request or when there are multiple possible responses to your request When using voice commands words and icons may appear in the lower left status bar indicating the status of the voice session such as Listening Success Failed Paused or Try Again How to Use Voice Commands with Your System Press the voice icon After the tone speak your command clearly 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 441 What Can I Say To access the available voice commands for the current session do one of t
364. le is still not ready for I M testing the above driving cycle will have to be repeated 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Transmission 183 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the off position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle Your vehicle has been designed to improve fuel economy by reducing fuel usage while coasting or decelerating When you take your foot off the accelerator pedal and the vehicle begins to slow down the torque converter clutch locks up and aggressively shuts off fuel flow to the engine while decelerating This fuel economy benefit may be perceived as a light to medium braking sensation when removing your foot from the accelerator pedal P Park This position locks the transmission and prevents the front wheels from turning To put your vehicle in gear e Press the brake pedal e Move the gearshift lever into the desired gear To put your vehicle in P Park e Come to a complete stop e Move the gearshift lever and securely latch it in P Park R Reverse With the gearshift lever in R Reverse the vehicle will move backward Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of R Reverse N Neutral With the gearshift lever in N Neutral the vehicle can be started and is free to roll Hold the brake pedal down while in th
365. lows you to access settings for your rear view camera Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle gt Rear View Camera then select from the following settings e Rear Camera Delay e Visual Park Aid Alert e Guidelines Enable Valet Mode Valet mode allows you to lock the system No information is accessible until the system is unlocked with the correct PIN 1 Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle gt Enable Valet Mode 2 When prompted enter a four digit PIN After you press Continue the system locks until you enter the PIN again Note If the system locks and you need to reset the PIN enter 3681 and the system unlocks Settings Access and adjust system settings voice features as well as phone navigation and wireless settings System Press the Settings icon gt Settings gt System then select from the following Language Select to have the touchscreen display in English Spanish or French Select to display units in kilometers or miles Fahrenheit System Prompt Adjust the volume of voice prompts from the Volume system 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 488 MyFord Touch If Equipped Select to have the system beep to confirm Beep choices made through the touchscreen Touch Panel Button Select to have the system beep to confirm Beep button choices made through the climate or audio system QWERTY or ABC format the current software licenses Master Reset Sel
366. lter assembly components will be hot Note Automatic transmission fluid expands when warmed To obtain an accurate fluid check drive the vehicle until it is warmed up approximately 20 miles 30 km If your vehicle has been operated for an extended period at high speeds in city traffic during hot weather or pulling a trailer the vehicle should be turned off until normal operating temperatures are reached to allow the fluid to cool before checking Depending on vehicle use cooling times could take up to 30 minutes or longer Refer to your scheduled maintenance information for scheduled intervals for fluid checks and changes Your transmission does not consume fluid However the fluid level should be checked if the transmission is not working properly i e if the transmission slips or shifts slowly or if you notice some sign of fluid leakage 1 Drive the vehicle 20 miles 30 km or until it reaches normal operating temperature 2 Park the vehicle on a level surface and engage the parking brake 3 With the parking brake engaged and your foot on the brake pedal start the engine and move the gearshift lever through all of the gear ranges Allow a minimum of 10 seconds for each gear to engage 4 Latch the gearshift lever in P Park and leave the engine running 5 Remove the dipstick wiping it clean with a clean dry lintfree rag If necessary refer to Under hood overview in this chapter for the location of the dipstick For vehi
367. lting in serious injury or death in a crash Always sit upright against your seat back with your feet on the floor WARNING To reduce the risk of possible serious injury Do not stow objects in seat back map pocket or hang objects off seat back if a child is in the front passenger seat Do not place objects underneath the front passenger seat or between the seat and the center console Check the passenger airbag off for proper airbag status Failure to follow these instructions may interfere with the passenger seat sensing system WARNING Any alteration or modification to the front passenger seat may affect the performance of the front passenger sensing system which could seriously increase the risk of injury or death This system works with sensors that are part of the front passenger s seat and safety belt to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the front passenger s frontal airbag should be enabled may inflate or not The front passenger sensing system uses a passenger airbag status indicator which will illuminate indicating that the front passenger frontal airbag is either ON enabled po g or OFF disabled The indicator lamp is located in the center stack of the instrument panel Note When the ignition is first turned on the passenger airbag status indicator OFF and ON lamps will illuminate for a short period of time to confirm it is functional PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF ON
368. m was ey E di aaa bos E quipped E TAD STNE TEETE er m Livi as eodd RFT LT im LE m 00 OOO OO Oe ysn a oasis rar loas rior amans E iim cong sister in oe tas nt crga PE WtARIMCICATES anui C amen amo oan 1C 1E moron F LT omensare a resets I E m ear pact ray mO I morosa sot tracten ennemis ra CEE A n urg m z Gommi Service Advisor Customer Signature Technician mm nem a wea emas Fart Msi cam pa 25 fg Pua Customer Capy 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 534 Scheduled Maintenance NORMAL SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE AND LOG Intelligent Oil Life Monitor Your vehicle is equipped with an Intelligent Oil Life Monitor that determines when the engine oil needs to be changed based on how your vehicle is used By using several important factors in its calculations the monitor helps reduce the cost of owning your vehicle and reduce environmental waste at the same time This means you won t have to remember to change the oil on a mileage based schedule the vehicle lets you know when an oil change is due by displaying ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE REQUIRED in the information display The following table is intended to provide examples of vehicle use and its impact on engine oil change intervals it is provided as a guideline only Actual engine oil change intervals depend on seve
369. m service that broadcasts a variety of music sports news weather traffic and entertainment programming Your factory installed Sirius satellite radio system includes hardware and a limited subscription term that begins on the date of sale or lease of your vehicle See your authorized dealer for availability SATELLITE RADioO For more information on extended subscription terms a service fee is required the online media player and a list of Sirius satellite radio channels and other features please visit www siriusxm com in the United States www sirius ca in Canada or call Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 Potential satellite radio reception issues Antenna For optimal reception performance keep the obstructions antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other materials as far away from the antenna as possible Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 456 MyFord Touch If Equipped Station overload When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio system may mute Satellite radio Your display may show ACQUIRING to signal interference indicate the interference and the audio system may mute Sirius troubleshooting tips Radio display Possi
370. m to its previous settings You can now make adjustments You will need to turn certain vehicle dependent features back on such as heated seats cooled seats heated steering wheel heated mirrors e heated rear window You can adjust the settings using the information display controls See the Information Displays chapter 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Climate Control 141 Manual Climate Systems In hot weather the climate control system is set to MAX A C In moderate weather the system either heats or cools based on previous settings The rear defroster and heated mirrors are not automatically turned on In cold weather maximum heat is provided in floor defrost mode The rear defroster and heated mirrors are automatically turned on Automatic Climate Systems In hot weather the system is set to 72 F 22 C Cooled seats are set to high if available and selected to AUTO in the information display In moderate weather the system either heats or cools based on previous settings The rear defroster heated mirrors and heated cooled seats are not automatically turned on In cold weather the system is set to 72 F 22 C The heated seats and heated steering wheel are set to high if available and selected to AUTO in the information display The rear defroster and heated mirrors are automatically turned on 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA f
371. mage to the film and cause the edge of the film to peel away from the vehicle surface Exterior Chrome Note Never use abrasive materials such as steel wool or plastic pads as they can scratch the chrome surface Note Do not use chrome cleaner metal cleaner or polish on wheels and wheel covers e Wash the vehicle first using cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash e Use Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner Apply the product as you would a wax to clean bumpers and other chrome parts allow the cleaner to dry for a few minutes then wipe off the haze with a clean dry rag e Do not apply cleaning product to hot surfaces and do not leave cleaning product on chrome surfaces for a period of time exceeding that which is recommended e Note Using other non recommended cleaners can result in severe and permanent cosmetic damage Underbody Flush the complete underside of your vehicle frequently Keep body and door drain holes free from packed dirt Cleaning Plastic Exterior Parts Use only approved products to clean plastic parts e For routine cleaning use Motorcraft Detail Wash e If tar or grease spots are present use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Vehicle Care 309 WAXING Regular waxing is necessary to protect the paint on your car from the elements We recommend that you wash and wax the painted surface
372. map display to access more features Set as Dest Touch this button to select a scrolled location on the map as your destination You may scroll the map by pressing your index finger on the map display When you reach the desired location simply let go and then touch Set as Dest Set as Waypoint Touch this button to set the current location as a waypoint Save to Favorites Touch this button to save the current location to your favorites POI Icons Touch this button to select icons to display on the map You can select up to three icons to display on the map at the same time Turn these ON or OFF Cancel Route Touch this button to cancel the active route View Edit Route Access these features when a route is active View Route Edit Destination Waypoints Edit Turn List Detour Edit Route Preferences Edit Traffic Preferences Cancel Route 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 508 MyFord Touch If Equipped Nokia is the digital map provider for the navigation application If you find map data errors you may report them directly to Nokia by going to http mapreporter navteq com Nokia evaluates all reported map errors and responds with the result of their investigation by e mail Navigation Map Updates Annual navigation map updates are available for purchase through your dealership by calling 1 800 NAVMAPS in Mexico call 01 800 557 5539 or going to www navigation com ford
373. mation display and function the same as a warning light but do not display on startup 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Instrument Cluster 105 Adaptive cruise control if equipped RTT The speed control system indicator light changes color to indicate what mode the system is in e On white light Illuminates when the adaptive cruise control system is turned on Turns off when the speed control system is turned off e Engaged green light Illuminates when the adaptive cruise control system is engaged Turns off when the speed control system is disengaged Airbag readiness If this light fails to illuminate when the ignition is turned on PAM continues to flash or remains on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible A chime will sound when there is a malfunction in the indicator light Anti lock brake system If the ABS light stays illuminated or continues to flash a malfunction has been detected Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Normal braking is still functional unless the brake warning light also is illuminated Brake system warning light OLO To confirm the brake system warning light is functional it will EYE momentarily illuminate when the ignition is turned to the on position when the engine is not running or in a position between on and start or by applying the parking brake when the ignition is turned to the on position If it ilumina
374. ment 2 With the buttons facing the rear of the vehicle and the key ring up place the key into backup slot 3 With the key in this position press the brake pedal then the button to switch the ignition on and start your vehicle 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 168 Starting and Stopping the Engine Fast Restart Vehicles with Keyless Start The fast restart feature allows you to restart the engine within 20 seconds of switching it off even if a valid key is not present Within 20 seconds of switching the engine off press the brake pedal and press the button After 20 seconds have expired you can no longer start the engine without the key present inside your vehicle Once the engine has started it remains running until you press the button even if the system does not detect a valid key If you open and close a door while the engine is running the system searches for a valid key You cannot start the engine if the system does not detect a valid key within 20 seconds Failure to Start If you cannot start the engine after three attempts wait 10 seconds and follow this procedure 1 Fully press the brake pedal 2 Fully press the accelerator pedal and hold it there 3 Start the engine Automatic Engine Shutdown If your vehicle is equipped with a keyless ignition it has a feature that automatically shuts down the engine if it has been idling for an extended period The ign
375. mer stops when the vehicle is turned off and restarts when the vehicle is restarted Fuel Economy Use the left right arrow buttons to choose the desired fuel economy display Fuel Economy Inst Fuel XX Min Fuel Fuel Economy Economy History Instantaneous fuel usage PF XC Fuel usage over a 30 minute time span ia Se Average MPG XXX mi km to E Total odometer lower left corner Hold OK to Reset Resets the currently displayed fuel usage information e nst Fuel Economy This display shows a visual graph of your instantaneous fuel economy e XX Min Fuel History This display shows a bar chart of your fuel history 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 118 Information Displays Driver Assist In this mode you can configure different driver setting choices Note Some items are optional and may not appear Blindspot check enabled default uncheck disabled Cruise Control Driver Alert Front Park Aid check enabled default uncheck disabled Lane Keeping Sys 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Information Displays 119 Settings Vehicle Auto Engine Off check enabled uncheck disabled DTE Calculation Normal Towing Easy Entry Exit check enabled uncheck disabled Lighting Auto highbeam check enabled default uncheck disabled Autolamp Delay Off or number of seconds Locks Autolock check
376. ms and conditions of the Ford Warranty SPECIAL NOTICES New Vehicle Limited Warranty For a detailed description of what is covered and what is not covered by your vehicle s New Vehicle Limited Warranty see the warranty information that is provided to you along with your owner s manual Special Instructions For your added safety your vehicle is fitted with sophisticated electronic controls WARNING Please read the Supplementary Restraints System chapter Failure to follow the specific warnings and instructions could result in personal injury WARNING Front seat mounted rear facing child or infant seats should NEVER be placed in front of an active passenger airbag 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 16 Introduction MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT Using mobile communications equipment is becoming increasingly important in the conduct of business and personal affairs However you must not compromise your own or others safety when using such equipment Mobile communications can enhance personal safety and security when appropriately used particularly in emergency situations Safety must be paramount when using mobile communications equipment to avoid negating these benefits Mobile communication equipment includes but is not limited to cellular phones pagers portable email devices text messaging devices and portable two way radios WARNING Driving while distracted can resul
377. mum weight the vehicle can carry Tire Identification Number TIN A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant tire size and date of manufacture Also referred to as DOT code e Inflation pressure A measure of the amount of air in a tire e Standard load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a maximum load at 35 psi 37 psi 2 5 bar for Metric tires Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 318 Wheels and Tires e Extra load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a heavier maximum load at 41 psi 43 psi 2 9 bar for Metric tires Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability e kPa Kilopascal a metric unit of air pressure e PSI Pounds per square inch a standard unit of air pressure e Cold tire pressure The tire pressure when the vehicle has been stationary and out of direct sunlight for an hour or more and prior to the vehicle being driven for 1 mile 1 6 kilometers e Recommended inflation pressure The cold inflation pressure found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position o
378. n Subscription Updated Sirius has updated the No action required channels available for your vehicle CD Press the lower left corner of the touchscreen and then select D the CD tab You can also advance and reverse the current track or current folder if applicable Repeat Touch this button to repeat the currently playing track all tracks on the disc or turn the feature off if already on Shuffle Touch this button to play the tracks or entire albums in random order or turn the feature off if already on Scan Touch this button to hear a brief sampling of all available tracks More Info Touch this button to see disc information 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 458 MyFord Touch If Equipped Options Sound Settings allows you to adjust settings for Bass Midrange Treble Balance and Fade DSP Digital Signal Processing Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings Compression allows you to turn the compression feature on and off Browse Touch this button to look through all available CD tracks CD Voice Commands EM If you are listening to a CD press the voice button on the us steering wheel control When prompted say any of the commands in the following chart If you are not listening to a CD press the voice button and after the tone say CD then any of the commands in the following char
379. n stop which may increase the risk of serious injury The audio extension cable must be long enough to allow the portable music player to be safely stored while your vehicle is moving Your A V inputs allow you to connect an auxiliary audio video source such as a gaming systems or a personal camcorder ab QD by connecting RCA cords not included to these input jacks The jacks are yellow red and white and are located either behind a small access door on the instrument panel or in your center console You can also use the A V inputs as an auxiliary input jack to play music from your portable music player over your vehicle s speakers Plug in your 1 8 inch 3 5 millimeter RCA adapter into the two left A V input jacks red and white Press the lower left corner of the touchscreen and then select A V In 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 464 MyFord Touch If Equipped To use the auxiliary input jack feature make sure that your portable music player is designed for use with headphones and that it is fully charged You also need an audio extension cable with stereo male 1 8th inch 8 5 millimeter connectors at one end and a RCA jack at the other 1 Switch off the engine radio and portable music player Set the parking brake and put the transmission in position P 2 Attach one end of the audio extension cable to the headphone output of your player and the other end into the adapter in one
380. n Jojsuely J9MOq pM 9AUq POUM TV ernueroprp Tey Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 2014 Taurus USA fus Capacities and Specifications 356 CT PFHA6IX SS Cepeuen g TIde 0AO SM F TIdE OA uorjeogr ods pao 1oquinu 31ed p104 popod quejoo9 2z IJyuy o8ueJ YLIDIOJOW quoTeAMbo JO oureu j3 red pIo 1612 sj1enb 9 TT oulsue 1s00qoo28 T0 G syrenb r TII eurduo OHS jndjnQ uStH Jodng 9A TSE CIS 0D syrenb TII outBuo 9A TSE Q 1ue ooo oulsug Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 2014 Taurus USA fus 357 Capacities and Specifications sosuey ping Sutmp Area Lew junoure enjoy Ajroedeo py Arp eyeurtxoiddy ampez o qrssod pue ogeurep uro sAs oxeIq ur 3 nso4 AW s errojeur Joyo 10 sjonpoud wmMeyjomed ayem Jup YIM uoreururequo Ap pue ueo ping oxe1q doow sprepueys ooueurioJJod po oy JOOU jou pue ooueullojJrod oxe1q pope18op osneo Aew pmp pepueuruooa4 y uey 1oujo ping Aue JO asf ZV 8909IN SSA SUYU 1uo eAmbo Jo pny exe1g eoueuriojiod uSrH AT F LOC P104 3j 124030 y Sursn spueururo291 pJOo T 10 T 6810 Rr ammo meh Due uakowoN 19 1040 OVd Y 40W Y IX 10 2 3890 QL 6T eurduo 9A TS E S320 AL Z9 T oulsue JSOOQOOY TOS V 6IgHAIW HSA epeue Y 9TNAO S0 6I NA jueJ1oS ge Amde rGI H 3J 194030 A jue1esugeu O V pmi 19use prenisputay Aen umud gn Tue1eng pozmboz se r4 PE 8 V 1 0XO WA eyermu
381. n an active route you can select Route Summary or Route Status using the touchscreen controls or voice commands to view the Route Summary Turn List or the Route Status ETA You can also turn voice guidance on or off cancel the route or update the route If you miss a turn SYNC automatically asks if you want the route updated Just say Yes when prompted and the system delivers a new route to your vehicle If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation SYNC Services downloads your requested destination to the navigation system The navigation system then calculates the route and provides driving instructions See the Navigation system section for more information Disconnecting from SYNC Services 1 Press and hold the phone button on the steering wheel 2 Say Good bye from the SYNC Services main menu SYNC Services quick tips Personalizing You can personalize your Services feature to provide quicker access to your most used or favorite information You can save address points such as work or home You can also save favorite information like sports teams such as Detroit Lions or a news category You can learn more about personalization by logging onto www SYNCMyRide com Push to interrupt Press the voice button at any time while connected to SYNC Services to interrupt a voice prompt or an audio clip such as a sports report and say your voice command 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013
382. n standards To make sure that the catalytic converter and other emission control components continue to work properly e Use only the specified fuel listed e Avoid running out of fuel e Do not turn off the ignition while your vehicle is moving especially at high speeds e Have the items listed in Scheduled Maintenance Information performed according to the specified schedule The scheduled maintenance items listed in Scheduled Maintenance Information are essential to the life and performance of your vehicle and to its emissions system If other than Ford Motorcraft or Ford authorized parts are used for maintenance replacements or for service of components affecting emission control such non Ford parts should be equivalent to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in performance and durability Illumination of the service engine soon indicator charging system warning light or the temperature warning light fluid leaks strange odors smoke or loss of engine power could indicate that the emission control system is not working properly 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Fuel and Refueling 181 An improperly operating or damaged exhaust system may allow exhaust to enter the vehicle Have a damaged or improperly operating exhaust system inspected and repaired immediately Do not make any unauthorized changes to your vehicle or engine By law vehicle owners and anyone who manufactures repairs s
383. n the system cools and normal AWD function returns The Power Transfer Unit PTU does not require any normal scheduled maintenance Do not check or change the PTU lubricant unless the unit has been submerged in water or shows signs of leakage The Power Transfer Unit PTU in Taurus SHO performance package vehicles is electronically monitored and notifies the driver of required service by displaying the message Change AWD Power Transfer Unit Lube in the information display The PTU lube will be more likely to require a fluid change if the vehicle has experienced extended periods of extreme severe duty cycle driving Do not check or change the PTU lubricant unless the unit has been submerged in water shows signs of leakage or a message indicating required service is displayed Contact your authorized dealer for service and to reset the PTU lube life monitor Do not use a spare tire of a different size other than the tire provided If the mini spare tire is installed the AWD system may disable automatically and enter front wheel drive only mode to protect driveline 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus All Wheel Drive If Equipped 189 components This condition may be indicated by an AWD Off message in the information display If there is an AWD Off message in the information display from using the spare tire this indicator should turn off after reinstalling the repaired or replaced normal road tire an
384. n until ALL MYKEYS CLEARED displays CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM STATUS You can find information about your programmed MyKeys by using the information display MYKEY DISTANCE Tracks the distance when drivers use a MyKey The only way to delete the accumulated distance is by using an admin key to clear your MyKey If the distance does not accumulate as expected then the intended user is not using the MyKey or an admin key user recently cleared and then recreated a MyKey 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 66 MyKey NUMBER OF MYKEY S Indicates the number of MyKeys programmed to your vehicle Use this feature to detect how many MyKeys you have for your vehicle and determine when a MyKey has been deleted NUMBER OF ADMIN KEY S Indicates how many admin keys are programmed to your vehicle Use this feature to determine how many unrestricted keys you have for your vehicle and detect if an additional MyKey has been programmed USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE START SYSTEMS MyKey is not compatible with non Ford approved aftermarket remote start systems If you choose to install a remote start system please see your Ford authorized dealer for a Ford approved remote start system MYKEY TROUBLESHOOTING Potential causes I cannot create a e The key or fob used to start the vehicle MyKey does not have admin privileges e The key or fob used to start the vehicle is the only admin key there always has to be at
385. nabled and compatible phone to SYNC e A connected Bluetooth enabled phone must have the ability to make and maintain an outgoing call at the time of the incident e A connected Bluetooth enabled phone must have adequate network coverage battery power and signal strength e The vehicle must have battery power and be located in the United States Canada or in a territory in which 911 is the emergency number In the Event of a Crash Not all crashes deploy an airbag or activate the fuel pump shut off which would trigger 911 Assist however SYNC tries to contact emergency services if 911 Assist triggers If a connected phone sustains damage or loses connection to SYNC SYNC searches for and tries to connect to any available previously paired phone and tries to make the call to 911 Before making the call e SYNC provides a short window of time about 10 seconds to cancel the call If you fail to cancel the call SYNC attempts to dial 911 e SYNC says the following or a similar message SYNC will attempt to call 911 to cancel the call press Cancel on your screen or press and hold the phone button on your steering wheel 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 482 MyFord Touch If Equipped If you do not cancel the call and SYNC makes a successful call a pre recorded message plays for the 911 operator and then the occupant s in your vehicle is able to talk with the operator Be prepared
386. nada For further privacy information see the sections on 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and Traffic Directions and Information 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 439 ACCESSING AND ADJUSTING MODES THROUGH YOUR RIGHT VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY IF EQUIPPED The display is located on the right side of your instrument cluster You can use your steering wheel controls to view and make minor adjustments to active modes without taking your hands off the wheel For example e In Entertainment mode you can view what is now playing change the audio source and select memory presets e In Phone mode you can accept or reject an incoming call e If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation you can view the current route or cancel a route Use the OK and arrow buttons on the right side of your steering wheel to scroll through the available modes You can make selections from the menu by using the OK button The selection menu expands and different options appear e Press OK to enter the mode e Press the left or right arrows to make adjustments within the chosen mode Small white arrows appear in the menu you are in which indicate that you can scroll in those directions to enter more menus e Press OK to confirm your selection 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 440 MyFord Touch If Equipped Note If your vehic
387. nd water Consult a physician immediately if you experience an adverse reaction FUEL QUALITY Note Use of any fuel other than those recommended may cause powertrain damage and a loss of vehicle performance repairs may not be covered under warranty Choosing the Right Fuel Gasoline Engines Use only UNLEADED gasoline or UNLEADED gasoline blended with a maximum of 15 ethanol in your gasoline vehicle If your vehicle is a Flex Fuel Vehicle FFV it will have a yellow bezel placed over the fuel fill inlet Do not use e Fuels containing more than 15 ethanol or E 85 fuel e Fuels containing methanol e Fuels containing metallic based additives including manganese based compounds e Fuels containing the octane booster additive methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT e Leaded fuel The use of leaded fuel is prohibited by law Note Use of any fuel other than recommended fuel can cause powertrain damage impair the emission control system or cause loss of vehicle performance Any damage to vehicle that is caused by use of fuel not recommended will not be covered under warranty 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 174 Fuel and Refueling Choosing the Right Fuel With a Flex Fuel Vehicle If Equipped Use only UNLEADED gasoline or UNLEADED gasoline blended with a maximum of 85 ethanol E 85 in your Flex Fuel Vehicle FFV If your vehicle is flex fuel capable it will have
388. nd a transmission code on DATE XX GVWR 00K XXX LBI the Safety Compliance Certification YOOXKG KHXXLB WTH XXX KG XXXX LB wm Label The following table tells you KOOK Mee O A mo which transmission each code A RIMS X HOOK kPa XXX PSICDLD AT KOO KPa XXX PS COLD represents HIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN FFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXX TYPE XXXX XTPNT XX XXXXXX RC X DSO W TINTTR 1 5 TR TAXLE Em XXX x XX Xx XxXLxpo ox 00000000000X 4 O XXXX XXXXXXX XX 6 speed automatic transmission 6F50 6 speed automatic transmission 6F55 6 speed automatic transmission 6F35 Do 6 E 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 362 Accessories ACCESSORIES For a complete listing of the accessories that are available for your vehicle please contact an authorized dealer or visit our online store at www Accessories Ford com United States only Ford Motor Company will repair or replace any properly authorized dealer installed Ford Genuine Accessories found to be defective in factory supplied materials or workmanship during the warranty period as well as any component damaged by the defective accessories Ford Motor Company will warrant your vehicle through the warranty that provides the greatest benefit e 12 months or 12000 miles 20000 kilometers whichever occ
389. nd air SGFVICITIB iiseti eene eee tit spans 296 conditioning system 130 Blind Spot Information Air filter Cabin 2er 140 DY SUCML P EEEE 228 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Index 547 Booster seats ccce 22 WAXING orenetan 309 Wheels 5 eret ebrio cite 313 Mantle 198 Wiper blades Lec 310 anti lock brake system ABS Climate control see Air warning light eee 196 conditioning or Heating 130 brake warning light 196 fluid checking and adding 295 Climate voice commands 498 fluid refill capacities Mer AU 354 Glock teen 369 484 fluid specifications 354 Collision Warning System 233 mud specifications i Compass Display 114 PACKING L3 conderet metere SHAE interlok serere 186 Console eec tetro 162 EN sorterede aa ara San 248 overhead sseee 163 Coolant MP UE 285 C checking and adding 285 refill capacities 354 Capacities for refilling fluids 354 specifications 354 Cargo ret oeste ties 238 Cross Traffic Alert 228 CD iara 369 374 375 Cruise control ieioea 212 CD player 367 457 Cupholder s 154 CD voice commands 458 Customer Assistance 256 Ford Extended Service Cell phone use
390. nd place it on the top of the instrument panel or the center of the dash 6 Note Start the engine only if the vehicle is outdoors or in a well ventilated area 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 347 7 Push and turn dial A counterclockwise to the sealant position Turn on the kit by pressing the on button B 8 Inflate the tire to the pressure listed on the Tire Label located on the driver s door or the door jamb area Note When the sealing compound is first added into the tire the air pressure gauge reading on the compressor unit may indicate a higher value this is normal and should be no reason for concern The pressure will drop after about 30 seconds of operation The tire pressure has to be checked with the compressor in the OFF position to get the correct tire pressure reading 9 When the recommended tire pressure is reached turn off the kit by pressing the on and off button then disconnect the kit from the tire valve and the power point Re install the valve cap on the tire valve place the tube cap on the metal connector and return the kit to the stowage area 10 Note Immediately and cautiously drive the vehicle 4 miles 6 kilometers to distribute the sealant evenly inside the tire Do not exceed 50 mph 80 km h Note If you experience any unusual vibration ride disturbance or noise while driving reduce your speed until you can safely pull of
391. nding a long or steep grade while pulling a trailer in hot ambient temperatures At this time you may notice your engine coolant temperature gauge needle move toward the H hot and the POWER REDUCED TO LOWER TEMP message may appear on the message center You may notice a reduction in the vehicle s speed caused by reduced engine power Your vehicle has been designed to enter this mode if certain high temperature high load conditions take place in order to manage the engine s fluid temperatures The amount of speed reduction will depend on the vehicle loading towing grade ambient temperature and other factors If this occurs there is no need to pull off the road The vehicle can continue to be driven while this message is active The air conditioning may also cycle on and off during severe operating conditions to protect overheating of the engine When the engine coolant temperature decreases to a more normal operating temperature the air conditioning will turn on once again If you notice any of the following e the engine coolant temperature gauge moves fully into the red hot area e the coolant temperature warning light illuminates e the service engine soon indicator illuminates 1 Pull off the road as soon as safely possible and place the vehicle in P Park 2 Leave the engine running until the coolant temperature gauge needle moves away from the H range After several minutes if this does not happen follow the rema
392. nditions improve Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 236 Driving Aids System Limitations WARNING The collision warning system s brake support can only help reduce the speed at which a collision occurs if the driver applies the vehicle s brakes The brake pedal must be pressed just like any typical braking situation Due to the nature of radar technology there may be certain instances where vehicles do not provide a collision warning These include e Stationary vehicles or vehicles moving below 6 mph 10 km h e Pedestrians or objects in the roadway e Oncoming vehicles in the same lane e Severe weather conditions see blocked sensor section Debris build up on the grille near the headlamps see blocked sensor section e Small distance to vehicle ahead Steering wheel and pedal movements are large very active driving style e High interior temperatures which may deactivate the illumination or the warning lamps until the interior temperature reduces audible warning still sounds Certain conditions may reduce the visibility of the warning lamp therefore it is recommended to keep the audible warning on If the front end of the vehicle is hit or damaged the radar sensing zone may be altered causing missed or false collision warnings See your authorized dealer to have your collision warning radar checked for proper coverage and operation STEERING Electric Power Steering W
393. nds and the system shuts down if it is applying brakes for an extended period of time This allows the brakes to cool down The system will function normally again when the brakes have cooled down You should select a lower gear position when the system is active in situations such as prolonged downhill driving on steep grades for example driving in mountainous areas Your vehicle needs additional engine braking in these situations to reduce the load on the vehicle s regular brake system to prevent them from overheating Switching Off Adaptive Cruise Control Note The set speed memory will erase when you switch the system off Press and release OFF or turn off the ignition Detection Issues The radar sensor has a limited field of vision It may not detect vehicles at all or detect a vehicle later than expected in some situations The lead vehicle graphic will not illuminate if the system does not detect a vehicle in front of you 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Cruise Control 219 A Detection issues can occur A When driving on a different line A than the vehicle in front aD B With vehicles that edge into your lane The system can only detect B these vehicles once they move fully into your lane C There may be issues with the detection of vehicles in front when driving into and coming out of a bend or curve in the road In these cases the system may brake late
394. ng September 2013 USA fus 428 SYNC USB and media issues _Issue__ Possible cause s Possible solution s SYNC does not e Your music files e Make sure that all song details recognize may not contain are populated music that is the proper artist e Some devices require you to on my device song title album or change the USB settings from genre information mass storage to MTP class OR e The file may be corrupted OR e The song may have copyright protection which does not allow it to play Vehicle Health Report and SYNC Services Traffic Directions and Information issues Issue Possible cause s Possible solution s I received a e Your account may e This is a free feature but you text that the not be activated on must first register online to use it Vehicle Health the website OR e Make sure that your VIN is Report is not e You may have the correctly listed in your account activated wrong VIN vehicle identification number listed Iam unable to The preferred When you register your account retrieve the dealer information you must list a preferred dealer report on the did not load If one is already listed try website or I correctly selecting another dealer and receive a logging out Log back in and system error change it back to your preferred dealer and retrieve the report 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus SYNC 429 Vehicle Health
395. ng 241 CARGO Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment When towing trailer tongue load weight is also part of cargo weight GAW Gross Axle Weight is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR Note For trailer towing information refer to Trailer towing found in this chapter or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide provided by your authorized dealer m GVW Gross Vehicle Weight is the Vehicle Curb Weight cargo passengers 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 242 GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating posit
396. ng brake on both vehicles and stay clear of the engine cooling fan and other moving parts 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Roadside Emergencies 259 2 Check all battery terminals Remove the positive terminal cover if equipped and any excessive corrosion before you attach the battery cables Ensure that vent caps are tight and level 3 Turn the heater fan on in both vehicles to protect from any electrical surges Turn all other accessories off Connecting the Jumper Cables WARNING Do not connect the end of the second cable to the negative terminal of the battery to be jumped A spark may cause an explosion of the gases that surround the battery Note Do not attach the negative cable to fuel lines engine rocker covers the intake manifold or electrical components as grounding points Note In the illustration the vehicle on the bottom is used to designate the assisting boosting battery 1 Connect the positive jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery 2 Connect the other end of the 1 positive cable to the positive wy terminal of the assisting battery e 3 Connect the negative cable posa to the negative terminal of the assisting battery 4 4 Make the final connection of the 2 3 negative cable to an exposed metal part of the stalled vehicle s engine away from the battery and the carburetor or fue
397. ngine soon The service engine soon indicator light illuminates when the ignition is first turned to the on position to check the bulb and to indicate whether the vehicle is ready for Inspection Maintenance I M testing Normally the service engine soon light will stay on until the engine is cranked then turn itself off if no malfunctions are present However if after 15 seconds the service engine soon light blinks eight times it means that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing See the Readiness for inspection maintenance I M testing in the Fuel and Refueling chapter Solid illumination after the engine is started indicates the on board diagnostics system OBD IT has detected a malfunction Refer to On board diagnostics OBD II in the Fuel and Refueling chapter If the light is blinking engine misfire is occurring which could damage your catalytic converter Drive in a moderate fashion avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration and have your vehicle serviced immediately by your authorized dealer WARNING Under engine misfire conditions excessive exhaust temperatures could damage the catalytic converter the fuel system interior floor coverings or other vehicle components possibly causing a fire Speed control if equipped RTT The speed control system indicator light changes color to E indicate what mode the system is in e On gray light type 1 white light type 2 Illuminates when the speed control sys
398. nic compounds may restrict the use of methanol a common windshield washer antifreeze additive Washer fluids containing non methanol antifreeze agents should be used only if they provide cold weather protection without damaging the vehicle s paint finish wiper blades or washer system 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 296 Maintenance CHANGING THE VEHICLE BATTERY WARNING Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal injury Therefore do not allow flames sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery When working near the battery always shield your face and protect your eyes Always provide proper ventilation WARNING When lifting a plastic cased battery excessive pressure on the end walls could cause acid to flow through the vent caps resulting in personal injury and damage to the vehicle or battery Lift the battery with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners WARNING Keep batteries out of reach of children Batteries contain sulfuric acid Avoid contact with skin eyes or clothing Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of acid solution In case of acid contact with skin or eyes flush immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention If acid is swallowed call a physician immediately WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead
399. nister 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 350 Wheels and Tires Installation of the sealant canister to the temporary mobility kit 1 Align the sealant canister with the temporary mobility kit housing 2 Once aligned seat the sealant canister by lightly pushing down until you hear an audible click 3 Wrap the clear tube around the compressor housing o d Note If you experience any difficulties with the removal or installation of the sealant canister consult your Ford Motor Company authorized dealer for assistance 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 351 Be sure to check the sealant Use By Utiliser avant compound s use by date regularly The use by date is on the lower right hand corner of the label located on the sealant canister The sealant canister should be replaced after four years TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications WARNING When a wheel is installed always remove any corrosion dirt or foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel Make sure that any fasteners that attach the rotor to the hub are secured so they do not interfere with the mounting surfaces of the wheel Installing wheels without correct metal to metal contact at the wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts
400. nk Gf applicable e Access phonebook contacts and music via voice commands e Stream music from your connected phone e Text message e Use the advanced voice recognition system e USB device charging if your device supports this 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 386 SYNC GENERAL INFORMATION Make sure you review your device s manual before using it with SYNC Support The SYNC support team is available to help you with any questions you cannot answer on your own Monday Saturday 8 30am 9 00pm EST Sunday 10 30am 7 30pm EST In the United States call 1 800 392 3673 In Canada call 1 800 565 3673 Times are subject to change due to holidays SYNC Owner Account Why do I need a SYNC owner account e Required to activate Vehicle Health Report and to view the reports online e Required to activate the subscription based SYNC Services and to personalize your Saved Points and Favorites e Essential for keeping up with the latest software downloads available for SYNC e Access to customer support for any questions you may have Driving Restrictions For your safety certain features are speed dependent and restricted when your vehicle is traveling over 3 mph 5 km h Safety Information WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take y
401. nk is ajar the camera will be out of position and the video image may be incorrect All guidelines if enabled have been removed when the trunk is ajar WARNING Use caution when turning camera features on or off while in R Reverse Make sure the vehicle is not moving The rear view camera system provides a video image of the area behind the vehicle During operation lines appear in the display which represent your vehicle s path and proximity to objects behind the vehicle 7 e The camera is located on the trunk under the badge 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Parking Aids 209 Using the Rear View Camera System The rear view camera system displays what is behind your vehicle when you place the transmission in R The system uses fixed guidelines which show the actual path the vehicle is moving in while reversing in a straight line This can be helpful when backing into a parking space or aligning the vehicle with another object behind the vehicle Note Do not use the camera system if the trunk is ajar Note If the image comes on while the transmission is not in R have the system inspected by your authorized dealer Note When towing the camera only sees what is being towed behind the vehicle This might not provide adequate coverage as it usually provides in normal operation and some objects might not be seen In some vehicles the guidelines may disappear once the trailer tow
402. nly Button pressed again after deactivation AdvanceTrac fully enabled Button pressed AdvanceTrac and held more Disabled SHO than 5 seconds with On Disabled Disabled brakes applied performance no throttle pack only Enabled Enabled The SHO model is equipped with a sport mode which allows the driver to reduce normal AdvanceTrac system intervention and provide a more spirited driving experience To enter sport mode press the stability control button twice rapidly with the brakes applied The message appears in the information display that the system is now in sport mode Note Sport mode is not intended to be used on public roadways 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Parking Aids 201 SENSING SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED WARNING To help avoid personal injury please read and understand the limitations of the system as contained in this section Sensing is only an aid for some generally large and fixed objects when moving in reverse on a flat surface at parking speeds Traffic control systems inclement weather air brakes and external motors and fans may also affect the function of the sensing system this may include reduced performance or a false activation WARNING To help avoid personal injury always use caution when in R Reverse and when using the sensing system WARNING This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects The system is designed
403. nly the centerline is shown Allows the driver to get a closer view of an object behind the vehicle The zoomed image keeps the bumper in the image to provide a reference When the transmission is shifted out of R Reverse the feature automatically turns off and must be reset when it is used again Selectable settings for this feature are and The default setting for the manual zoom is OFF Rear Camera Delay When shifting the transmission out of R Reverse and into any gear other than P Park the camera image remains in the display until the vehicle speed reaches 6 mph 10 km h This occurs when the rear camera delay feature is on or until a radio button is selected Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF The default setting for the rear camera delay is OFF 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 212 Cruise Control PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Cruise control lets you maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal USING CRUISE CONTROL WARNING Do not use cruise control in heavy traffic on winding roads or when the road surface is slippery This could result in loss of vehicle control serious injury or death WARNING When you are going downhill your vehicle speed may increase above the set speed The system will not apply the brakes Change down a gear to assist the system in maintaining the set speed Failure to do so could result in loss of vehic
404. not help you contact Ford Middle East Customer Relationship Center P O Box 21470 Dubai United Arab Emirates Telephone 971 4 3326084 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Customer Assistance 267 Toll Free Number of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia 800 8971409 Local Telephone Number of Kuwait 24810575 FAX 971 4 3327299 Email menacac ford com www me ford com If you buy your vehicle in North America and then relocate to any of the above locations register your vehicle identification number VIN and new address with Ford Motor Company Export Operations amp Global Growth Initiatives by emailing expcac ford com If you are in another foreign country contact the nearest authorized dealer In the event your inquiry is unresolved communicate your concern with the dealership s Sales Manager Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager If you require additional assistance or clarification please contact the respective Customer Relationship Center as previously listed Customers in the U S should call 1 800 392 3673 ORDERING ADDITIONAL OWNER S LITERATURE To order the publications in this portfolio contact Helm Incorporated at HELM INCORPORATED 47911 Halyard Drive Plymouth Michigan 48170 Attention Customer Service Or to order a free publication catalog call toll free 1 800 782 4356 Monday Friday 8 00 a m 6 00 p m EST Helm Incorporated can also be reached by thei
405. nstrument panel POUR COD Pg Automatic Climate Control e To reduce fog build up on the windshield during humid weather select Defrost You can also improve clearing by increasing the temperature and fan speed e To reduce humidity build up inside the vehicle do not drive with the system off or with recirculated air engaged e Do not put objects under the front seats that will interfere with the airflow to the back seats e Remove any snow ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield e To improve the air conditioning cool down drive with the windows slightly open for 2 3 minutes after start up or until you have aired out the vehicle e You may feel a small amount of air from the floor vent regardless of the air distribution setting you select During extreme high ambient temperatures when idling stationary for extended periods in gear run the air conditioning in the MAX A C mode adjust the blower fan speed to the lowest setting and put the vehicle s 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Climate Control 139 transmission into position P automatic transmission to continue to receive cool air from your air conditioning system For maximum cooling performance in AUTO mode press MAX A C For maximum cooling performance in manual override control 1 Choose the Panel A C and recirculated air controls 2 Set the temperature to LO 3 Set the fan to the high
406. nternational intellectual property laws and treaties The THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved e The MS SOFTWARE FORD SOFTWARE and THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE hereinafter collectively and individually will be referred to as SOFTWARE IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT EULA DO NOT USE THE DEVICE OR COPY THE SOFTWARE ANY USE OF THE SOFTWARE INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICE WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT TO THIS EULA OR RATIFICATION OF ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE This EULA grants you the following license e You may use the SOFTWARE as installed on the DEVICE and as otherwise interfacing with systems and or services provide by or through FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third party software and service providers 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Appendices 511 DESCRIPTION OF OTHER RIGHTS AND LIMITATIONS Speech Recognition If the SOFTWARE includes speech recognition component s you should understand that speech recognition is an inherently statistical process and that recognition errors are inherent in the process Neither FORD MOTOR COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process Limitations on Reverse Engineering Decompilation and Disassembly You may not reverse engineer decompile or disassemble nor permit others to reverse engineer d
407. nting September 2013 USA fus 198 Stability Control PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION WARNING Vehicle modifications involving braking system aftermarket roof racks suspension steering system tire construction and wheel or tire size may change the handling characteristics of your vehicle and may adversely affect the performance of the AdvanceTrac system In addition installing any stereo loudspeakers may interfere with and adversely affect the AdvanceTrac system Install any aftermarket stereo loudspeaker as far as possible from the front center console the tunnel and the front seats in order to minimize the risk of interfering with the AdvanceTrac sensors Reducing the effectiveness of the AdvanceTrac system could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death WARNING Remember that even advanced technology cannot defy the laws of physics It is always possible to lose control of a vehicle due to inappropriate driver input for the conditions Aggressive driving on any road condition can cause you to lose control of your vehicle increasing the risk of personal injury or property damage Activation of the AdvanceTrac system is an indication that at least some of the tires have exceeded their ability to grip the road this could reduce the operator s ability to control the vehicle potentially resulting in a loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death If
408. nting September 2013 USA fus Driving Aids 229 Using the Systems BLIS turns on when the engine is started and the vehicle is driven forward above 3 mph 5 km h it remains on while the transmission is in D Drive and N Neutral If shifted out of D Drive or N Neutral the system enters CTA mode Once shifted back into D Drive BLIS turns back on when the vehicle is driven above 3 mph 5 km h Note BLIS does not function in R Reverse or P Park or provide any additional warning when a turn signal is on CTA detects approaching vehicles from up to 45 feet 14 meters away though coverage decreases when the sensors are blocked Reversing slowly helps increase the coverage area and effectiveness WARNING To help avoid personal injury NEVER use the CTA system as a replacement for using the interior and exterior mirrors and looking over your shoulder before backing out of a parking space CTA is not a replacement for careful driving and only an assist In this first example the left sensor is only partially obstructed zone coverage is nearly maximized 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 230 Driving Aids Zone coverage also decreases when parking at shallow angles Here the left sensor is mostly obstructed zone coverage on that side is severely limited System Lights and Messages The BLIS and CTA systems illuminate a yellow alert indicator in the outside mirr
409. nual and visit the website Pairing Subsequent Phones Note Put the transmission in position P Turn on your vehicle ignition and the radio 1 Press the Phone corner of the touchscreen gt Settings gt BT Devices gt Add Device 2 Make sure that Bluetooth is set to On and that your cellular phone is in the proper mode See your phone s manual if necessary e Select SYNC and a six digit PIN appears on your device 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 467 3 If you are prompted to enter a PIN on your device it does not support Secure Simple Pairing To pair enter the PIN displayed on the touchscreen Skip the next step 4 When prompted on your phone s display confirm that the PIN provided by SYNC matches the PIN displayed on your cellular phone 5 The display indicates when the pairing is successful SYNC may prompt you with more phone options For more information on your phone s capability see your phone s user guide and visit the website Making Calls EE Press the voice button on your steering wheel controls When i prompted say Call lt name gt or say Dial then the desired number To end the call or exit phone mode press this phone button t Receiving Calls During an incoming call an audible tone sounds Call information appears in the display if it is available Pro Accept the call by pressing Accept on the touchscreen or by
410. nued operation will increase the engine temperature and the engine will completely shut down causing steering and braking effort to increase Once the engine temperature cools the engine can be re started Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer as soon as possible to minimize engine damage 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 290 Maintenance When Fail Safe Mode is Activated You have limited engine power when in the fail safe mode so drive the vehicle with caution The vehicle will not be able to maintain high speed operation and the engine will run rough Remember that the engine is capable of completely shutting down automatically to prevent engine damage therefore 1 Pull off the road as soon as safely possible and turn off the engine 2 Arrange for the vehicle to be taken to an authorized dealer 3 If this is not possible wait a short period for the engine to cool 4 Check the coolant level and replenish if low WARNING Fail safe mode is for use during emergencies only Operate the vehicle in fail safe mode only as long as necessary to bring the vehicle to rest in a safe location and seek immediate repairs When in fail safe mode the vehicle will have limited power will not be able to maintain high speed operation and may completely shut down without warning potentially losing engine power power steering assist and power brake assist which may increase the possibility of a cra
411. nvex mirror built into the upper outboard corner of the exterior mirrors They are designed to assist you by increasing visibility along the side of your vehicle Check the main mirror first before a lane change then check the blind spot mirror If no vehicles are present in the blind spot mirror and the traffic in the adjacent lane is at a safe distance signal that you are going to change lanes Glance over your shoulder to verify traffic is clear and carefully change lanes The image of the approaching vehicle is small and near the inboard edge of the main mirror when it is at a distance The image becomes larger and begins to move outboard across the main mirror as the vehicle approaches A The image will transition from the main mirror and begin to appear in the blind spot mirror as the vehicle approaches B The vehicle will transition to your peripheral field of view as it leaves the blind spot mirror C Blind Spot Information System BLIS with Cross Traffic Alert CTA If Equipped Refer to Blind Spot Information System BLIS with Cross Traffic Alert CTA in the Driving Aids chapter 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 100 Windows and Mirrors INTERIOR MIRROR 4 WARNING Do not adjust the mirror when your vehicle is gt moving Note Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives fuel or other petroleum or ammonia based cleaning products
412. o avoid exhaust fumes do not use remote start if your vehicle is parked indoors or areas that are not well ventilated Note Do not use remote start if your vehicle is low on fuel 5 The remote start button is on the transmitter This feature allows you to start your vehicle from outside your vehicle The transmitter has an extended operating range Vehicles with automatic climate control can be configured to operate when the vehicle is remote started See the Climate Control chapter for more information A manual climate control system will run at the setting it was set to when your vehicle was last turned off Many states and provinces have restrictions for the use of remote start Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding remote start systems The remote start system will not work if e the ignition is on e the alarm system is triggered e you disable the feature e the hood is open e the transmission is not in P e the vehicle battery voltage is too low e the service engine soon light is on 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Keys and Remote Control 61 Remote Starting the Vehicle Note You must press each button within three seconds of each other Your vehicle will not remote start and the horn will not sound if you do not follow this sequence The label on your transmitter details the starting procedure To remote start your vehicle 1 P
413. o system features See Menu structure later in this section M PHONE Press this button to access the phone features of the SYNC system See the SYNC chapter for more information N AUX Press this button to access your auxiliary input jack or switch between devices you plug into the input jack or USB port See Auxiliary input jack later in this chapter O SIRIUS Press this button to listen to Sirius satellite radio Menu Structure Note Depending on your system some options may appear slightly different Press MENU Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through the options Press the right arrow to enter a menu Press the left arrow to exit a menu Press OK to confirm a selection Radio Settings channels Set Category Select to have the system search by certain music categories such as Rock Pop or Country RBDS RDS Text Select to view additional broadcast data if available This feature defaults to off RBDS must be on for you to set a category SIRIUS Select for a brief sampling of all available channels Show ESN Select to view your satellite radio electronic serial number ESN You need this number when communicating with Sirius to activate modify or track your account 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 372 Audio System Channel Guide Select to view available satellite radio channels Press OK to open a list of the following options for this channe
414. o the extent allowed by state law before pursuing replacement or repurchase remedies provided by certain state laws This dispute handling procedure is not required prior to enforcing state created rights or other rights which are independent of the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or state replacement or repurchase laws 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Customer Assistance 263 IN CALIFORNIA U S ONLY California Civil Code Section 1793 2 d requires that if a manufacturer or its representative is unable to repair a motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle s applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts the manufacturer shall be required to either replace the vehicle with one substantially identical or repurchase the vehicle and reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to the actual price paid or payable by the consumer less a reasonable allowance for consumer use The consumer has the right to choose whether to receive a refund or replacement vehicle California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b presumes that the manufacturer has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if within the first 18 months of ownership of a new vehicle or the first 18000 mi 29 000 km whichever occurs first 1 Two or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity likely to cause death or serious bodily injury OR 2 Four or more repair attem
415. ockout allows you to lock and unlock channels change or reset your PIN or unlock all channels To use this feature you need your initial PIN which is 1234 Artist Title Team Alerts allows you to select Artists Titles and Teams that you would like the system to alert you to when they are playing on other channels Press Edit Alerts to delete or turn off alerts You can also set all alerts to on or off When an alert appears on the screen you can choose to Tune to the channel to Cancel the alert or to Disable Alerts If you are listening to a sporting event you can save your favorite teams so that the system can alert you when they are playing on a satellite radio channel Note Sirius does not support the Alert feature on all channels Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for Alert feature variation Electronic Serial Number ESN is required when you need to activate modify or track your satellite radio account The ESN is on the System Information Screen SR ESN XXXXXXXXXXXX To access your ESN press the bottom left corner of the touchscreen then SIRIUS gt Options Direct Tune Touch this button to manually enter the desired satellite channel number Touch Enter when you are done Browse Touch this button to view a list of all available stations Scroll to see more categories Touch the station you want to listen to Touch Skip if you want to skip this channel Touch Lock if you do not want anyone to listen to this c
416. of 45 55 or 65 mph 75 90 or 105 km h Once you select a speed it will be shown in the display followed by an audible tone when the preselected vehicle speed is exceeded e Audio system maximum volume of 45 A message will be shown in the display when you attempt to exceed the limited volume Also the speed sensitive or compensated automatic volume control will be disabled e Always on setting When this is selected you will not be able to turn off AdvanceTrac 911 Assist or the do not disturb feature Gf your vehicle is equipped with these features CREATING A MYKEY Use the information display to create a MyKey 1 Insert the key you want to program into the ignition If your vehicle is equipped with a push button start and you do not have a backup slot hold the intelligent access key next to the steering column The correct position to place your fob is in another chapter See Starting and Stopping the Engine 2 Switch the ignition on 3 Access the main menu on the information display controls and select Settings then MyKey by pressing OK or the gt button 4 Press OK or the gt button to select Create MyKey 5 When prompted hold the OK button until you see a message informing you to label this key as a MyKey The key will be restricted at the next start MyKey is successfully created Make sure you label it so you can distinguish it from the admin keys You can also program configurable settings for the key s R
417. of the seatback to release it and then fold the seatback down e Raise Pull up on the seat and push it back until you hear it latch into place 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 154 Seats REAR SEAT ARMREST IF EQUIPPED 4 WARNING Use only soft cups in the cupholder Hard objects can injure you in a crash mi To access the cup holders rotate the armrest forward To open the storage compartment if equipped pull up on the latch Rear Heated Seats If Equipped WARNING Persons who are unable to feel pain to the skin because of advanced age chronic illness diabetes spinal cord injury medication alcohol use exhaustion or other physical conditions must exercise care when using the seat heater The seat heater may cause burns even at low temperatures especially if used for long periods of time Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat such as a blanket or cushion because this may cause the seat heater to overheat Do not puncture the seat with pins needles or other pointed objects because this may damage the heating element which may cause the seat heater to overheat An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury Note Do not do the following e Place heavy objects on the seat e Operate the seat heater if water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat Allow the seat to dry thoroughly 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing Sept
418. of the two left A V input jacks white or red inside the center console Press the lower left corner on the touchscreen Select either a tuned FM station or a CD if there is a CD already loaded into the system Adjust the volume as desired Turn the portable music player on and adjust the volume to V5 the maximum Press the lower left corner on the touchscreen Select the A V In tab You should hear audio from your portable music player although it may be low 7 Adjust the sound on your portable music player until it reaches the level of the FM station or CD by switching back and forth between the controls o Oue p In order to playback video from your iPod or iPhone if compatible you must have a special combination USB RCA composite video cable which you can buy from Apple When the cable is connected to your iPod or iPhone plug the other end into both the RCA jacks and the USB port Troubleshooting e Do not connect the audio input jack to a line level output The jack only works correctly with devices that have a headphone output with a volume control e Do not set the portable music player s volume level higher than is necessary to match the volume of the CD or FM radio as this causes distortion and reduces sound quality e If the music sounds distorted at lower listening levels turn the portable music player volume down If the problem persists replace or recharge the batteries in the portable medi
419. omatically pre locked The belt will still retract to remove any slack in the shoulder belt The automatic locking mode is not available on the driver safety belt When to Use the Automatic Locking Mode This mode should be used any time a child safety seat except a booster is installed in passenger front or rear seating positions Children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position whenever possible See the Child Safety chapter How to Use the Automatic Locking Mode y 1 Buckle the combination lap and shoulder belt 2 Grasp the shoulder portion and pull downward until the entire belt is pulled out 3 Allow the belt to retract As the belt retracts you will hear a clicking sound This indicates the safety belt is now in the automatic locking mode How to Disengage the Automatic Locking Mode Unbuckle the combination lap and shoulder belt and allow it to retract completely to disengage the automatic locking mode and activate the vehicle sensitive emergency locking mode Safety Belt Extension Assembly WARNING Do not use extensions to change the fit of the shoulder belt across the torso If the safety belt is too short when fully extended you can obtain a safety belt extension assembly from an authorized dealer Use only extensions manufactured by the same supplier as the safety belt Manufacturer identification is located at the end of the webbing on the label Also use the safet
420. omplies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Changes or modifications to your device not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance can void the user s authority to operate the equipment 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Auxiliary Power Points 161 AUXILIARY POWER POINTS WARNING Do not plug optional electrical accessories into the cigarette lighter socket Gf equipped Improper use of the lighter can cause damage not covered by your warranty and can result in fire or serious injury Note If used when the engine is not running the battery will discharge There may be insufficient power to restart your engine Note Do not insert objects other than an accessory plug into the power point This will damage the outlet and blow the fuse Note Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug Note Do not use the power point over the vehicle capacity of 12 volts DC 180 watts or a fuse may blow Note Do not use the power point for operating a cigarette lighter element Note Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by your warranty Note Always keep the power point caps closed w
421. on Note Metallic objects electronic devices or a second coded key on the same key chain may cause vehicle starting issues if they are too close to the key when starting your vehicle Prevent these objects from touching the coded key while starting the engine Switch the ignition off move all objects on the key chain away from the coded key and restart your vehicle if a problem occurs Note Do not leave a duplicate coded key in your vehicle Always take your keys and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle The system helps prevent the engine from starting unless you use a coded key programmed to your vehicle Using the wrong key may prevent your vehicle from starting A message may appear in the information display If you are unable to start your vehicle with a correctly coded key a malfunction has occurred A message may appear in the information display Automatic Arming Your vehicle arms immediately after you switch the ignition off Automatic Disarming Your vehicle disarms when you switch the ignition on with a coded key Replacement Keys Note Your vehicle comes with two integrated keyhead transmitters or two intelligent access keys The integrated keyhead transmitter functions as a programmed ignition key that operates all the locks and starts the vehicle as well as a remote control The intelligent access key functions as a programmed key that operates the driver door lock and activates the intelligent access with p
422. ondensation Exterior lamps are vented to accommodate normal changes in pressure Condensation can be a natural by product of this design When moist air enters the lamp assembly through the vents there is a possibility that condensation can occur when the temperature is cold When normal condensation occurs a thin film of mist can form on the interior of the lens The thin mist eventually clears and exits through the vents during normal operation Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours under dry weather conditions These are examples of acceptable condensation e Presence of thin mist no streaks drip marks or droplets e Fine mist covers less than 50 of the lens These are examples of unacceptable moisture usually caused by a lamp water leak e Water puddle inside the lamp e Large water droplets drip marks or streaks present on the interior of the lens Take your vehicle to a dealer for service if any of the above conditions of unacceptable moisture are present 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Maintenance 303 Replacing headlamp bulbs WARNING Handle a halogen headlamp bulb carefully and keep out of children s reach Grasp the bulb only by its plastic base and do not touch the glass The oil from your hand could cause the bulb to break the next time the headlamps are operated Note If the bulb is accidentally touched it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol before
423. oolant on hot engine parts WARNING Do not put engine coolant in the windshield washer fluid container If sprayed on the windshield engine coolant could make it difficult to see through the windshield WARNING To reduce the risk of personal injury make sure the engine is cool before unscrewing the coolant pressure relief cap The cooling system is under pressure steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when the cap is loosened slightly A WARNING Do not add coolant further than the MAX mark Note Do not use stop leak pellets cooling system sealants or additives as they can cause damage to the engine cooling and or heating systems This damage would not be covered under your vehicle s warranty Note During normal vehicle operation the engine coolant may change color from orange to pink or light red As long as the engine coolant is clear and uncontaminated this color change does not indicate the engine coolant has degraded nor does it require the engine coolant to be drained the system to be flushed or the engine coolant to be replaced e DO NOT MIX different colors or types of coolant in your vehicle Make sure the correct coolant is used Mixing of engine coolants may harm your engine s cooling system The use of an improper coolant may harm engine and cooling system components and may void the warranty e n case of emergency a large amount of water without engine coolant may be added in order to reach a vehicle servic
424. opping bug splatter snow or ice and no changes are observed the system will go into low beam mode until the blockage is cleared A message may also appear in the instrument cluster display noting the front camera is blocked Note Typical road dust dirt and water spots will not affect the automatic high beam system s performance However in cold or inclement weather conditions the automatic high beam system s availability may be decreased If the driver wants to change the beam state independently of the system the driver may turn the high beams on or off using the multifunction switch stalk Automatic control will resume when conditions are correct Note Modification of the vehicle ride height e g using much larger tires may degrade feature performance A camera sensor is centrally mounted behind the windshield of the vehicle and monitors the conditions to decide when to switch the high beams off and on Once the system is active the high beams will switch on if e The ambient light level is low enough that high beams are needed e There is no traffic in front of the vehicle e Vehicle speed is greater than 25 mph 40 km h e Severe weather is not detected The high beams will switch off if e An approaching vehicle s headlights or a preceding vehicle s tail lamps are detected e The vehicle speed falls below 19 mph 30 km h 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Lighting 93
425. or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a complete list of available services from which to choose Say Services to return to the services main menu or for help say Help Connecting to SYNC Services Using the Phone Menu one ON 6 Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu Scroll until Services appears in the display Press OK to confirm and enter the Services menu The display indicates the system is connecting Press OK SYNC initiates the call to the Services portal Once connected follow the voice prompts to request your desired Service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a complete list of available services from which to choose To return to the Services menu say Services or for help say Help Receiving Turn by Turn Directions l When connected to SYNC Services say Directions or Business search To find the closest business or type of business to your current location just say Business search and then Search near me If you need further assistance in finding a location you can say Operator at any time within a Directions or Business search to speak with a live operator You may also be prompted to speak with an operator when the automatic system has difficulty matching your voice request The live operator can assist you by searching for businesses by name or by category residential addresses by street
426. or LATCH lower anchors rendering those features potentially unusable To avoid risk of injury occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained When installing a child safety seat with combination lap and shoulder belts e Use the correct safety belt buckle for that seating position e Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle e Keep the buckle release button pointing up and away from the safety seat with the tongue between the child seat and the release button to prevent accidental unbuckling 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Child Safety 25 e Place the vehicle seat upon which the child seat will be installed in the upright position e Put the safety belt in the automatic locking mode See Step 5 This vehicle does not require the use of a locking clip Perform the following steps when installing the child seat with combination lap and shoulder belts Note Although the child seat illustrated is a forward facing child seat the steps are the same for installing a rear facing child seat 1 Position the child safety seat in a seat with a combination lap and shoulder belt 2 Pull down on the shoulder belt and then grasp the shoulder belt and lap belt together 3 While holding the shoulder and lap belt portions together route the tongue thro
427. or objects lodged underneath the front passenger seat or cargo interfering with the seat If there are lodged objects or cargo is interfering with the seat take the following steps to remove the obstruction e Pull the vehicle over e Turn the vehicle off e Driver and adult passengers should check for any objects lodged underneath the front passenger seat or cargo interfering with the seat e Remove the obstruction s if found Restart the vehicle e Wait at least two minutes and verify that the airbag readiness light in the instrument cluster is no longer illuminated If the airbag readiness light in the instrument cluster remains illuminated this may or may not be a problem due to the front passenger sensing system Do not attempt to repair or service the system Take your vehicle immediately to an authorized dealer If it is necessary to modify an advanced front airbag system to accommodate a person with disabilities contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center at the phone number shown in the Customer Assistance section of this owner s manual SIDE AIRBAGS WARNING Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the airbag cover on the side of the seatbacks of the front seats or in front seat areas that may come into contact with a deploying airbag Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash WARNING Do not use accessory seat covers The use of a
428. or on the side of the vehicle the approaching vehicle is coming from Note The alert indicator dims when nighttime darkness is detected CTA also sounds an audible alarm and a message appears in the information display indicating a vehicle is coming from the right or left CTA works with the reverse sensing system which sounds its own audible alarm see the Parking Aids chapter 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Driving Aids 231 System Sensors WARNING Just prior to the system recognizing a blocked condition and alerting the driver the number of missed objects will increase To help avoid injuries NEVER use the BLIS as a replacement for using the side and rear view mirrors and looking over your shoulder before changing lanes BLIS is not a replacement for careful driving and only an assist Note It is possible to get a blockage warning with no blockage present this is rare and known as a false blockage warning A false blocked condition either self corrects or clears after a key cycle The system uses radar sensors which are located behind the bumper fascia on each side of the vehicle Do not allow these areas to become obstructed by mud snow or bumper stickers as this can cause degraded system performance If the system detects a degraded performance condition a blocked sensor warning or low visibility warning will appear in the information display and the alert indicato
429. ording to your option package Press near the rear edge of the door to open it 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 164 Starting and Stopping the Engine GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce very high temperatures in the engine and exhaust system creating the risk of fire or other damage WARNING Do not park idle or drive your vehicle on dry grass or other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system which can start a fire WARNING Do not start your vehicle in a closed garage or in other enclosed areas Exhaust fumes can be toxic Always open the garage door before you start the engine WARNING If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer immediately Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes If you disconnect the battery your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics for approximately 5 miles 8 kilometers after you connect it This is because the engine management system must realign itself with the engine You may disregard any unusual driving characteristics during this period The powertrain control system meets all Canadian interference causing equipment standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field or radio noise Do not press the accelerator pedal while starting the engine If you have difficulty starting
430. ore driving your vehicle An unlatched trunk may cause objects to fall out or block your view Activating Intelligent Access If Equipped You must have the intelligent access key within 3 feet 1 meter of your vehicle At the Front Doors Pull a front exterior door handle to unlock and open the door The unlock sensor is on the back of the handle Make sure not to touch the lock sensor area on the front of the handle Press and hold the lock sensor area for about a second to lock your tem vehicle To avoid unlocking the door ie inadvertently make sure to only t x touch the lock sensor and not other areas of the door handle After locking the doors with the lock sensor there is a brief delay before you can unlock your vehicle This delay lets you pull the door handle to make sure it locked Note Keep the door handle surface clean to avoid issues with operation At the Trunk Press the exterior trunk release button hidden near the license plate Smart Unlocks for Integrated Keyhead Transmitter This feature helps to prevent you from locking yourself out of your vehicle if your key is still in the ignition When you open one of the front doors and lock your vehicle with the power door lock control all the doors will lock then unlock if your key is still in the ignition 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 70 Locks You can still lock your vehicle with the key in t
431. ore using it with SYNC 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 437 Speed restricted Features Some features of this system may be too difficult to use while your vehicle is moving so they are restricted from use unless your vehicle is stationary e Screens that are too crowded with information such as Point of Interest reviews and ratings Sirius Travel Link sports scores movie times and ski conditions e Any action that requires you to use a keyboard is restricted such as entering a navigation destination or editing information e All lists are limited so the user can view fewer entries such as phone contacts or recent phone call entries See the following chart for more specific examples Restricted Features Cellular Phone Pairing a Bluetooth phone phonebook contacts from a USB recent phone call entries System Functionality Editing settings while the rear view camera or Active Park Assist are active Wi Fi and Wireless Editing wireless settings Editing the list of wireless networks Videos Photos and Playing video wallpaper Text Messages Navigation Adding or Editing Address Book entries or Avoid Areas 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 438 MyFord Touch If Equipped Privacy Information When a cellular phone is connected to SYNC the system creates a profile within your vehicle that is linked to t
432. orm services listed in the Normal Scheduled Maintenance chart Inspect frequently Exceptions 48000 km except Focus Every 60000 miles Change manual transmission fluid 96000 km Extensive idling or low speed driving for long distances as in heavy commercial use such as delivery taxi patrol car or livery As required Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information display and perform services listed in the Normal Scheduled Maintenance chart Inspect frequently Replace cabin air filter Gf equipped service as required Replace engine air filter 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 541 Extensive idling or low speed driving for long distances as in heavy commercial use such as delivery taxi patrol car or livery 48000 km except Focus Every 60000 miles Replace spark plugs 96000 km Operating in dusty or sandy conditions such as unpaved or dusty roads Inspect frequently Replace cabin air filter Gf equipped service as required Replace engine air filter measure tread depth Every 5000 miles months 48000 km except Focus Every 50000 miles Change manual transmission fluid on RR Reset your Intelligent Oil Life Monitor after each engine oil and filter change See the Instrument Cluster chapter Exclusive use of E85 flex fuel vehicles only Every 5000 miles Inspect the wheels and related components for 8000 km abno
433. ormal operating temperature Allow the engine to idle for at least one minute Turn the A C on and allow the engine to idle for at least one minute Oo n eA Drive the vehicle to complete the relearning process e The vehicle may need to be driven to relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy e Note If you do not allow the engine to relearn its idle trim the idle quality of your vehicle may be adversely affected until the idle trim is eventually relearned When the battery is disconnected or a new battery installed the transmission must relearn its adaptive strategy As a result of this the transmission may shift firmly This operation is considered normal and will not affect function or durability of the transmission Over time the adaptive learning process will fully update transmission operation to its optimum shift feel If the battery has been disconnected or a new battery has been installed the clock and the preset radio stations must be reset once the battery is reconnected Always dispose of automotive batteries in a responsible manner Follow your local authorized standards for disposal Call your local authorized recycling center to find out more about recycling automotive batteries 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 298 Maintenance CHECKING THE WIPER BLADES Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of the blade to check for roughness Clean the wiper blades wit
434. ory in which 911 is the emergency number 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus SYNC 407 In the Event of a Crash Not all crashes deploy an airbag or activate the fuel pump shut off which would activate 911 Assist however if 911 Assist is triggered SYNC tries to contact emergency services If a connected phone is damaged or loses connection to SYNC SYNC searches for and tries to connect to any available previously paired phone and tries to make the call to 911 Before making the call e SYNC provides a short window of time about 10 seconds to cancel the call Failure to cancel the call results in SYNC attempting to dial 911 e SYNC says the following or a similar message SYNC will attempt to call 911 to cancel the call press Cancel on your screen or press and hold the phone button on your steering wheel If the call is not cancelled and a successful call is made a pre recorded message is played for the 911 operator then the occupant s in the vehicle is able to talk with the operator Be prepared to provide your name phone number and location immediately because not all 911 systems are capable of receiving this information electronically 911 Assist May Not Work If e Your cellular phone or 911 Assist hardware was damaged in a crash e The vehicle s battery or SYNC system has no power e The phone s paired and connected to the system was thrown from the vehicle 911 As
435. ot use hydrofluoric acid based or high caustic based wheel cleaners steel wool fuels or strong household detergent e If you intend on parking your vehicle for an extended period after cleaning the wheels with a wheel cleaner drive your vehicle for a few minutes before doing so This reduces the risk of increased corrosion of the brake discs VEHICLE STORAGE If you plan on storing your vehicle for an extended period of time 30 days or more read the following maintenance recommendations to make sure your vehicle stays in good operating condition All motor vehicles and their components were engineered and tested for reliable regular driving Long term storage under various conditions may lead to component degradation or failure unless specific precautions are taken to preserve the components 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 314 Vehicle Care General e Store all vehicles in a dry ventilated place e Protect from sunlight if possible e If vehicles are stored outside they require regular maintenance to protect against rust and damage Body e Wash vehicle thoroughly to remove dirt grease oil tar or mud from exterior surfaces rear wheel housing and underside of front fenders e Periodically wash vehicles stored in exposed locations e Touch up raw or primed metal to prevent rust e Cover chrome and stainless steel parts with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent discoloration
436. our focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus SYNC 387 When using SYNC e Do not operate playing devices if the power cords or cables are broken split or damaged Place cords and cables out of the way so they do not interfere with the operation of pedals seats compartments or safe driving abilities e Do not leave playing devices in your vehicle during extreme conditions as it could cause them damage See your device s manual for further information e Do not attempt to service or repair the system See your authorized dealer For your safety some SYNC functions are speed dependent Their use is limited to when your vehicle is traveling at speeds under 3 mph 5 km h Make sure that you review your device s manual before using it with SYNC Privacy Information When a cellular phone is connected to SYNC the system creates a profile within your vehicle that is linked to that cellular phone This profile is created in order to offer you more cellular features and to operate more efficiently Among other things this profile may contain data about your cellular phone book
437. our phonebook call history and text messages can only be accessed when your specific phone is connected to SYNC Note Downloading times are phone and quantity dependent Note When auto download is on any changes additions or deletions saved since your last download are deleted Exit the current menu 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 402 SYNC System Settings System Settings provide access to your Bluetooth Devices and Advanced menu features Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the menu options The Bluetooth Devices menu allows you to add connect delete and set a phone as primary as well as turn your Bluetooth feature on and off The Advanced menu allows you to access and set prompts languages defaults perform a master reset install an application and view system information Bluetooth Devices Menu Options This menu allows you to add connect delete set a phone as primary and turn Bluetooth on or off 1 Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu 2 Scroll until System Settings appears and press OK 3 Scroll until Bluetooth Devices appears and select OK 4 Scroll to select from the following options If you select Device this chapter for pairing instructions Connect Bluetooth Connect a previously paired Device Bluetooth enabled phone 1 Press OK to select and view a list of previously paired phones 2 Scroll until the desired device i
438. ourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving A Phone B Navigation or Information if your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation C Climate D Settings E Home F Information G Entertainment 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 433 This system uses a four corner strategy to provide quick access several vehicle features and settings The touchscreen provides easy interaction with your cellular phone multimedia climate control and navigation system The corners display any active modes within those menus such as phone status or the climate temperature Note Some features are not available while your vehicle is moving Note Your system is equipped with a feature that allows you to access and control audio features for 30 minutes after you switch the ignition off and no doors open PHONE Press to select any of the following Making and Receiving Calls Quick Dial Phonebook Call History Text Messaging Settings NAVIGATION Press to select any of the following My Home Favorites Previous Destinations Point of Interest Emergency Street Address Intersection City Center Map Edit Route Cancel Route CLIMATE Press to select any of the following Driver Settings Recirculated Air Auto Dual Passenger
439. outside air To improve air conditioning when starting your vehicle drive with the windows slightly open for two to three minutes Use air conditioning with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency Note Air conditioning turns on automatically in MAX A C Defrost and Floor Defrost G AUTO Press to turn on fully automatic operation Select the desired temperature using the temperature control The system automatically determines fan speed air distribution air conditioning operation and outside or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle to maintain the selected temperature H Rear defrost Turns the heated windows and mirrors off and on See Heated windows amd mirrors later in this chapter for more information If your vehicle is equipped with heated mirrors this button turns them on also I Defrost Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents and demister vents This setting can also be used to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice GENERAL OPERATING TIPS Manual Climate Control e To reduce fog build up on the windshield during humid weather select Defrost You can also improve clearing by increasing the temperature and fan speed e To reduce humidity build up inside the vehicle do not drive with the system off or with recirculated air engaged e Do not put objects under the front seats that will interfere with the airflow to the back seats e Remove any snow
440. ow fogging e Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents and demister vents J Manual controls Select any of the following airflow distribution modes e Floor and Defrost Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents demister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents and provides outside air to reduce window fogging e Panel Distributes air through the instrument panel vents e Panel and Floor Distributes air through the instrument panel vents demister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents e Floor Distributes air through the demister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents K Driver settings Depending on your vehicle and option package you may have the following features e Touch or to adjust the temperature e If your vehicle is equipped with heated seats touch the heated seat icon to control the heated seat See the Seats chapter e If your vehicle is equipped with cooled seats touch the cooled seat icon to control the cooled seat See the Seats chapter e Touch and hold MyTemp to select a temperature you would like your vehicle to remember and maintain for you e If your vehicle is equipped with a heated steering wheel touch the heated steering wheel icon to warm the steering wheel Note If your vehicle is equipped with a wood trimmed steering wheel it does not heat between the 10 o clock and 2 o clock positions 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013
441. p 6 Install and tighten two bolts that attach air filter assembly to the front of the vehicle 7 Install the bolt cover if equipped 8 Reinstall the harness retaining clip into the front of the air filter assembly BRAKE FLUID CHECK Fluid levels between the MIN and MAX lines are within the normal operating range there is no need to add fluid If the fluid levels are outside of the normal operating range the performance of the system could be compromised seek service from your authorized dealer immediately POWER STEERING FLUID CHECK Your vehicle is equipped with an electric power steering HPS system There is no fluid reservoir to check or fill For additional information on the electric power steering EPS system Refer to Driving Aids FUEL FILTER Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel tank Regular maintenance or replacement is not needed WASHER FLUID CHECK WARNING If you operate your vehicle in temperatures below 40 F 5 C use washer fluid with antifreeze protection Failure to use washer fluid with antifreeze protection in cold weather could result in impaired windshield vision and increase the risk of injury or accident Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is low Only use a washer fluid that meets Ford specifications See the technical specifications chart in the Capacities and Specifications chapter State or local regulations on volatile orga
442. perly in a device that is appropriate for their height age and weight Child safety restraints must be bought separately from your vehicle Failure to follow these instructions and guidelines may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child WARNING All children are shaped differently The recommendations for safety restraints are based on probable child height age and weight thresholds from NHTSA and other safety organizations or are the minimum requirements of law Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician CPST and consulting your pediatrician to make sure your child seat is appropriate for your child and is compatible with and properly installed in your vehicle To locate a child seat fitting station and CPST contact the NHTSA toll free at 1 888 327 4236 or on the internet at http www nhtsa dot gov In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a CPST or for further information contact your provincial ministry of transportation or locate your local St John Ambulance office by searching for St John Ambulance on the internet or Transport Canada at 1 800 333 0371 http www tc gc ca Failure to properly restrain children in safety seats made especially for their height age and weight may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 18 Child S
443. phic XXXX is representative of your vehicle identification number The Vehicle Identification Number VIN contains the following information X XXXXXX G Assembly plant H Production sequence number 2014 Taurus A World manufacturer identifier B Brake system Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR Restraint Devices and their location C Make vehicle line series body type D Engine type E Check digit F Model year Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Capacities and Specifications 361 VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO The National Highway Traffic Safety D GVWR XXXX KG XXXX LB Administration Regulations require KKK OOKLA w baeo wm that a Safety Compliance Certification MO A MS ARDEN ns Label be affixed toa vehicle and S XXXXXXX XXXX kPa XXX PSICOLD AT XXXX kPa XXX Ps COLD prescribe where the Safety HIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN Compliance Certification Label may FFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE be located The Safety Compliance TPE IH ox Certification Label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar the door AUT AI cr post o tne edge or the door S Tk es jo TR dae Xr re near the door latch next to the XX X 0 XX OX XX X MAK 90x ver HR woo wo y drivers seating position TRANSMISSION CODE DESIGNATION MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO You can fi
444. png bmp e Each file must be 1 5 MB or less e Recommended dimensions 800 x 384 Sound Press the Settings icon gt Sound then select from the S following Sound Settings Speed Compensated Volume Set Balance and Fade SS If equipped Vehicle Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle then select from the 9 following Ambient Lighting Vehicle Health Report Door Keypad Code Rear View Camera Enable Valet Mode Ambient Lighting If Equipped When activated ambient lighting illuminates footwells and cupholders with a choice of colors To access and make adjustments 1 Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle gt Ambient Lighting 2 Touch the desired color 3 Use the scroll bar to increase or decrease the intensity To turn the feature on or off press the power button Vehicle Health Report Turn Automatic Reminders on and off and set the mileage interval at which you would like to receive the reports Press for more information on these selections When done making your selections press Run Vehicle Health Report Now if you want your report 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 487 Door Keypad Code To change the keypad code for your keyless entry keypad system 1 Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle gt Door Keypad Code 2 Enter your current factory code then when prompted enter your new code Rear View Camera This menu al
445. pping between shifts in a steady pattern Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear If your vehicle is equipped with AdvanceTrac with Roll Stability Control it may be beneficial to disengage the AdvanceTrac with Roll Stability Control system while attempting to rock the vehicle Emergency Maneuvers e In an unavoidable emergency situation where a sudden sharp turn must be made remember to avoid over driving your vehicle i e turn the steering wheel only as rapidly and as far as required to avoid the emergency Excessive steering will result in less vehicle control not more Additionally smooth variations of the accelerator and or brake pedal pressure should be utilized if changes in vehicle speed are called for Avoid abrupt steering acceleration or braking which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover and or personal injury Use all available road surface to return the vehicle to a safe direction of travel e In the event of an emergency stop avoid skidding the tires and do not attempt any sharp steering wheel movements e If the vehicle goes from one type of surface to another i e from concrete to gravel there will be a change in the way the vehicle responds to a maneuver steering acceleration or braking Again avoid these abrupt inputs 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus All Wheel Drive If Equipped 191 Sand When dr
446. ps will remain on for a period of time after you switch the ignition off You can adjust the time delay using the message center in the instrument cluster See Information displays INSTRUMENT LIGHTING DIMMER e Tap the top or bottom of the control to brighten or dim all interior lit components incrementally Press and hold the top of the control to activate the dome on feature This will turn on the interior courtesy lights Fully press and hold the bottom of the control to turn off the interior courtesy lights 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Lighting 91 HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY You can set the delay time to keep the headlamps on for up to three minutes after the ignition is turned off Follow the steps below to change the delay time Steps 1 through 6 must be done within 10 seconds 1 Turn the ignition off 2 Turn the lighting control to the autolamp position 3 Turn the lighting control to the off position 4 Turn the ignition on 5 Turn the ignition off 6 Turn the lighting control to the autolamp position The headlamps and parking lamps will turn on 7 Turn the lighting control to the off position when the desired delay time has been reached The headlamps and parking lamps will turn off You can set the headlamp exit delay to one of the following settings e Off e 10 seconds e 20 seconds e 120 seconds Note You can also adjust the time dela
447. pts are made on the same nonconformity a defect or condition that substantially impairs the use value or safety of the vehicle OR 3 The vehicle is out of service for repair of nonconformities for a total of more than 30 calendar days not necessarily all at one time In the case of 1 or 2 above the consumer must also notify the manufacturer of the need for the repair of the nonconformity at the following address Ford Motor Company 16800 Executive Plaza Drive Mail Drop 3NE B Dearborn MI 48126 You are required to submit your warranty dispute to BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b You are also required to use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by the Federal Magnuson Moss Warranty Act 15 U S C sec 2301 et seq If you choose to seek redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b or the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act resorting to BBB AUTO LINE is not required by those statutes 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 264 Customer Assistance THE BETTER BUSINESS BUREAU BBB AUTO LINE PROGRAM U S ONLY Your satisfaction is important to Ford Motor Company and to your dealer If a warranty concern has not been resolved using the three step procedure outlined earlier in this chapter in the Getting the Services You Need section you may be
448. r Tire Label located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door B pillar The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door e Bead area of the tire Area of the tire next to the rim Sidewall of the tire Area between the bead area and the tread e Tread area of the tire Area of the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when mounted on the vehicle e Rim The metal support wheel for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THE TIRE SIDEWALL Both U S and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 319 Information on P Type Tires P215 65R15 95H is an example of a tire size load index and speed rating The definitions of these items are listed below Note that the tire size load index and speed rating for your vehicle may be different from this example A P Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association that may be used for service on cars sport utility vehicles minivans and light trucks Note If your tire size does not begin with a letter this
449. r console or the glove box when your vehicle is moving Hard objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury The audio extension cable must be long enough to allow the portable music player to be safely stored while your vehicle is moving The auxiliary input jack allows you to connect and play music from your portable music player through your vehicle speakers You can use any portable music player designed for use with headphones Your audio extension cable must have male Vs inch 3 5 millimeter connectors at each end 1 Switch off the engine radio and portable music player Set the parking brake and put the transmission in position P 2 Plug the extension cable from the portable music player into the auxiliary input jack 3 Switch the radio on Select either a tuned FM station or a CD 4 Adjust the volume as desired 5 Switch your portable music player on and adjust its volume to half its maximum level 6 Press AUX until LINE or LINE IN appears in the display You should hear music from your device even if it is low 7 Adjust the volume on your portable music player until it reaches the volume level of the FM station or CD Do this by switching back and forth between the AUX and FM or CD controls 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 384 Audio System USB PORT IF EQUIPPED WARNING Driving while distracted can resul
450. r illuminates in the appropriate mirror s The information display warning can be cleared but the alert indicator remains illuminated When the blockage is removed the system can be reset in two ways 1 when at least two objects are detected while driving or 2 turn the ignition key from on to off then back on If the blockage is still present after the key cycle the system senses again that it is blocked after driving in traffic Reasons for messages being displayed The radar surface is Clean the fascia area in front of the radar or dirty or obstructed remove the obstruction The radar surface is Drive normally in traffic for a few minutes to not dirty or obstructed allow the radar to detect passing vehicles so it can clear the blocked state 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 232 Driving Aids Reasons for messages being displayed Heavy rainfall snowfall No action required The system automatically interferes with the resets to an unblocked state once the radar signals rainfall snowfall rate decreases or stops Do not use BLIS and or CTA in these conditions System Limitations The BLIS and CTA systems do have their limitations situations such as severe weather conditions or debris build up on the sensor area may limit vehicle detection The following are other situations that may limit the BLIS e Certain maneuvering of vehicles entering and exiting the blind zone
451. r opener Programing the transmitters To program HomeLink to the transmitter you must first put the transmitter into programming mode To do this A Red LED B Green LED A eum B 1 Press and hold one of the buttons on the hand held transmitter for 10 seconds The LED light will change from green to green and red 2 Press the same button twice to confirm the change to Programming mode If done properly the LED light will appear red 3 Hold the transmitter within 1 3 inches 2 8 centimeters of the button on the sun visor you want to program 4 Press and hold both the programmed Genie button on the hand held transmitter and the button on the sun visor you want to program The indicator light on the sun visor will flash rapidly when the programming is successful Note the Genie transmitter will transmit for up to 30 seconds If HomeLink does not program within 30 seconds the Genie transmitter will need to be pressed again If the Genie transmitter LED displays green and red release the button until the LED turns off before pressing the button again Once HomeLink has been programmed successfully the Genie transmitter must be changed out of program mode To do this 1 Press and hold the previously programmed Genie button on the hand held transmitter for 10 seconds The indicator light will change from red to red and green 2 Press the same button twice to confirm the change If done correctly the LED will turn green 2014 Tau
452. r should not be used because they are more likely to blow out or fail Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally Inspect all your tires including the spare frequently and replace them if one or more of the following conditions exist Tire Wear When the tread is worn down to 1 16th of an inch 2 millimeters tires must be replaced to help prevent your vehicle from skidding and hydroplaning Built in treadwear indicators or wear bars which look like narrow strips of smooth rubber across the tread will appear on the tire when the tread is worn down to 1 16th of an inch 2 millimeters When the tire tread wears down to the same height as these wear bars the tire is worn out and must be replaced 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 327 Damage Periodically inspect the tire treads and sidewalls for damage such as bulges in the tread or sidewalls cracks in the tread groove and separation in the tread or sidewall If damage is observed or suspected have the tire inspected by a tire professional Tires can be damaged during off road use so inspection after off road use is also recommended WARNING Age Tires degrade over time depending on many factors such as weather storage conditions and conditions of use such as load speed inflation pressure the tires experience throughout their lives In general tires should be replaced
453. r website www helminc com tems in this catalog may be purchased by credit card check or money order Obtaining a French Owner s Manual A French owner s manual can be obtained from your authorized dealer or by contacting Helm Incorporated using the contact information listed previously in this section 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 268 Customer Assistance REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS U S ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has 77 a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Ford Motor Company If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Ford Motor Company To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to Attp www safercar gov or write to Administrator 1200 New Jersey Avenue Southeast Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS CANADA ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or dea
454. radar Driver can typically clean the sensor to resolve Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Displayed when there is a system malfunction with the collision warning system The system will be disabled Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Action Description closed Trunk Ajar Displayed when the trunk is not completely closed Fuel Messages Action Description properly closed Fuel Level LOW Displayed as an early reminder of a low fuel condition 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 126 Information Displays Access Messages No Key Detected Displayed if the intelligent access key is not detected by the system in the following three scenarios e When the start stop button is pressed in an attempt to either start the engine or cycle through the ignition states eWhen the engine is running and a door is opened then closed e When the vehicle s speed exceeds 10 mph 16 km h for the first time after starting Key Programmed x Displayed during spare key programming Keys Total when an intelligent access key is programmed to the system Max Number of Keys Displayed during spare key programming when Learned the maximum number of keys have been programmed Press Brake to Start Displayed when the start stop button is pressed without the brake pedal being applied This is a reminder that the brake pedal must be applied when the start stop button is press
455. ral factors and generally decrease with severity of use When to expect the OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message Vehicle use and examples 7600 10000 miles No or moderate load or towing 12000 16000 km Bou i es ce Flat to moderately hilly roads No extended idling Severe 5000 7499 miles Moderate to heavy load or towing 3000 11999 km Mountainous or off road conditions Extended idling Extended hot or cold operation dU Mes Maximum load T i ee Extreme hot or cold operation 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 535 Normal scheduled maintenance At every oil change Change engine oil and filter the information display tread depth recommended Inspect automatic transmission fluid level Gf equipped with dipstick Consult dealer for requirements Inspect brake pads shoes rotors drums brake linings hoses and parking brake Inspect engine cooling system strength and hoses Inspect rear axle and U joints Lubricate if equipped with grease fittings All wheel drive vehicles Inspect half shaft boots if equipped Inspect steering linkage ball joints suspension tie rod ends driveshaft and U joints Lubricate if equipped with grease fittings Inspect wheels and related components for abnormal noise wear looseness or drag Do not exceed one year or 10000 miles 16000 kilometers between service intervals Reset your In
456. rammed coded key into the ignition 2 Turn the ignition from off to on Keep the ignition on for at least three seconds but no more than 10 seconds 3 Turn the ignition off and remove the first coded key from the ignition 4 After three seconds but within 10 seconds of turning the ignition off insert the second previously coded key into the ignition 5 Turn the ignition from off to on Keep the ignition on for at least three seconds but no more than 10 seconds 6 Turn the ignition off and remove the second previously programmed coded key from the ignition 7 After three seconds but within 20 seconds of turning the ignition off and removing the previously programmed coded key insert the new unprogrammed key into the ignition 8 Turn the ignition from off to on Keep the ignition on for at least six seconds until you hear the door locks cycle 9 Remove the newly programmed coded key from the ignition The key will start your vehicle s engine and will operate the remote entry system if the new key is an integrated keyhead transmitter if it has been successfully programmed Wait 20 seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 8 if the key was not successfully programmed Take your vehicle to your authorized dealer to have the new key programmed if you are still unsuccessful Wait 20 seconds and then repeat this procedure from Step 1 to program an additional key 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus
457. rbag status indicator will illuminate the ON lamp and remain illuminated If a person of adult size is sitting in the front passenger s seat but the passenger airbag status indicator OFF lamp is lit it is possible that the person isn t sitting properly in the seat If this happens e Turn the vehicle off and ask the person to place the seat back in the full upright position e Have the person sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended e Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for about two minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and enable the passenger s frontal airbag e If the indicator OFF lamp remains lit even after this the person should be advised to ride in the rear seat 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 48 Supplementary Restraints System Passenger airbag A Occupant E Passenger airbag C A Lit Empty ON Unit Unlit Disabled NERO NM Lit Child Leo Unlit Disabled OFF Unlit Unit ida den Note When the passenger airbag status indicator OFF lamp is illuminated the passenger side airbag seat mounted may be disabled to avoid the risk of airbag deployment injuries After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts it s very important that they continue to sit properly A properly seated occupant sits upright leaning against the sea
458. rd while pulling the gearshift lever out of position P and into the position N 3 Remove the tool and reinstall the insert 4 Start the vehicle and release the parking brake Automatic Transmission Adaptive Learning This feature is designed to increase durability and provide consistent shift feel over the life of the vehicle A new vehicle or transmission may have firm shifts soft shifts or both This operation is considered normal and will not affect function or durability of the transmission Over time the adaptive learning process will fully update transmission operation Additionally whenever the battery is disconnected or a new battery installed the strategy must be relearned If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck in Mud or Snow Note Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur Note Do not rock the vehicle for more than a minute or damage to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may overheat If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears stopping between shifts in a steady pattern Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 188 All Wheel Drive If Equipped Using your All Wheel Drive AWD system AWD uses all four wheels to power the vehicle This increases traction enabling you to drive over terrain
459. red warning bar illuminating on the windshield You should take immediate action Setting the Gap Distance Note It is your responsibility to select a gap appropriate to the driving conditions ch You can decrease or increase the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you by pressing the GAP control up or down The selected gap will display in the information display as shown by the bars in the graphic Four gap distance settings are available Graphic Following Following Dynamic display bars distance distance at behavior between 60 mph vehicles 100 km h 1 second Each time you restart your vehicle the system will select the last chosen gap for the current driver 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Cruise Control 217 Disengaging Adaptive Cruise Control Press the brake pedal or press CNCL to disengage the system The last set speed will display with a strikethrough Disengaging the system will not erase your previous set speed Overriding Adaptive Cruise Control WARNING Whenever the driver is overriding the ACC by pressing the accelerator pedal the ACC will not automatically apply the brakes to maintain separation from any vehicle ahead You can override the set speed and gap distance by pressing the accelerator pedal When you are overriding the system the green indicator light illuminates and the follow vehicle does not show in the informat
460. refer to the Information Display chapter When the BLIS is switched off the driver does not receive alerts and the information display shows BLIND SPOT SYS OFF and or CTA SYSTEM OFF The system switches back on whenever the ignition is switched on One or both systems can also be switched off permanently at your authorized dealer Once switched off switching it back on must also be done at the dealership COLLISION WARNING SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED WARNING This system is designed to be a supplementary driving aid It is not intended to replace the driver s attention and judgment or the need to apply the brakes This system does NOT activate the brakes automatically Failure to press the brake pedal to activate the brakes may result in a collision WARNING The collision warning system with brake support cannot help prevent all collisions Do not rely on this system to replace driver judgment and the need to maintain distance and speed Note The system does not detect warn or respond to potential collisions with vehicles to the rear or sides of the vehicle Note The collision warning system is active at speeds above approximately 5 mph 8 km h This system is designed to alert Cr en a the driver of certain collision risks A radar detects if your vehicle is rapidly approaching another vehicle traveling in the same direction as yours 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 234 Driving Aids
461. res Go to www siriusxm com travellink for more information Note Visit www siriusxm com traffic and click on Coverage map and details for a complete listing of all traffic areas covered by Sirius Travel Link Note Neither Sirius nor Ford is responsible for any errors or inaccuracies in the Sirius Travel Link services or its use in vehicles When you subscribe to Sirius Travel Link it can help you locate the best gas prices find movie listings get current traffic alerts view the current weather map get accurate ski conditions and see scores to current sports games e If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation touch the i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Traffic On Route and Traffic Nearby Touch these buttons to identify traffic incidents on your route nearby your vehicle s current location or near any of your favorite places if programmed Fuel Prices Touch this button to view fuel prices at stations close to your vehicle s location or on an active navigation route Movie Listings Touch this button to view nearby movie theaters and their show times if available Weather Touch this button to view the nearby weather current weather or the five day forecast for the chosen area Select Map to see the weather map which can show storms radar information charts and winds Select Area to select from
462. ress the lock button to lock all the doors 2 Press the remote start button twice The exterior lamps will flash twice The horn will sound if the system fails to start Note If you remote start your vehicle with an integrated keyhead transmitter you must switch the ignition on before driving your vehicle If you remote start your vehicle with an intelligent access transmitter you must have a programmed intelligent access key inside your vehicle and press the START STOP button on the instrument panel once while applying the brake pedal before driving your vehicle The power windows will not work during the remote start and the radio will not turn on automatically The parking lamps will remain on and your vehicle will run for 5 10 or 15 minutes depending on the setting See the Information Displays chapter to select the duration of the remote start system Extending the Vehicle Run Time Repeat Steps 1 and 2 with your vehicle still running to extend the run time for another remote start duration If the duration is set to last 10 minutes the duration will extend by another 10 minutes beginning after what is left of the first activation time For example if your vehicle had been running from the first remote start for five minutes your vehicle will continue to run now for a total of 15 minutes Wait at least five seconds before remote starting after a vehicle shutdown 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013
463. rest listing When programming a point of interest destination the system allows you to sort the resulting lists alphabetically by distance or by cityseekr listings if available Pressing the Search Areas button allows you to search for points of interest nearby near a city or state or near a destination if a route is active Pressing the Search By Name button allows you to directly enter the point of interest name into the system by using the keyboard cityseekr If Available Note cityseekr point of interest information is limited to approximately 912 cities 881 in the United States 20 in Canada and 11 in Mexico cityseekr when available is a service that provides more information about certain points of interest such as restaurants H hotels and attractions When you have selected a point of C s e ek r interest the location and information appear such as address and phone number If cityseekr lists the point of interest more information is available such as a brief description hotel check in and checkout times or restaurant hours 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 502 MyFord Touch If Equipped Press More Information for a longer review a list of services and facilities the average room or meal price as well as the website link This screen displays either a facility photo if available or point of interest icons such as Hotel Coffeehouse
464. restraints based on crash severity and occupant conditions 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 42 Supplementary Restraints System PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION WARNING Airbags do not inflate slowly or gently and the risk of injury from a deploying airbag is the greatest close to the trim covering the airbag module WARNING All occupants of your vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided Failure to properly wear your safety belt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Always transport children 12 years old and under in the back seat and always properly use appropriate child restraints WARNING Never place your arm over the airbag module as a deploying airbag can result in serious arm fractures or other injuries WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back WARNING Do not attempt to service repair or modify the airbag supplemental restraint systems or its fuses as you could be seriously injured or killed Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible WARNING Several airbag system components get hot af
465. rily unable to provide a warning or intervention on the indicated side s This may be because e the vehicle is under the activation speed e the turn indicator is active e the vehicle is in a dynamic maneuver e the road has no or poor lane markings in the camera field of view e the camera is obscured or unable to detect the lane markings due to environmental conditions e g significant sun angles or shadows snow heavy rain fog traffic conditions e g following a large vehicle that is blocking or shadowing the lane or vehicle conditions e g poor headlamp illumination See Troubleshooting for additional information Green Indicates that the system is available or ready to provide a warning or intervention on the indicated side s Yellow Indicates that the system is providing or has just provided a lane keeping aid intervention Red Indicates that the system is providing or has just provided a lane keeping alert warning The system can be temporarily disabled at any time by the following e Quick braking e Fast acceleration e Using the turn signal indicator e Evasive steering maneuver 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Driving Aids 227 Troubleshooting Why is the feature not available line markings are gray when I can see the lane markings on the road ABS or AdvanceTrac activation Camera blockage due to dirt grime fog frost or water on the windshield When d
466. rinting September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 493 Wireless amp Internet Wi Fi Settings USB Mobile Broadband 2014 Taurus Wi Fi Network Client Mode turns the Wi Fi feature on and off in your vehicle Make sure you turn it on for connectivity purposes Choose a Wireless Network allows you to use a previously stored wireless network You can categorize by alphabetical listing priority and signal strength You can also choose to search for a network connect to a network disconnect from a network receive more information prioritize a network or delete a network Gateway Access Point Mode makes SYNC an access point for a phone or a computer when turned on This forms the local area network within your vehicle for things such as game playing file transfer and internet browsing Press for more information Gateway Access Point Settings allows you to view and change settings for using SYNC as the internet gateway Gateway Access Point Device List allows you to view recent connections to your Wi Fi system Instead of using Wi Fi your system can also use a USB mobile broadband connection to access the internet You must turn on your mobile broadband device on your personal computer before connecting it to the system This screen allows you to set up what is your typical area for your USB mobile broadband connection USB mobile broadband settings may not display if the device is already on You
467. risdiction of the courts of the County of Santa Clara California The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply 7 Assignment You may not resell assign or transfer this Agreement or any of your rights or obligations except in totality in connection with your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software and expressly conditioned upon the new user of the TeleNav Software agreeing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement Any such sale assignment or transfer that is not expressly permitted under this paragraph will result in immediate termination of this Agreement without liability to TeleNav 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Appendices 521 in which case you and all other parties shall immediately cease all use of the TeleNav Software Notwithstanding the foregoing TeleNav may assign this Agreement to any other party at any time without notice provided the assignee remains bound by this Agreement 8 Miscellaneous 8 1 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between TeleNav and you with respect to the subject matter hereof 8 2 Except for the limited licenses expressly granted in this Agreement TeleNav retains all right title and interest in and to the TeleNav Software including without limitation all related intellectual property rights No licenses or other rights which are not expressly granted in this Agreement are
468. riving on tight roads or on uneven roads always as expected in the Aid or Aid Alert mode If the tires have been exchanged including snow tires or the suspension has been modified 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 228 Driving Aids BLIND SPOT INFORMATION SYSTEM BLIS WITH CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT CTA IF EQUIPPED WARNING To help avoid injuries NEVER use the BLIS as a replacement for using the interior and exterior mirrors and looking over your shoulder before changing lanes BLIS is not a replacement for careful driving and only an assist BLISQ aids the driver in detecting vehicles that may have entered the blind spot zone A The detection area is on both sides of the vehicle extending rearward from the exterior mirrors to approximately 10 feet 8 meters beyond the bumper The system alerts you if certain vehicles enter the blind spot zone while driving CTA warns the driver of vehicles approaching from the sides when the transmission is in R Reverse Note BLIS is not designed to prevent contact with other vehicles or objects or to detect parked vehicles people animals or infrastructure fences guardrails trees etc It is designed to alert the driver to vehicles in the blind zones Note When a vehicle passes quickly through the blind zone typically fewer than two seconds the system does not trigger 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Pri
469. rmal noise wear looseness or drag Every oil change If ran exclusively on E85 fill the fuel tank full with regular unleaded fuel 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 542 Scheduled Maintenance Special Operating Condition Log 2014 Taurus Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miteace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miteace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns Miteace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION
470. rmation already entered into the system Turn this feature ON or OFF Traffic Preferences Avoid Traffic Problems allows you to choose how you want the system to handle traffic problems along your route e Automatic Have the system reroute you to avoid traffic incidents that develop and impact the current route The system does not provide a traffic alert notification e Manual Have the system always provide a traffic alert notification for traffic incidents along the planned route You have a choice to accept or ignore the notification before making the route deviation Traffic Alert Notification allows you to choose have the system display traffic alert notifications Other traffic alert features allows you to turn on certain or all traffic icons on the map such as road work incident accidents and closed roads Scroll down to view all the different types of alerts Turn these features ON or OFF Avoid Areas Avoid Areas allows you to choose areas which you want the system to avoid when calculating a route for you Press Add to program an entry Once you make a selection the system tries to avoid the area s if possible for all routes To delete a selection choose the listing on the screen When the screen changes to Avoid Areas Edit you can press Delete at the bottom right of the screen Map Mode Press the green bar in the upper right area of the touchscreen to view map mode Map mode shows advanced viewing comprised of
471. rned out or if the OBD II system has determined that some of the emission control systems have not been properly checked In this case the vehicle is considered not ready for I M testing If the vehicle s engine or transmission has just been serviced or the battery has recently run down or been replaced the OBD II system may indicate that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing To determine if the vehicle is ready for I M testing turn the ignition key to the on position for 15 seconds without cranking the engine If the service engine soon indicator blinks eight times it means that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing if the service engine soon indicator stays on solid it means that the vehicle is ready for I M testing The OBD II system is designed to check the emission control system during normal driving A complete check may take several days If the vehicle is not ready for I M testing the following driving cycle consisting of mixed city and highway driving may be performed 15 minutes of steady driving on an expressway or highway followed by 20 minutes of stop and go driving with at least four 30 second idle periods Allow the vehicle to sit for at least eight hours without starting the engine Then start the engine and complete the above driving cycle The engine must warm up to its normal operating temperature Once the engine is started do not turn off the engine until the above driving cycle is complete If the vehic
472. ross Combined Weight is the weight of the loaded vehicle GVW plus the weight of the fully loaded trailer GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the vehicle and the loaded trailer including all cargo and passengers that the vehicle can handle without risking damage Important The towing vehicle s braking system is rated for operation at GVWR not at GCWR Separate functional brakes should be used for safe control of towed vehicles and for trailers where the GCW of the towing vehicle plus the trailer exceed the GVWR of the towing vehicle The GCW must never exceed the GCWR Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailer the vehicle can tow It assumes a vehicle with only mandatory options no cargo internal or external a tongue load of 10 1596 conventional trailer and driver only 150 Ib 68 kg Consult your authorized dealer or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide provided by your authorized dealer for more detailed information WARNING Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the Safety Compliance Certification Label WARNING Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the original tires because they may lower the vehicle s GVWR and GAWR limitations Replacement tires with a higher limit than the original tires do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing
473. rus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 160 Universal Garage Door Opener If Equipped Programming HomeLink to the Genie Intellicode garage door opener motor Note You may need a ladder to access the garage door opener motor To program HomeLink to the garage door opener motor 1 Press and hold the PROGRAM button on the garage door opener motor until both blue LED s turn on 2 Release the PROGRAM button Only the smaller round LED should be on 3 Press and release the program button The larger purple LED will flash Note The next two steps must be completed in 30 seconds 4 Press and release the Genie Intellicode 2 hand held transmitter s previously programmed button Both indicator lights on the garage door opener motor unit should now flash purple 5 Press and hold the previously programmed button on the sun visor for two seconds Repeat this step up to 3 times until the garage door moves Programming is now complete Clearing a HomeLink device To erase programming from the three HomeLink buttons press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash The LED will begin flashing in 10 to 20 seconds at which time both buttons should be released Programming has now been erased and the LED should blink slowly to indicate the device is in train mode when any one of the three HomeLink buttons is pressed FCC and RSS 210 Industry Canada Compliance This device c
474. rus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 54 Supplementary Restraints System The fact that the safety belt pretensioners or airbags did not activate for both front seat occupants in a crash does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the restraints control module determined the accident conditions such as crash severity belt usage were not appropriate to activate these safety devices e The design of the front airbags is to activate only in frontal and near frontal crashes not rollovers side impacts or rear impacts unless the crash causes sufficient frontal deceleration e The design of the safety belt pretensioners is to activate in frontal near frontal and side crashes and in rollovers e The design of the side airbags is to inflate in certain side impact crashes Side airbags may activate in other types of crashes if the vehicle experiences sufficient sideways motion or deformation e The design of the Safety Canopy is to inflate in certain side impact crashes or rollover events The Safety Canopy may activate in other types of crashes if the vehicle experiences sufficient sideways motion or deformation or a certain likelihood of rollover AIRBAG DISPOSAL Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Airbags must be disposed of by qualified personnel 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Keys and Remote Control 55 GENERAL INFORMA
475. ry position Recalling a memory position with the remote control The memory positions are also recalled when you press unlock on your remote control if the transmitter is programmed to a memory position or when you enter a valid personal entry code that is programmed to a memory position If you enable the easy entry feature the seat will first 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 150 Seats move to the easy entry position The seat will move to the final position when the key is in the ignition or when the push button start system is put in accessory mode or started To program the memory feature to a remote control see the Keys and remote control chapter Easy Entry and Exit Feature If Equipped This feature can move the seat rearward and the optional steering column up and forward to allow extra room to exit the vehicle This occurs when e You place the transmission in neutral N or park P and e You turn the ignition off The seat and steering wheel will move to their original positions when e You place the transmission in neutral N or park P and e You turn the ignition on Turn the Easy Entry Exit feature on or off through the information display settings menu See the nformation Displays chapter HEATED SEATS IF EQUIPPED WARNING Persons who are unable to feel pain to the skin because of advanced age chronic illness diabetes spinal cord injury medication alcohol
476. ry to remove the remaining slack that will exist once the extra weight of the child is added to the child restraint It also helps to achieve the proper snugness of the child seat to your vehicle Sometimes a slight lean toward the buckle will provide extra help to remove remaining slack from the belt 9 Attach the tether strap if the child seat is equipped See Using Tether Straps later in this chapter 10 Before placing the child in the seat forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place To check this grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back There should be no more than 1 inch 2 5 centimeters of movement for proper installation Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician to make certain the child restraint is properly installed In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a Child Passenger Safety Technician Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren LATCH WARNING Never attach two child safety seats to the same anchor In a crash one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child safety seat attachments and may break causing serious injury or death WARNING Depending on where you secure a child restraint and depending on the child restraint design you may block access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies or LATCH lower anchors rendering those
477. s 388 SYNC USING VOICE RECOGNITION This system helps you control many features using voice commands This allows you to keep your hands on the wheel and focus on what is in front of you Initiating a Voice Session Push the voice icon a tone sounds and Listening appears in the us display Say any of the following Make calls Access the device connected to your USB port Bluetooth Audio Stream audio from your phone Line in Access the device connected to the auxiliary input jack Cancel the requested action Return to the main menu Voice settings Adjust the level of voice interaction and feedback Vehicle Health Report Run a vehicle health report Access the SYNC Services portal Mobile apps Access mobile applications Help Hear a list of voice commands available in the current mode If equipped U S only If you want to System Interaction and Feedback The system provides feedback through audible tones prompts questions and spoken confirmations depending on the situation and the chosen level of interaction voice settings You can customize the voice recognition system to provide more or less instruction and feedback The default setting is to a higher level of interaction in order to help you learn to use the system You can change these settings at any time 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus SYNC 389 Adjusting the In
478. s 132 194 196 Griving off road e 189 E Fuel Cap iusta dtp eura Seeks 177 Electronic message center 110 CAPACILY xs sjscredsvednotvevstevctessseees 354 m choosing the right fuel 173 174 EEC CI COME Ae Ee oo NIRE 175 Emergencies roadside filling your vehicle with fuel 177 jump starting oe 258 filter specifications 295 359 running out of fuel 175 fuel pump shut off 257 Emergency brake octane rating 174 352 see Parking brake 196 quality suessestee quera pues eese edu eos uem 173 Baise l running out of fuel 175 mission control system 180 safety information relating End user license agreement 510 to automotive fuels 172 Engine eee NS IRR 352 Fuel and distance computer 114 CLEANING genseren 309 outside temperature COOLAM Larene r reene aie RR 285 iato Lez Iro D 114 fail safe cooling 289 to empty indicator 114 idle speed control 296 trip distance susss 114 lubrication specifications 354 trip reset button 114 refill capacities 354 Fuel Hes fn vshicl Berle POUS a udi ein 281 283 PPV Lc 174 Engine block heater V Puses s 269 270 Engine oil checking and adding 284 G dIDpSbiGk eei eet ht 284 filter specifications
479. s activated Could Not Program Displayed when an attempt is made to program R Reverse and the park aid is disabled R Reverse and the park aid is disabled Rear Park Aid On Off Displays the rear park aid status 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Information Displays 129 Passenger Sensing Action Description System Message Occupant Sensor BLOCKED Remove Objects Near Passenger Seat Displayed when objects are by the passenger seat After the objects are moved away from the seat if the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Reminder Messages Action Description Steering column lock Remove and re insert key while turning wheel to unlock Shift to Park Action Description LOW Tire Pressure Displays when one or more tires on your vehicle have low tire pressure Tire Pressure Monitor Fault Tire Pressure Sensor Fault 2014 Taurus Displays when you need to turn the steering wheel in order to disengage the steering lock Displayed when the engine is turned off and shift select lever is in any position other than P Park Displays when the driver s door is opened the vehicle is on park and the engine is on Displays when the tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer Displayed when a tire pressure sensor
480. s can be harmful or fatal if swallowed Fuel such as gasoline is highly toxic and if swallowed can cause death or permanent injury If fuel is swallowed call a physician immediately even if no symptoms are immediately apparent The toxic effects of fuel may not be visible for hours Avoid inhaling fuel vapors Inhaling too much fuel vapor of any kind can lead to eye and respiratory tract irritation In severe cases excessive or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can cause serious illness and permanent injury 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Fuel and Refueling 173 Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes If fuel is splashed in the eyes remove contact lenses if worn flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention Failure to seek proper medical attention could lead to permanent injury e Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed through the skin If fuel is splashed on the skin or clothing promptly remove contaminated clothing and wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Repeated or prolonged skin contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes skin irritation e Be particularly careful if you are taking Antabuse or other forms of disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism Breathing gasoline vapors or skin contact could cause an adverse reaction In sensitive individuals serious personal injury or sickness may result If fuel is splashed on the skin promptly wash skin thoroughly with soap a
481. s chosen then press OK to connect the phone Note Only one device can be connected at a time When another phone is connected the previous one is disconnected Set Primary Phone Set a previously paired phone as your primary phone Press OK to select and scroll to select the desired phone Press OK to confirm Note SYNC attempts to connect with the primary phone at every ignition cycle When a phone is selected as primary it appears first in the list and is marked with an asterisk 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus SYNC 403 Set Bluetooth On Off Turn the Bluetooth feature on and off Press OK and scroll to toggle between On and Off When the desired selection is chosen press OK Note Turning Bluetooth off disconnects all Bluetooth devices and deactivates all Bluetooth features Delete Device Delete a paired phone Press OK and scroll to select the device Press OK to confirm Delete All Devices Delete all previously paired phones and all information originally saved with those phones Press OK to select Exit the current menu This is a speed dependent feature Advanced Menu Options This menu allows you to access settings such as prompts languages defaults perform a master reset install an application and view system information 1 Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu 2 Scroll until System Settings appears and press OK 3 Scroll until Advanc
482. s menu you can set your clock access and adjust the display sound and vehicle settings as well as access settings for specific modes or the help feature Clock Note You cannot manually set the date Your vehicle s GPS does this for you Note If the battery has been disconnected your vehicle needs to acquire a GPS signal to update the clock Once your vehicle acquires the signal it may take a few minutes for the update to display the correct time 1 Press the Settings icon gt Clock 2 Press and to adjust the time From this screen you can also make other adjustments such as 12 or 24 hour mode activate GPS time synchronization and have the system automatically update for new time zones 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 485 You can also turn the outside air temperature display on and off It appears at the top center of the touchscreen next to the time and date The system automatically saves any updates you make to the settings Display You can adjust the touchscreen display through the touchscreen or by pressing the voice button on your steering wheel controls and when prompted say Display settings Press the Settings icon gt Display to access and make adjustments using the touchscreen e Brightness allows you to make the screen display brighter or dimmer e Auto DIM when set to On lets you use the Auto Dim Manual Offset
483. s of Gracenote The Gracenote logo and logotype and the Powered by Gracenote logo are trademarks of Gracenote Gracenote End User License Agreement EULA This device contains software from Gracenote Inc of 2000 Powell Street Emeryville California 94608 Gracenote The software from Gracenote the Gracenote Software enables this device to do disc and music file identification and obtain music related information including name artist track and title information Gracenote Data from online servers Gracenote Servers and to perform other functions You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End User functions of this device This device may contain content belonging to Gracenote s providers If so all of the restrictions set forth herein with respect to Gracenote Data shall also apply to such content and such content providers shall be entitled to all of the benefits and protections set forth herein that are available to Gracenote You agree that you will use the content from Gracenote Gracenote Content Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers for your own personal non commercial use only You agree not to assign copy transfer or transmit the Gracenote Content Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data except in a Tag associated with a music file to any third party YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT GRACENOTE DATA THE GRACENOTE SO
484. s within the rear dome lamp s Press the switches on either side of the dome lamp to turn on the reading lamps The direction of the reading lamps can be adjusted by pressing on the sides of the reading lamps The dome reading lamps will light when e any door is opened e the remote entry controls are pressed and the ignition is off 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 96 Windows and Mirrors POWER WINDOWS WARNING Do not leave children unattended in your vehicle and do not let children play with the power windows They may seriously injure themselves WARNING When closing the power windows you should verify they are free of obstructions and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the window openings Press or lift the switches to operate the windows e Press the switch to the first detent and hold to open the window e Lift the switch to the first detent and hold to close the window Rear Window Buffeting You may hear a pulsing noise when one or both of the rear windows are open This noise can be reduced by lowering a front window approximately 2 3 inches 5 8 centimeters One Touch Up or Down This feature automatically open or closes the driver s window and passenger s window if equipped with this feature Press or lift the switch completely and release The window will fully open or close Press or lift it again to stop th
485. search behavior http www ibiquity com automotive report radio station experiences HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corp U S and foreign patents HD Radio and the HD and HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp Ford Motor Company and iBiquity Digital Corp are not responsible for the content sent using HD Radio technology Content may be changed added or deleted at any time at the station owner s discretion 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 451 Radio Voice Commands E If you are listening to the radio press the voice button on the us steering wheel control When prompted say any of the commands in the following chart If you are not listening to the radio press the voice button and after the tone say Radio then any of the commands in the following chart lt 8 9 107 I gt 2879 10792 HDT lt 530 1710 gt FM 1 preset lt gt FM autoset preset CSCS If available Tf you have said Tune see the following Tune chart lt 81 9 107 890 110 7 FEM STSHOTS HD ae SSCS If available AM autoset preset lt gt FM 2 preset lt gt 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 452 MyFord Touch If Equipped Sirius Satellite Radio If Activated Press the lower left corner of
486. seat occupants and is designed to help further reduce the risk of airbag related injuries The system is able to analyze different occupant conditions and crash severity before activating the appropriate safety devices to help better protect a range of occupants in a variety of frontal crash situations Your vehicle s Personal Safety System consists of e Driver and passenger dual stage airbag supplemental restraints e Front outboard safety belts with pretensioners energy management retractors first row only and safety belt usage sensors e Driver s seat position sensor e Front passenger sensing system e Passenger airbag off and on indicator lamp e Front crash severity sensors e Restraints control module with impact and safing sensors e Restraint system warning light and backup tone e The electrical wiring for the airbags crash sensor s safety belt pretensioners front safety belt usage sensors driver seat position sensor front passenger sensing system and indicator lights How Does the Personal Safety System Work The Personal Safety System can adapt the deployment strategy of your vehicle s safety devices according to crash severity and occupant conditions A collection of crash and occupant sensors provides information to the restraints control module During a crash the restraints control module may activate the safety belt pretensioners and or either one or both stages of the dual stage airbag supplemental
487. see the following Messages chart 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 472 MyFord Touch If Equipped MESSAGES Listen to text message lt gt Listen to text messages Reply to text messages INFORMATION If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation touch the i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Under the Information menu you can access features such as A SYNC Services B Sirius Travel Link C Alerts D Calendar E SYNC Applications 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 473 SYNC Services If Equipped United States Only Note SYNC Services requires activation before use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register and check your eligibility for complimentary services Standard phone and message rates may apply Subscription may be required You must also have the active SYNC Services Bluetooth enabled cellular phone paired and connected to the system in order to connect to and use SYNC Services See Phone earlier in this chapter for pairing instructions Note This feature does not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your mobile phone Make sure your mobile phone is not blocking caller ID before using SYNC Services Note The driver
488. sh resulting in serious injury WARNING Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot The hot coolant is under pressure and may cause serious burns 5 Re start the engine and take your vehicle to an authorized dealer Note Driving the vehicle without repairing the engine problem increases the chance of engine damage Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer as soon as possible TRANSMISSION FLUID CHECK 6F35 TRANSMISSION if equipped Note Transmission fluid should be checked by an authorized dealer If required fluid should be added by an authorized dealer The automatic transmission does not have a transmission fluid dipstick Refer to your scheduled maintenance information for scheduled intervals for fluid checks and changes Your transmission does not consume fluid However the fluid level should be checked if the transmission is not working properly i e if the transmission slips or shifts slowly or if you notice some sign of fluid leakage 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Maintenance 291 Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives treatments or cleaning agents The use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components 6F50 6F55 Transmission WARNING The dipstick cap and surrounding components may be hot gloves are recommended WARNING Use gloves when moving the air fi
489. sh Sensors and Airbag Indicator later in 9 N this chapter e Front passenger sensing system Note The passenger sensing system will deactivate the passenger seat mounted side airbag if it detects an empty passenger seat The design and development of the side airbag system included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Supplementary Restraints System 51 SAFETY CANOPY CURTAIN AIRBAGS WARNING Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the headliner at the siderail that may come into contact with a deploying curtain airbag Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash WARNING Do not lean your head on the door The curtain airbag could injure you as it deploys from the headliner WARNING Do not attempt to service repair or modify the curtain airbags its fuses the A B or C pillar trim or the headliner on a vehicle containing curtain airbags as you could be seriously injured or killed Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible WARNING All occupants of your vehicle including the driver should always wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental r
490. sing Roadside Assistance For your convenience you may complete the roadside assistance identification card found in the centerfold of this warranty guide and retain for future reference Canadian roadside coverage and benefits may differ from the U S coverage If you require more information please refer to the coverage section of your warranty guide call us in Canada at 1 800 665 2006 or visit our website at www ford ca HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS The hazard flasher control is located on the instrument panel A by the radio Use it when your vehicle is disabled and is creating a safety hazard for other motorists e Press the flasher control and all front and rear direction signals will flash e Press the flasher control again to turn them off Note With extended use the flashers may run down your 12 volt battery FUEL CUT OFF SWITCH WARNING Failure to inspect and if necessary repair fuel leaks after a collision may increase the risk of fire and serious injury Ford Motor Company recommends that the fuel system be inspected by an authorized dealer after any collision In the event of a moderate to severe collision this vehicle is equipped with a fuel pump shut off feature that stops the flow of fuel to the engine Not every impact will cause a shut off 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 258 Roadside Emergencies Should your vehicle shut off after a collision you may restart your veh
491. sist Privacy Notice Once 911 Assist is set on it may disclose to emergency services that the vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to 911 operators the vehicle location and or other details about the vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not turn the feature on 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 408 SYNC Vehicle Health Report WARNING Always follow scheduled maintenance instructions regularly inspect your vehicle and seek repair for any damage or problem you suspect Vehicle Health Report supplements but cannot replace normal maintenance and vehicle inspection Vehicle Health Report only monitors certain systems that are electronically monitored by the vehicle and will not monitor or report the status of any other system i e brake lining wear Failure to perform scheduled maintenance and regularly inspect your vehicle may result in vehicle damage and serious injury Note Your Vehicle Health Report feature requires activation prior to use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register There is no fee or subscription associated with Vehicle Health Report but you must register to use this feature Note This feature may not f
492. sors are Blocked blocked Driver can typically clean the sensor to resolve Cross Traffic System Displayed when a fault with the cross traffic Fault alert system has occurred Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Vehicle Coming Displayed when the blind spot information From X system with cross traffic alert CTA system is operating and senses a vehicle Messages LOW brake system should be inspected immediately Check Brake System Displayed when the brake system needs servicing If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Park Brake Engaged Displayed when the parking brake is set the engine is running and the vehicle is driven more than 3 mph 5 km h If the warning stays on after the parking brake is released contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Information Displays 125 Collision Warning Action Description System Messages Collision Warning Not Available Collision Warning Not Available Sensor Blocked See Manual Collision Warning Malfunction Displayed when there is a system malfunction with the collision warning system The system will be disabled Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Displayed when the collision warning system radar is blocked because of poor radar visibility due to bad weather or ice mud water in front of the
493. st 6 mph sounds for six seconds every 9 7 km h and 1 2 minutes 25 seconds repeating for about five have elapsed since the ignition minutes or until the safety belts are switch has been turned to on buckled 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Safety Belts 39 The driver s or front The Belt Minder feature is activated passenger s safety belt becomes the safety belt warning light unbuckled for about one illuminates and the warning chime minute while the vehicle is sounds for six seconds every traveling at least 6 mph 25 seconds repeating for about five 9 7 km h and more than minutes or until the safety belts are 1 2 minutes have elapsed since buckled the ignition switch has been turned to on Deactivating and Activating the Belt Minder Feature WARNING While the design allows you to deactivate your Belt Minder this system is designed to improve your chances of being safely belted and surviving an accident We recommend you leave the Belt Minder system activated for yourself and others who may use your vehicle To reduce the risk of injury do not deactivate or activate the Belt Minder feature while driving your vehicle Note You can activate and deactivate the driver and front passenger Belt Minder independently When deactivating or activating one seating position do not buckle the other position as this will terminate the process Read Steps 1 5 thoroughly b
494. stalled on your system Certain features are not accessible when your vehicle is moving Turn on and turn off the 911 Assist feature See 9 1 Assist in the SYNC applications and services section In Case of Emergency ICE Speed Dial allows you to save up to two numbers as ICE contacts for quick access if there is an emergency Select Edit to access your phonebook and then select the desired contacts The numbers then appear as options on this screen for the ICE 1 and ICE 2 buttons The ICE contacts you select appear at the end of the 911 Assist call process View categorized lists of voice commands List To access Help using the voice commands press the voice button then after the tone say Help The system provides allowable voice commands for the current mode 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 496 MyFord Touch If Equipped CLIMATE Press the lower right corner on the touchscreen to access your climate control features Depending on your vehicle line and option package your climate screen may look different from the screen shown here A Power Touch to switch the system off and on Outside air cannot enter your vehicle when you switch off the system B Passenger settings Touch DUAL to switch on the passenger temperature control Touch or to adjust the temperature Touch the heated seat icon to control the heated seat Touch the cooled seat icon to
495. start switch Intelligent access module power Not used spare 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Fuses 277 number rating module Not used spare 32 15A Smart window motors Master window and mirror switch Rear window power sunshade module Lock switch illumination Not used spare 34 10A Reverse park aid module Automatic high beam and lane departure module Rear heated seat module Blind spot monitor module Rear video camera display Traction control switch Heated steering wheel Not used spare 38 10A Auto dimming mirror without automatic high beam and lane departure module Moonroof module and switch Restraint control module 48 304A Circuit Front passenger power window Breaker Rear power windows 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 278 Maintenance GENERAL INFORMATION Have your vehicle serviced regularly to help maintain its roadworthiness and resale value There is a large network of Ford authorized dealers who are there to help you with their professional servicing expertise We believe that their specially trained technicians are best qualified to service your vehicle properly and expertly They are supported by a wide range of highly specialized tools developed specifically for servicing your vehicle To help you service your vehicle we provide Scheduled Maintenance Information which makes tracking routine service
496. station broadcasting HD Radio technology you may notice the HD Radio logo on your screen When this logo is available you may also see Title and Artist fields on screen The multicast indicator appears in FM mode only if the current station is broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts The highlighted numbers signify available digital channels where new or different content is available HD1 signifies the main programming status and is available in analog and digital broadcasts Other multicast stations HD2 through HD7 are only available digitally 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Audio System 377 When HD Radio broadcasts are active you can access the following functions When you select Scan To save a multicast station as a preset Hear a brief sampling of all available stations This feature still works when HD Radio reception is on although it does not scan for HD2 HD7 channels You may see the HD logo appear if the station has a digital broadcast When the channel is active on screen press and hold a memory preset slot until the sound returns There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station Sound returns when finished When recalling a HD2 or HD3 memory preset there is a mute before the digital audio plays as the system must once again acquire the digital signal As with any saved radio station you cannot access the saved station if your vehicle is outside the st
497. sted to the vehicle requirements Rotating your tires at the recommended interval as indicated in the scheduled maintenance information will help your tires wear more evenly providing better tire performance and longer tire life 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 331 e Front wheel drive All wheel drive Eg E 3 vehicles front tires at left of diagram EUN 8m Sometimes irregular tire wear can be corrected by rotating the tires USING SUMMER TIRES Your Taurus SHO may be equipped with summer tires to provide superior performance on wet and dry roads Summer tires do not have the Mud and Snow M S or M S tire traction rating on the tire side wall Since summer tires do not have the same traction performance as All season or Snow tires Ford does not recommend using summer tires when temperatures drop to approximately 40 F 5 C or below depending on tire wear and environmental conditions or in snow ice conditions Like any tire summer tire performance is affected by tire wear and environmental conditions If you must drive in those conditions Ford recommends using Mud and Snow M S M S All season or Snow tires USING SNOW CHAINS WARNING Snow tires must be the same size load index speed rating as those originally provided by Ford Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle which could result in an
498. stem on Note If your vehicle is equipped with MyKey it is possible to prevent turning the sensing system off Refer to the MyKey chapter Using the Rear Sensing System The rear sensors are only active when the transmission is in R As the vehicle moves closer to the obstacle the rate of the audible warning increases When the obstacle is fewer than 12 inches 30 centimeters away the warning sounds continuously If a stationary or receding object is detected farther than 12 inches 30 centimeters from the side of the vehicle the tone sounds for only three seconds Once the system detects an object approaching the warning sounds again A Coverage area of up to 6 feet 2 meters from the rear bumper with a decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper M b eno u The system detects certain objects while the transmission is in R e and moving toward a stationary object at a speed of 3 mph 5 km h or less e but not moving and a moving object is approaching the rear of the vehicle at a speed of 3 mph 5 km h or less 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Parking Aids 203 ACTIVE PARK ASSIST IF EQUIPPED WARNING This system is designed to be a supplementary park aid It may not work in all conditions and is not intended to replace the driver s attention and judgment The driver is responsible for avoiding hazards and maintaining a safe distance and spee
499. sts the passenger side temperature when dual zone operation is disengaged B AUTO Press to turn on fully automatic operation Select the desired temperature using the temperature control The system automatically determines fan speed air distribution air conditioning operation and outside or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle to maintain the selected temperature C Air distribution control Press to set the air distribution to a position listed below kia Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents demister Wl vents and floor vents Distributes air through the instrument panel vents 7 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Climate Control 133 LSU Distributes air through the instrument panel vents floor vents dil and demister vents Distributes air through the floor vents D A C Press to turn air conditioning off and on Air conditioning cools the vehicle using outside air To improve air conditioning when starting your vehicle drive with the windows slightly open for two to three minutes Use air conditioning with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency Note Air conditioning turns on automatically in MAX A C Defrost and Floor Defrost E Recirculated air Press to switch between outside air and recirculated air When the LED on the button is lit the air currently in the passenger compartment is being recirculated Using recirculated
500. such as using a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment This prevents damage to the transmission all wheel drive system and vehicle TOWING THE VEHICLE ON FOUR WHEELS Emergency Towing If your vehicle becomes inoperable without access to wheel dollies car hauling trailer or flatbed transport vehicle it can be flat towed all wheels on the ground regardless of the powertrain and transmission configuration under the following conditions e Your vehicle is facing forward for towing in a forward direction e Place the transmission in position N See Automatic transmission in the Transmission chapter if you cannot move the transmission into N e Maximum speed is 35 mph 56 km h e Maximum distance is 50 miles 80 kilometers Recreational Towing Vehicles Equipped with a 2 0L Engine Note Put your climate control system in recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust fumes from entering your vehicle See the Climate Control chapter Follow these guidelines if you have a need for recreational towing such as towing your vehicle behind a motorhome We designed these guidelines to prevent damage to your transmission You can tow your vehicle with the front wheels off the ground by using a tow dolly If you are using a tow dolly follow the instructions specified by the equipment provider Otherwise you cannot tow your vehicle 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 252 Towing Vehicles Equ
501. switch ensure that the device is turned on To connect using voice commands 1 Plug the device into the vehicle s USB port 2 Press the voice icon and when prompted say USB 3 You can now play music by saying any of the appropriate voice commands See the media voice commands To connect using the system menu Plug the device into the vehicle s USB port Press AUX and then MENU to enter the Media Menu Scroll until Select Source appears and press OK Scroll to select USB and press OK Depending on how many digital media files are on your connected device Indexing may appear in the radio display When indexing is complete the screen returns to the Play Menu 6 Press OK and scroll through selections of e Play All Artists Albums Genres Playlists Tracks Explore USB Similar Music Return ORS co B3 p When the desired selection appears in the display press OK to build your desired music selection 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 414 SYNC What s Playing EE At any time when a track is playing you can press the voice icon and ask the system What s playing The system reads the metadata tags if populated of the playing track to you Media Voice Commands EE Press the voice icon and when prompted say USB then any i amp of the following Search artist lt name gt Search genre lt name gt 1 3 2014 Taurus Owners Gui
502. syste esuada dq dux dame de ae Ead E WE eg Active park assis lloc Rear view camera system llle es Cruise Control Using erulse control ssori y Et RR ere ERES Using Adaptive Cruise Control 0 0 0 0 0002 eae Driving Aids IJriyetsaletb c sa dee dob ee oe ae del SRE ae be ws Lane keeping system 2 ee eee Blind Spot Information System BLIS with Cross Traffic Alert CCEA ogo trs vae tatione ar Reto Ea Atta eie i i hans RR ae te eres Re Collision warning system llle SIQUID PI TRDCC PC DVD Load Carrying Cargo eb nse qae e X GR a eNO Da px ud qe ed Sd Vehicle loding seceru dub GU Ex EY RA de ESS Towing Trailer COWIE zu cud dee 9 ERA Weld a he RARER de Wrecker TOWNE 4 44 64 48 054 6688 O84 Heese Gee PX Recreational towing idu sa eX ov REPRE OPEM Ree oe A 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 6 Table of Contents Driving Hints 253 Economical driving s e ore gacka ai a a EA E AA E E R EA ER 253 Driving through water i eau Ex ina Eoee EEs PY S 254 ElOQrTuatS 4 scuto Sox ed n oto a eh itn Rae e eL ecu 255 Roadside Emergencies 256 Getting roadside assistance 2 2 ee ees 256 Hazard warning flashers sesasi rene eca ia e E E a eee 257 Fuel Cut Off Switi 2 aus eree See WO NS Rd IRSE ESCPR 257 Jump starting the vehicle 2 2 0 0 0 ee 258 Customer Assistance 261 Reporting safety defects U S only 0 20 0
503. t Repeat off Repeat track This applies to WMA or MP3 files only SD Card Slot and USB Port SD Card Slot Note Your SD card slot is spring loaded To remove the SD card press the card in and the system ejects it Do not attempt to pull the card to remove it as this could cause damage 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 459 Note The navigation system also uses this card slot See Navigation system later in this chapter for more information The slot is located either in the center console or behind a small access door in the instrument panel To access and play music e e e hd from your card press the lower left corner of the touchscreen and then select SD Card from the list on the left side of the screen SD logo is a trademark of SD 3C a ui LLC USB Port The ports are located either in the center g console or behind a small access door in the mm instrument panel To access and play music mm from your device press the lower left corner of the touchscreen and then select the USB tab O00 This feature allows you to plug in media playing devices memory sticks flash drives or thumb drives and charge devices if they support this feature In order to playback video from your iPod or iPhone if compatible you must have a special combination USB RCA composite video cable which you can buy from Apple When you connect the cable to yo
504. t back and centered on the seat cushion with their feet comfortably extended on the floor Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event For example if an occupant slouches lies down turns sideways sits forward leans forward or sideways or puts one or both feet up the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased If you think that the state of the passenger airbag status indicator lamp is incorrect check for the following e Objects lodged underneath the seat e Objects between the seat cushion and the center console e Objects hanging off the seat back e Objects stowed in the seat back map pocket e Objects placed on the occupant s lap e Cargo interference with the seat e Other passengers pushing or pulling on the seat e Rear passenger feet and knees resting or pushing on the seat The conditions listed above may cause the weight of a properly seated occupant to be incorrectly interpreted by the front passenger sensing system The person in the front passenger seat may appear heavier or lighter due to the conditions described in the previous list 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Supplementary Restraints System 49 PB Make sure the front passenger sensing system is operating Y properly See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator later in this chapter If the airbag readiness light is lit do the following The driver and adult passengers should check f
505. t in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving The USB port is located in the center console It allows you to plug in media playing devices memory sticks and charge devices Gif supported See the SYNC chapter for more information MEDIA HUB IF EQUIPPED The media hub is located in the center console and has the following features A A V inputs B SD card slot C USB ports C For more information see the MyFord Touch chapter 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus SYNC 385 EF LIA e SY NNO Powered by Mic ros oft SYNC is an in vehicle communications system that works with your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone and portable media player This allows you to e Make and receive calls e Access and play music from your portable music player e Use 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and SYNC Services Traffic Directions amp Information if equipped e Use applications such as Pandora and Stitcher via SYNC AppLi
506. t in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving EXPORT UNIQUE NON UNITED STATES CANADA VEHICLE SPECIFIC INFORMATION For your particular global region your vehicle may be equipped with features and options that are different from the features and options that are described in this owner s manual A market unique supplement may be supplied that complements this book By referring to the market unique supplement if provided you can properly identify those features recommendations and specifications that are unique to your vehicle This owner s manual is written primarily for the U S and Canadian Markets Features or equipment listed as standard may be different on units built for Export See this owner s manual for all other required information and warnings 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Child Safety 17 GENERAL INFORMATION See the following sections for directions on how to properly use safety restraints for children WARNING Always make sure your child is secured pro
507. take a weaker one and result in the audio system muting CD and CD Player Information Note CD units play commercially pressed 4 75 inch 12 centimeter audio compact discs only Due to technical incompatibility certain recordable and re recordable compact discs may not function correctly when used in Ford CD players Note Do not insert CDs with homemade paper adhesive labels into the CD player as the label may peel and cause the CD to become jammed You should use a permanent felt tip marker rather than adhesive labels on your homemade CDs Ballpoint pens may damage CDs Please contact your authorized dealer for further information Note Do not use any irregularly shaped discs or discs with a scratch protection film attached Always handle discs by their edges only Clean the disc with an approved CD cleaner only Wipe it from the center of the disc toward the edge Do not clean in a circular motion Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or heat sources for extended periods 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 368 Audio System MP3 Track and Folder Structure Audio systems capable of recognizing and playing MP3 individual tracks and folder structures work as follows e There are two different modes for MP3 disc playback MP3 track mode system default and MP3 folder mode e MP3 track mode ignores any folder structure on the MP3 disc The player numbers each MP3 track on the disc noted
508. tation issues Isme Cause Action Echo stutter skip or This is poor time No action required repeat in audio alignment by the radio This is a broadcast Increase or decrease broadcaster issue in audio volume Sound fading or The radio is shifting No action required blending in and out between analog and The reception issue digital audio may clear up as you continue to drive There is an audio The digital multicast is No action required mute delay when not available until the This is normal selecting HD2 or HD3 HD Radio broadcast is behavior Wait until multicast preset or decoded Once the audio is available Direct Tune decoded the audio is available 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 379 Potential station issues Issue Cause Action Audio System Cannot access HD2 or HD3 multicast channel when recalling a preset or from a direct tune Text information does not match currently playing audio There is no text information shown for currently selected frequency HD2 HD7 stations not found when Scan is pressed The previously stored multicast preset or direct tune is not available in your current reception area Data service issue by the radio broadcaster Data service issue by the radio broadcaster Pressing Scan disables HD2 HD7 channel search No action required The station is not available in your current
509. te The system works above 40 mph 64 km h Note The system works as long as one lane marking can be detected by the camera Note If the camera is blocked or if the windshield is damaged the system may not function Note When Aid mode is on and the system detects no driver steering activity for a short period after system activation the system alerts the driver to keep their hands on the steering wheel The system may detect a light touch or grip on the steering wheel as hands off driving Switching the System On and Off f Press the button located on the center console to switch the Q system on or off Note The system on off setting is stored until it is manual changed unless a MyKey is detected If a MyKey is detected the system is defaulted to on and the mode is set to Alert Note If a MyKey is detected pressing the button will not affect the on off status of the system Only the Mode and Intensity settings can be changed when a MyKey is present System Settings The system has one standard feature setting and one optional setting menu available To view or adjust the settings refer to the Information Displays chapter The last known selection for each of these settings is stored by the system You do not need to readjust your settings each time you turn on the system 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Driving Aids 225 Mode This setting allows the driver to select w
510. te Uses the shortest distance possible e Eco Route Uses the most fuel efficient route You can cancel the route or have the system demo the route for you Select Route Prefs to set route preferences like avoiding freeways tollroads ferries and car trains as well as to use or not use high occupancy vehicle lanes High occupancy vehicle lanes are also known as carpool or diamond lanes People who ride in buses vanpools or carpools use these lanes Note If your vehicle is on a recognized road and you do not press the Start Route button the system defaults to the Fastest Route option and begins guidance During route guidance you can press the talking bubble icon that appears in the upper right navigation corner green bar if you want the system to repeat route guidance information When the system repeats the last guidance instruction it updates the distance to the next guidance instruction since it detects when the vehicle is moving Point of Interest POI Categories Your system offers a variety of points of interest categories Main categories Food Drink amp Dining Automotive Travel amp Transportation Financial Emergency Community Health amp Medicine 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 501 Within these main categories there are subcategories which contain more listings To expand these listings press the in front of the point of inte
511. te tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly The tire pressure monitoring system complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 334 Wheels and Tires Changing Tires with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System Note Each road tire is equipped r with a tire pressure sensor located inside the tire and wheel assembly cavity The pressure sensor is attached to the valve stem The pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is not visible unless the tire is removed Take care when changing the tire to avoid damaging the sensor You should always have your tires serviced by an authorized dealer Check the tire pressure periodically at least monthly using an accurate tire gauge See Inflating Your Tires in this chapter Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System The tire pressure monitoring system measures pressure in your four road tires and sends the tire pressure
512. telligent Oil Life Monitor after each engine oil and filter change See the nstrument Cluster chapter 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 536 Scheduled Maintenance Other maintenance items Every 20000 miles Replace cabin air filter Gf equipped 32000 km Every 30000 miles Replace climate controlled heated and 48000 km cooled seat filter Replace engine air filter At 100000 miles Change engine coolant 160000 km Every 100000 miles Replace spark plugs 160000 km nspect accessory drive belt s Every 150000 miles Change automatic transmission fluid 240000 km Replace accessory drive belt s if not replaced within the last 100000 miles 160000 km 1These maintenance items can be performed within 3000 miles 4800 kilometers of the last oil change Do not exceed the designated distance for the interval If your vehicle has climate controlled heated and cooled seats Initial replacement at six years or 100000 miles 160000 kilometers then every three years or 50000 miles 80000 kilometers After initial inspection inspect every other oil change until replaced 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance Maintenance Schedule Log Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dear
513. tem Refer to the MyFord Touch or MyLincoln Touch chapter Tips e Do not set a code that uses five of the same number e Do not use five numbers in sequential order e The factory set code will work even if you have set your own personal code Erasing a Personal Code 1 Enter the factory set 5 digit code 2 Press and release 1e2 on the keypad within five seconds 3 Press and hold 192 for two seconds This must be done within five seconds of completing Step 2 All personal codes are now erased and only the factory set 5 digit code will work 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 74 Locks Anti Scan Feature The keypad will go into an anti scan mode if you enter the wrong code seven times 35 consecutive button presses This mode disables the keypad for one minute and the keypad lamp will flash The anti scan feature will turn off after e one minute of keypad inactivity e pressing the unlock button on the remote control e switching the ignition on e unlocking the vehicle using intelligent access Unlocking and Locking the Doors To unlock the driver door Enter the factory set 5 digit code or your personal code You must press each number within five seconds of each other The interior lamps will illuminate Note All doors will unlock if the two stage unlocking feature is disabled Refer to Locking and Unlocking earlier in this chapter To unlock all doors Enter the factory set
514. tem is turned on Turns off when the speed control system is turned off e Engaged white light type 1 green light type 2 Illuminates when the speed control system is engaged Turns off when the speed control system is disengaged 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Instrument Cluster 109 Stability Control System m Displays when the AdvanceTrac Traction control is active Pia l the light remains on have the system serviced immediately Stability Control System Off Illuminates when AdvanceTrac Traction control has been HAMO disabled by the driver Turn signal Illuminates when the left or right turn signal or the hazard warning flasher is turned on If the indicators stay on or flash faster check for a burned out bulb AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND INDICATORS Key In Ignition Warning Chime Sounds when the key is left in the ignition in the off or accessory position and the driver s door is opened Keyless Warning Alert If Equipped Sounds the horn twice when you exit your vehicle with the intelligent access key after the last door is closed and your keyless vehicle is in RUN indicating your vehicle is still on Headlamps On Warning Chime Sounds when the headlamps or parking lamps are on the ignition is off the key is not in the ignition and the driver s door is opened Parking Brake On Warning Chime Sounds when you have left the parking brake on and drive your vehicle
515. ter inflation Do not touch them after inflation as this may result in serious injury WARNING If the airbag has deployed the airbag will not function again and must be replaced immediately If the airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Supplementary Restraints System 43 The airbags are a supplemental restraint system and are designed to work with the safety belts to help protect the driver and right front passenger from certain upper body injuries Airbags do not inflate slowly there is a risk of injury from a deploying airbag Note You will hear a loud bang and see a cloud of harmless powdery residue if an airbag deploys This is normal The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly upon activation After airbag deployment it is normal to notice a smoke like powdery residue or smell the burnt propellant This may consist of cornstarch talcum powder to lubricate the bag or sodium compounds for example baking soda that result from the combustion process that inflates the airbag Small amounts of sodium hydroxide may be present which may irritate the skin and eyes but none of the residue is toxic While the system is designed to help reduce serious injuries contact with a deploying airbag may also cause abrasions or swelling Temporary hearing loss is also a possibility as a result of the noise associated with
516. teraction Level Push the voice icon when prompted say Voice settings then i any of the following Interaction mode standard Provides more detailed interaction and guidance Interaction mode advanced Provides less audible interaction and more tone prompts The system defaults to the standard interaction mode Confirmation prompts are short questions the system asks when it is not sure of your request or when there are multiple possible responses to your request For example the system may ask Phone is that correct If turned off the system simply makes a best guess as to what you requested and you may still occasionally be asked to confirm settings Confirmation prompts on Confirmation prompts off The system creates candidate lists when it has the same confidence level of several options based on your voice command When turned on you may be prompted with as many as four possibilities for clarification For example Say 1 after the tone to call John Doe at home Say 2 after the tone to call Johnny Doe on mobile Say 3 after the tone to call Jane Doe at home Or Say 1 after the tone to play John Doe Say 2 after the tone to play Johnny Doe Phone candidate lists on Phone candidate lists off Media candidate lists on Media candidate lists off 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 390 SYNC Helpful Hints e Make sure the interior of
517. tes when you are driving check that the parking brake is not engaged If the parking brake is not engaged this indicates low brake fluid level or a brake system malfunction Have the system checked immediately by your authorized dealer 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 106 Instrument Cluster WARNING Driving a vehicle with the brake system warning light on is dangerous A significant decrease in braking performance may occur It will take you longer to stop the vehicle Have the vehicle checked by your authorized dealer as soon as possible Driving extended distances with the parking brake engaged can cause brake failure and the risk of personal injury Charging system RTT Illuminates when the battery is not charging properly If it stays on while the engine is running there may be a malfunction with the charging system Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible This indicates a problem with the electrical system or a related component Door ajar RTT Displays when the ignition is on and any door is not completely closed Engine oil pressure RTT EZ Illuminates when the oil pressure falls below the normal range Engine coolant temperature RTT E Illuminates when the engine coolant temperature is high Stop mJ the vehicle as soon as possible switch off the engine and let cool Grade assist if equipped RTT Illuminates when grade assist is turned on 2 Heads
518. th you should immediately inform Transport Canada using their toll free number 1 800 333 0510 or online at http www tc gc ca eng roadsafety menu htm 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Fuses 269 CHANGING A FUSE Fuses WARNING Always replace a fuse with one that has the specified amperage rating Using a fuse with a higher amperage rating can cause severe wire damage and could start a fire If electrical components in your vehicle are not working a fuse may a fl e have blown Blown fuses are identified by a broken wire within 15 the fuse Check the appropriate fuses before replacing any electrical components Standard Fuse Amperage Rating and Color COLOR Fuse Mini Standard Maxi Cartridge Fuse link maxi rating fuses fuses fuses fusca cartridge 2A Grey Grey 3A Vide Vile 4A Pink Pn 5A Tan Tn 75A Brown Brown 104 Red Rd L 15A Bue Bue 25A Natural Natural Natural Natural 40A Orange Green Green 50 Red Red Red 6 Ble Yellow Yelow 704 Tn Brom soa Natural Black Black 2014 Taurus Owners G
519. the SYNC Bluetooth connection on your phone e Update your device s software firmware e Turn off the Auto phonebook download setting Text messaging e This is a e Go to the website to review your is not working phone dependent phone s compatibility on SYNC feature OR e Try turning off the device e Possible phone resetting the device or removing malfunction the device s battery then trying again 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus SYNC 427 USB and media issues Issue _ Possible cause s Possible solution s I am having trouble connecting my device SYNC does not recognize my device when I turn on the car Bluetooth audio does not stream 2014 Taurus Possible device malfunction This is a device limitation e This is a phone dependent feature OR e Try turning off the device resetting the device or removing the device s battery then trying again e Make sure you are using the manufacturer s cable e Make sure the USB cable is properly inserted into the device and the vehicle s USB port e Make sure that the device does not have an auto install program or active security settings Make sure you are not leaving the device in your vehicle during very hot or cold temperatures Make sure the device is connected to SYNC and that you have pressed play on your e The device is not device connected Owners Guide gf 2nd Printi
520. the system s or your phone s 1 Press OK to select and scroll to hear Ringer 1 Ringer 2 Ringer 3 and Phone Ringer 2 Press OK to select Note If your phone supports in band ringing your phone s ringer sounds when Phone Ringer is chosen Message Notification Have the option of hearing an audible tone to notify you when a text message arrives 1 Press OK to select and scroll between Message Notification On or Message Notification Off 2 Press OK to select 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus SYNC 401 When you select Modify Phonebook Auto Download Modify the contents of your phone book such as add delete download Press OK to select and scroll between Add Contacts Press OK to add more contacts from your phone book Push the desired contact s on your phone See your phone s user guide on how to push contacts Delete Phonebook Press OK to delete the current phone book and call history When Delete Phonebook appears press OK to confirm SYNC takes you back to the Phone Settings menu Download Phonebook Press OK to select and press OK again when Confirm Download appears Automatically download your phone book each time your phone connects to SYNC Press OK to select When Auto Download On appears press OK to have your phonebook automatically downloaded each time Select Off to NOT download your phonebook every time your phone connects to SYNC Y
521. the vehicle is as quiet as possible Wind noise from open windows and road vibrations may prevent the system from correctly recognizing spoken commands e After pressing the voice icon wait until after the tone sounds and Listening appears before saying a command Any command spoken prior to this does not register with the system e Speak naturally without long pauses between words e At any time you can interrupt the system while it is speaking by pressing the voice icon USING SYNC WITH YOUR PHONE Hands free calling is one of the main features of SYNC While the system supports a variety of features many are dependent on your cellular phone s functionality At a minimum most cellular phones with Bluetooth wireless technology support the following functions e Answering an incoming call e Ending a call e Using privacy mode e Dialing a number e Redialing e Call waiting notification e Caller ID Other features such as text messaging using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook download are phone dependent features To check your phone s compatibility see your phone s user manual and visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca Pairing a Phone for the First Time Note SYNC can support downloading up to approximately 1000 entries per Bluetooth enabled cellular phone Note Make sure the vehicle ignition and radio are turned on and the transmission is in position P Note To scroll through the men
522. ting September 2013 USA fus 262 Customer Assistance e Ford Genuine Accessories e Service specials and promotions In Canada Mailing address Customer Relationship Centre Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited P O Box 2000 Oakville Ontario L6K 1C8 Telephone 1 800 565 3673 FORD Online www ford ca Additional Assistance If you have questions or concerns or are unsatisfied with the service you are receiving follow these steps 1 Contact your Sales Representative or Service Advisor at your selling or servicing authorized dealer 2 If your inquiry or concern remains unresolved contact the Sales Manager Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager 3 If you require assistance or clarification on Ford Motor Company policies please contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center In order to help serve you better please have the following information available when contacting a Customer Relationship Center e Vehicle Identification Number VIN e Your telephone number home and business e The name of the authorized dealer and city where located e The vehicle s current odometer reading In some states you must directly notify Ford in writing before pursuing remedies under your state s warranty laws Ford is also allowed a final repair attempt in some states In the United States a warranty dispute must be submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE before taking action under the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or t
523. tion or interpretation of this Agreement As used in this Agreement the words include and including and variations thereof will not be deemed to be terms of limitation but rather will be deemed to be followed by the words without limitation 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 522 Appendices 9 Other Vendors Terms and Conditions The TeleNav Software utilizes map and other data licensed to TeleNav by third party vendors for the benefit of you and other end users This Agreement includes end user terms applicable to these companies included at the end of this Agreement and thus your use of the TeleNav Software is also subject to such terms You agree to comply with the following additional terms and conditions which are applicable to TeleNav s third party vendor licensors NavTeq End User License Agreement END USER TERMS The content provided Data is licensed not sold By opening this package or installing copying or otherwise using the Data you agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement If you do not agree to the terms of this agreement you are not permitted to install copy use resell or transfer the Data If you wish to reject the terms of this agreement and have not installed copied or used the Data you must contact your retailer or NAVTEQ North America LLC NT within thirty 80 days of purchase for a refund of your purchase price To cont
524. tists and tracks alphabetically If there are less than 255 indexed artist they are listed alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more they are categorized in alphabetical categories 1 Press OK to select You can select to play All Artists or any indexed artist 2 Scroll until the desired artist is chosen and press OK 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 420 SYNC Albums Sort all indexed media by albums If there are less than 255 indexed albums they are listed alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more they are organized into alphabetical categories 1 Press OK to enter the album menu and select from playing all albums or from any individual indexed album 2 Scroll until the desired album is chosen and press OK Genres Sort indexed music by genre category type SYNC lists the genres alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 SYNC automatically organizes them into alphabetical categories Press OK to select and then scroll to select the desired genre and press OK Access your playlists from formats such as ASX M3U WPL MTP The system lists your playlists alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 they are organized into alphabetical categories Press OK to select Then scroll to select the desired playlist and press OK Search for and play a specific track which has been indexed SYNC lists your tracks alphabetic
525. to a shoulder belt uncomfortably close to the neck and a shoulder belt that could slip off the shoulder The drawings also show how the lap belt should be low and snug across the child s hips NS If the booster seat slides on the vehicle seat upon which it is being used placing a rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet liner under the booster seat may improve this condition Do not introduce any item thicker than this under the booster seat Check with the booster seat manufacturer s instructions 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 24 Child Safety INSTALLING CHILD SEATS Child Seats Use a child safety seat sometimes called an infant carrier convertible seat or toddler seat for infants toddlers or children weighing 40 pounds 18 kilograms or less generally age four or younger Using Lap and Shoulder Belts WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Children 12 and under should be properly restrained in the rear seat whenever possible WARNING Depending on where you secure a child restraint and depending on the child restraint design you may block access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies
526. to loosen and the wheel to come off while your vehicle is in motion resulting in loss of control Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque within 100 miles 160 kilometers after any wheel disturbance such as rotation flat tire wheel removal Lug nut socket Wheel lug nut torque size Bolt size ft Ib Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust Use only Ford recommended replacement fasteners Note Inspect the wheel pilot hole and mounting surface prior to installation Remove any visible corrosion or loose particles 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 352 Capacities and Specifications ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS Engine 3 5L V6 engine 3 5L V6 SHO 2 0L EcoBoost engine engine See Octane recommendations in the Fuel and Required fuel i Refueling chapter 1 4 2 5 3 6 1 4 2 5 3 6 1 3 4 2 Ignition Coil on plug Coil on plug Coil on plug Spark plug 0 049 0 053 in 0 033 0 037 in 0 027 0 031 in gap 1 25 1 35 mm 0 84 0 94 mm 0 70 0 80 mm COMIDEEESION 10 8 1 10 0 1 ratio Engine Drivebelt Routing 3 5L V6 engine 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Capacities and Specifications 353 3 5L V6 SHO engine 2 0L EcoBoost engine 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Capacities and Specifications 354 AT NOOSUIN NIO 0TLX
527. touchscreen as this may cause electronic interference for example inadvertently turning on a feature other than the one you meant to turn on Depending on your vehicle and option package you may also have these controls on your bezel Power Switch the media or climate features off and on VOL Control the volume of playing media Fan Control the speed of the climate system fan Seek and Tune buttons Use as you normally would in media modes Eject Eject a CD from the entertainment system SOURCE Touch the word repeatedly to see all available media modes The screen does not change but you see the media change in the lower left status bar SOUND Touch the word to access the Sound menu where you can adjust settings such as Bass Treble Midrange Balance and Fade THX Deep Note Demo DSP Digital Signal Processing Occupancy Mode and Speed Compensated Volume Your vehicle may not have all of these sound options Hazard flasher Switch the hazard flashers off and on Cleaning the Touchscreen Display Use a clean soft cloth such as one used for cleaning glasses If dirt or fingerprints are still visible apply a small amount of alcohol to the cloth Do not pour or spray alcohol onto the display Do not use detergent or any type of solvent to clean the display 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 436 MyFord Touch If Equipped Support The SYNC support team is available to help you
528. ts of any party ii violates any law statute 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Appendices 519 ordinance or regulation including but not limited to laws and regulations related to spamming privacy consumer and child protection obscenity or defamation or iii is harmful threatening abusive harassing tortuous defamatory vulgar obscene libelous or otherwise objectionable and f lease rent out or otherwise permit unauthorized access by third parties to the TeleNav Software without advanced written permission of TeleNav 4 Disclaimers To the fullest extent permissible pursuant to applicable law in no event will TeleNav its licensors and suppliers or agents or employees of any of the foregoing be liable for any decision made or action taken by you or anyone else in reliance on the information provided by the TeleNav Software TeleNav also does not warrant the accuracy of the map or other data used for the TeleNav Software Such data may not always reflect reality due to among other things road closures construction weather new roads and other changing conditions You are responsible for the entire risk arising out of your use of the TeleNav Software For example but without limitation you agree not to rely on the TeleNav Software for critical navigation in areas where the well being or survival of you or others is dependent on the accuracy of navigation as the maps or functional
529. turer A safety seat that is improperly installed or utilized is inappropriate for your child s height age or weight or does not properly fit the child may increase the risk of serious injury or death WARNING Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash which may result in serious injury or death WARNING Never use pillows books or towels to boost a child They can slide around and increase the likelihood of injury or death in a crash WARNING Always restrain an unoccupied child seat or booster seat These objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 20 Child Safety WARNING Never place or allow a child to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a crash WARNING To avoid risk of injury do not leave children or pets unattended in your vehicle Use any attachment method as indicated below by X Combined LATCH weight of lower Restraint child and anchors Type child restraint seat ear facing Up to 65 Ib child seat 29 5 kg ear facing Over 65 Ib child seat 29 5 kg Forward Up to 65 Ib facing child 29 5 kg X seat Forward Over 65
530. turn by turn instructions to get you to a desired destination Please make certain all persons using this system carefully read and follow instructions and safety information fully Distraction Hazard Any navigation features may require manual non verbal setup Attempting to perform such set up or insert data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause an accident or other serious consequences Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations Let Your Judgment Prevail Any navigation features are provided only as an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations Any such feature is not a substitute for your personal judgment Any route suggestions made by this system should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Appendices 517 Route Safety Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver if you would be placed in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions Potential Map Inaccuracy Maps used by this system may be inaccurate bec
531. ty Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada Note Including to the extent that any law pertaining to Event Data Recorders applies to SYNC or its features please note the following Once 911 Assist if equipped is enabled set ON 911 Assist may through any paired and connected cell phone disclose to emergency services that the vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or in certain vehicles the activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of being used to electronically or verbally provide to 911 operators the vehicle location such as latitude and longitude and or other details about the vehicle or crash or personal information about the occupants to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not activate the 911 Assist feature See your SYNC chapter for more information Additionally when you connect to Traffic Directions and Information if equipped U S only the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect the vehicle s current location travel direction and speed vehicle travel information only to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches that you request If you do not want Ford or its vendors to receive this information do not activate
532. type of notification for phone calls ring tone beep text to speech or have it be silent Text Message Select the type of notification for text Notification messages alert tone beep text to speech or have it be silent Internet Data If compatible with your phone you can adjust Connection your internet data connection Select to make your connection profile with the personal area network or to turn off your connection You can also choose to adjust your settings or have the system always connect never connect when roaming or query on connect Press for more information Manage Phonebook _ Access features such as automatic phonebook download re download your phonebook add contacts from your phone as well as delete or upload your phonebook Roaming Warning Have the system alert you when in Roaming mode Wireless amp Internet Your system has a Wi Fi feature that creates a wireless network within your vehicle thereby allowing other devices such as personal computers or phones in your vehicle to speak to each other share files or play games Using this Wi Fi feature everyone in your vehicle can also gain access the internet if you have a USB mobile broadband connection inside your vehicle your phone supports personal area networking and if you park outside a wireless hotspot Press the Settings icon gt Settings gt Wireless amp Internet then select from the following 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd P
533. uce engine power If you experience this condition apply the brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe stop Turn the engine off shift to position P and apply the parking brake then inspect the accelerator pedal for any interferences If none are found and the condition persists have your vehicle towed to the nearest authorized dealer Brake Assist Brake assist detects when you brake heavily by measuring the rate at which you press the brake pedal It provides maximum braking efficiency as long as you press the pedal Brake assist can reduce stopping distances in critical situations 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 196 Brakes Anti Lock Brake System This system helps you maintain steering control during emergency stops by keeping the brakes from locking This lamp momentarily illuminates when you turn the ignition 55 on If the light does not illuminate during start up remains on or flashes the anti lock brake system may be disabled and may need to be serviced OLO If the anti lock brake system is disabled normal braking is still aee cffective If the brake warning lamp illuminates with the parking brake released have your brake system serviced immediately HINTS ON DRIVING WITH ANTI LOCK BRAKES When the system is operating the brake pedal will pulse and may travel further Maintain pressure on the brake pedal You may also hear a noise from the system This is normal The anti lock
534. udgment while driving If you feel that a route suggested by the TeleNav Software instructs you to perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver places you in an unsafe situation or directs you into an area that you consider to be unsafe do not follow such instructions c do not input destinations or otherwise manipulate the TeleNav Software unless your 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 518 Appendices vehicle is stationary and parked d do not use the TeleNav Software for any illegal unauthorized unintended unsafe hazardous or unlawful purposes or in any manner inconsistent with this Agreement e arrange all GPS and wireless devices and cables necessary for use of the TeleNav Software in a secure manner in your vehicle so that they will not interfere with your driving and will not prevent the operation of any safety device such as an airbag You agree to indemnify and hold TeleNav harmless against all claims resulting from any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate use of the TeleNav Software in any moving vehicle including as a result of your failure to comply with the directions above 2 Account Information You agree a when registering the TeleNav Software to provide TeleNav with true accurate current and complete information about yourself and b to inform TeleNav promptly of any changes to such information and to keep it true accurate current and complete 3 Software License
535. uel system and its seal and cause injury to you or others Note Do not use aftermarket funnels they will not work with the capless fuel system and can damage it The included funnel has been specially designed to work safely with your vehicle When filling the vehicle s fuel tank from a portable fuel container use the funnel included with the vehicle 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 176 Fuel and Refueling 1 Locate the white plastic funnel in the spare tire compartment i 805 3 Slowly insert the funnel into the capless fuel system 2 To open the fuel filler door press the center of the rear edge and then release 3 4 Fill the vehicle with fuel from the portable fuel container 5 When done clean the funnel or properly dispose of it Extra funnels can be purchased from your authorized dealer if you choose to dispose of the funnel REFUELING A N WARNING Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause severe injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others Read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off your engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Stay outside your vehicle and do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle this is against the law in some places Keep children away from the fuel pump ne
536. ugh the child seat according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 26 Child Safety 4 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming e from for that seating position until you hear a snap and feel the latch engage Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it 5 To put the retractor in the automatic locking mode grasp the shoulder portion of the belt and pull downward until all of the belt is pulled out Note The automatic locking mode is available on the front passenger and rear seats This vehicle does not require the use of a locking clip 6 Allow the belt to retract to remove slack The belt will click as it retracts to indicate it is in the automatic locking mode 7 Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is in the automatic locking mode You should not be able to pull more belt out If the retractor is not locked unbuckle the belt and repeat Steps 5 and 6 8 Remove remaining slack from the belt Force the seat down with extra weight for example by pressing down or kneeling on the child restraint while pulling up on the shoulder belt in order to force slack from the belt 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Child Safety 27 This is necessa
537. uide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 270 Fuses FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART Power Distribution Box WARNING Always disconnect the battery before servicing high current fuses WARNING To reduce risk of electrical shock always replace the cover to the power distribution box before reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid reservoirs The power distribution box is located in the engine compartment It has high current fuses that protect your vehicle s main electrical systems from overloads If the battery has been disconnected and reconnected see Changing the Vehicle Battery in the Maintenance chapter The high current fuses are coded as follows Fuse or relay Fuse amp Protected components number rating ME NUNC NN NT 2 Not sed PT Not sed 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Fuses 271 Fuse or relay Fuse amp Protected components number rating 4 Wiper motor relay 5 Anti lock brake system pump Not used Notused O 10 Noted 11 Heated rear window relay 12
538. ulation would be 1 400 2 x 220 9 x 100 1 400 440 900 60 Ib Now you have the load capacity to transport the cement and your friend home In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 2 x 99 kg 9 x 45 kg 635 198 405 32 kg The above calculations also assume that the loads are positioned in your vehicle in a manner that does not overload the Front or the Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating specified for your vehicle on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 246 Towing TOWING A TRAILER WARNING Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label WARNING Towing trailers beyond the maximum recommended gross trailer weight exceeds the limit of your vehicle and could result in engine damage transmission damage structural damage loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover and personal injury Note For information on electrical items such as fuses or relays see the Fuses chapter Your vehicle s load capacity designation is by weight not by volume so you cannot necessarily use all available space when loading a vehicle Towing a trailer places an extra load on your vehicle s engine transmission axle brakes tires and suspension Inspect th
539. unction properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your mobile phone Before running a report review the Vehicle Health Report privacy notice Note In order to allow a break in period for your vehicle you may not be able to create a Vehicle Health Report until your vehicle odometer has reached 200 miles Register for Vehicle Health Report and set your report preferences at www SYNCMyRide com After registering you can request a Vehicle Health Report inside your vehicle Return to your account at www SYNCMyRide com to view your report You can also choose for SYNC to automatically remind you to run reports at specific mileage intervals Cellular phone airtime usage may apply when reporting The system allows you to check your vehicle s overall health in the form of a diagnostic report card The vehicle health report contains valuable information such as e Vehicle Diagnostic Information e Scheduled maintenance e Open Recalls and Field Service Actions e Unserviced items from vehicle inspections by your authorized dealer You can run a report after the vehicle has been running a minimum of 60 seconds by pressing the voice button and saying Vehicle health report or pressing the phone button 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus SYNC 409 To run a report using the phone button 1 Press the phone button to enter Phone Menu 2 Scroll until Vehicle Health is selected and press OK 3
540. up display if equipped l A red beam of lights will illuminate on the windshield in certain instances when using adaptive cruise control and or the collision warning system It will also illuminate momentarily when you start your vehicle to make sure the display works 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Instrument Cluster 107 High beams Ee Illuminates when the high beam headlamps are on Low fuel RTT Illuminates when the fuel level in the fuel tank is at or near empty Low tire pressure warning i Illuminates when your tire pressure is low If the light remains ad on at start up or while driving the tire pressure should be checked When the ignition is first turned to on the light will illuminate for 3 seconds to ensure the bulb is working If the light does not turn on or begins to flash contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Low washer fluid RTT AEN llluninates when the windshield washer fluid is low Park lamps Illuminates when the park lamps are on Powertrain malfunction reduced power RTT Illuminates when a powertrain or an AWD fault has been P d detected Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Safety belt Reminds you to fasten your safety belt A Belt Minder amp chime will also sound to remind you to fasten your safety belt 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 108 Instrument Cluster Service e
541. ur iPod or iPhone plug the other end into both the RCA jacks and the USB port Playing Music from Your Device Insert your device and select the SD Card or USB tab once the system recognizes it You can then select from the following options Repeat replays the currently playing song or album Shuffle plays music on the selected album or folder in random order Similar Music allows you to choose music similar to what is currently playing 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 460 MyFord Touch If Equipped More Info displays information such as current track artist name album and genre Options allows you to view and adjust various media settings e Sound Settings allows you to adjust settings for e Bass Midrange Treble Balance and Fade DSP Digital Signal Processing Occupancy Mode e Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings e Media Player Settings allows you to select more settings which is under Media Player See Settings e Device Information displays software and firmware information about the currently connected media device e Update Media Index indexes your device each time you connect it to make sure you have the latest voice commands available for all media on the device Browse allows you to view the contents of the device It also allows you to search by categories such as genre artist or album If you want to view song inform
542. ur vehicle back into the United States 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 266 Customer Assistance If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Asia Pacific Region Sub Saharan Africa U S Virgin Islands Central America the Caribbean and Israel contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY FORD EXPORT OPERATIONS amp GLOBAL INITIATIVES Customer Relationship Center 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park 3 Allen Park Michigan 48101 U S A Telephone 813 594 4857 FAX 313 390 0804 Email expcac ford com For customers in Guam the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands CNMI America Samoa and the U S Virgin Islands please feel free to call our Toll Free Number 800 841 FORD 3673 If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Puerto Rico contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY FORD EXPORT OPERATIONS amp GLOBAL INITIATIVES Customer Relationship Center 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park 3 Allen Park Michigan 48101 Telephone 800 841 FORD 8673 FAX 813 390 0804 Email prcac ford com www ford com pr If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in the Middle East contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer can
543. ur vehicle from general maintenance to collision repairs Note Not all dealers have extended hours or body shops Please contact your dealer for details Protecting Your Investment Maintenance is an investment that will pay dividends in the form of improved reliability durability and resale value To maintain the proper performance of your vehicle and its emission control systems it is imperative that scheduled maintenance be completed at the designated intervals Your vehicle is equipped with the Intelligent Oil Life Monitor IOLM system which displays a message in the information display at the proper oil change service interval this interval may be up to one year or 10000 miles 16000 kilometers When ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE REQUIRED appears in the information display it is time for an oil change the oil change must be done within two weeks or 500 miles 800 kilometers of the ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message appearing The Intelligent Oil Life Monitor must be reset after each oil change see the Information Displays chapter If your information display is prematurely reset or becomes inoperative you should perform the oil change interval at six months or 5000 miles 8000 kilometers from your last oil change Never exceed one year or 10000 miles 16000 kilometers between oil change intervals Your vehicle is very sophisticated and built with multiple complex performance systems Every manuf
544. urs first e The remainder of your new vehicle limited warranty Contact an authorized dealer for details and a copy of the warranty Exterior style e Moon roof deflector e Rear spoiler e Chrome mirror caps e Side window deflector e Splash guards Interior style e All weather floor mats e Carpeted floor mats e Sport pedals e Ambient lighting e Rear seat entertainment Lifestyle e Ash cup smoker s package e Cargo organization and management e Cargo net e Roof racks and carriers 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Accessories 363 Peace of mind Remote start Wheel locks Locking fuel plug for capless fuel system Bumper mounted parking sensors Vehicle security The accessory manufacturer designs develops and therefore warrants Ford Licensed Accessories and does not design or test these accessories to Ford Motor Company engineering requirements Contact an authorized Ford dealer for the manufacturer s limited warranty details and request a copy of the Ford Licensed Accessories product limited warranty from the accessory manufacturer For maximum vehicle performance keep the following information in mind when adding accessories or equipment to your vehicle When adding accessories equipment passengers and luggage to your vehicle do not exceed the total weight capacity of the vehicle or of the front or rear axle GVWR or GAWR as indicated on the Safety Compliance
545. urs to prevent internal overheating and permanent damage to your steering system If this should occur you will neither lose the ability to steer the vehicle manually nor will it cause permanent damage Typical steering and driving maneuvers will allow the system to cool and steering assist will return to normal When a steering system error is detected steering messages may appear in the information display Steering Tips If the steering wanders or pulls check for e an improperly inflated tire e uneven tire wear e loose or worn suspension components e loose or worn steering components e improper vehicle alignment A high crown in the road or high crosswinds may also make the steering seem to wander pull 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 238 Load Carrying CARGO NET IF EQUIPPED WARNING The cargo net is not designed to restrain objects during a collision or heavy braking The cargo net secures lightweight objects in the cargo area Attach the net to the anchors provided Do not put more than 50 pounds f 22 kilograms in the net LOAD LIMIT Vehicle Loading With and Without a Trailer This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and or trailer to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability with or without a trailer Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance Before loading
546. us 142 Seats SITTING IN THE CORRECT POSITION WARNING Sitting improperly out of position or with the seat back reclined too far can take off weight from the seat cushion and affect the decision of the passenger sensing system resulting in serious injury or death in a crash Always sit upright against your seat back with your feet on the floor WARNING Do not recline the seat back as this can cause the occupant to slide under the seat s safety belt resulting in severe personal injury in the event of a crash WARNING Do not place objects higher than the seat backs to reduce the risk of injury in a crash or during heavy braking or when stopping suddenly Max 30 When you use them properly the seat head restraint safety belt and airbags will provide optimum protection in the event of a crash We recommend that you follow these guidelines e Do not recline the seat back more than 30 degrees from vertical e Sit in an upright position with the base of your spine as far back as possible e Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible remaining comfortable e Keep sufficient distance between yourself and the steering wheel We recommend a minimum of 10 inches 25 centimeters between your breastbone and the airbag cover e Hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus
547. us press the up and down arrows on your audio system 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus SYNC 391 Wirelessly pairing your phone with SYNC allows you to make and receive hands free calls 1 Press the phone button when the display indicates no phone is paired press OK When Find SYNC appears in the display press OK Put your phone into Bluetooth discovery mode See your phone s user guide if necessary When prompted on your phone s display enter the six digit PIN provided by SYNC in the radio display The display indicates when the pairing is successful 9v gf CI Depending on your phone s capability and your market the system may prompt you with questions such as setting the current phone as the primary phone the phone SYNC automatically tries to connect with first upon vehicle start up downloading your phone book etc Pairing Subsequent Phones Note To scroll through the menus press the up and down arrows on your audio system Note Make sure the vehicle ignition and radio are turned on and that the transmission is in position P Press the phone button and scroll until System Settings is selected Press OK and scroll until Bluetooth Devices is selected and press OK Scroll until Add Bluetooth Device is selected and press OK When Find SYNC appears in the display press OK Put your phone into Bluetooth discovery mode See your phone s user guide if necessary When
548. use exhaustion or other physical conditions must exercise care when using the seat heater The seat heater may cause burns even at low temperatures especially if used for long periods of time Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat such as a blanket or cushion because this may cause the seat heater to overheat Do not puncture the seat with pins needles or other pointed objects because this may damage the heating element which may cause the seat heater to overheat An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury The heated seats will only function when the ignition is in the on position Note Do not do the following e Place heavy objects on the seat e Operate the seat heater if water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat Allow the seat to dry thoroughly 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Seats 151 To operate the heated seats Press the heated seat symbol to cycle through the various heat settings and off Warmer settings are indicated by more indicator lights HEATED AND VENTILATED SEATS IF EQUIPPED Heated Seats WARNING Persons who are unable to feel pain to the skin because of advanced age chronic illness diabetes spinal cord injury medication alcohol use exhaustion or other physical conditions must exercise care when using the seat heater The seat heater may cause burns even at low temperatures especially if used for long periods of time
549. use s Possible solution s SYNC is not able to download my phonebook The system says Phonebook Downloaded but my phonebook in SYNC is empty or is missing contacts 2014 Taurus e This is a phone dependent feature OR e Possible phone malfunction Limitations on your phone s capability e Go to the website to review your phone s compatibility e Try turning off the device resetting the device or removing the device s battery then trying again e Try pushing your phonebook contacts to SYNC by using the Add Contacts feature e Use the SYNCmyphone feature available on the website e Try pushing your phonebook contacts to SYNC by using the Add Contacts feature e If the missing contacts are stored on your SIM card try moving them to the device memory e Remove any pictures or special ring tones associated with the missing contact Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 426 SYNC Phone issues Issue Possible cause s Possible solution s I am having e This is a e Go to the website to review your trouble phone dependent phone s compatibility connecting my feature OR e Try turning off the device phone to SYNC e Possible phone resetting the device or removing malfunction the device s battery then trying again e Try deleting your device from SYNC deleting SYNC from your device and trying again e Check the security and auto accept prompt always settings relative to
550. user notice Microsoft Windows Mobile for Automotive Important Safety Information This system Ford SYNC contains software that is licensed to Manufacturer FORD MOTOR COMPANY by an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation pursuant to a license agreement Any removal reproduction reverse engineering or other unauthorized use of the software from this system in violation of the license agreement is strictly prohibited and may subject you to legal action Read and follow instructions Before using your Windows Automotive based system read and follow all instructions and safety information provided in this end user manual User s Guide Not following precautions found in this User s Guide can lead to an accident or other serious consequences Keep User s Guide in Vehicle When kept in the vehicle the User s Guide will be a ready reference for you and other users unfamiliar with the Windows Automotive based system Please make certain that before using the system for the first time all persons have access to the User s Guide and read its instructions and safety information carefully WARNING Operating certain parts of this system while driving can distract your attention away from the road and possibly cause an accident or other serious consequences Do not change system settings or enter data non verbally using your hands while driving Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations This
551. ush button start systems as well as a remote control If your programmed transmitters or standard SecuriLock coded keys integrated keyhead transmitters only are lost or stolen and you do not have an extra coded key you will need to have your vehicle towed to an authorized dealer The key codes need to be erased from your vehicle and new coded keys will need to be programmed Store an extra programmed key away from the vehicle in a safe place to help prevent any inconveniences See an authorized dealer to purchase additional spare or replacement keys 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 78 Security Programming a Spare Integrated Keyhead Transmitter Note A maximum of eight coded keys can be programmed to your vehicle Only four of these eight can be integrated keyhead transmitters You can program your own integrated keyhead transmitters or standard SecuriLock coded keys to your vehicle This procedure will program both the engine immobilizer key code and the remote entry portion of the remote control to your vehicle Only use integrated keyhead transmitters or standard SecuriLock keys You must have two previously programmed coded keys and the new unprogrammed key readily accessible See your authorized dealer to have the spare key programmed if two previously programmed coded keys are not available Read and understand the entire procedure before you begin 1 Insert the first previously prog
552. ute ca e For information on airbag deployment see the Supplementary Restraints System chapter e For information on the fuel pump shut off see the Roadside Emergencies chapter Setting 911 Assist On Perform the following Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu Scroll until 911 Assist is selected Press OK to confirm and enter the 911 Assist menu Scroll to select between On and Off selections Press OK when the desired option appears in the radio display Set On or Set Off appears in the display as confirmation Off selections include Off with reminder and Off without reminder Off with reminder provides a display and voice reminder at phone connection at vehicle start Off without reminder provides a display reminder only without a voice reminder at phone connection guis Cobo To make sure that 911 Assist works properly e SYNC must be powered and working properly at the time of the incident and throughout feature activation and use e SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident e A Bluetooth enabled and compatible phone has to be paired and connected to SYNC e A connected Bluetooth enabled phone must have the ability to make and maintain an outgoing call at the time of the incident e A connected Bluetooth enabled phone must have adequate network coverage battery power and signal strength e The vehicle must have battery power and be located in the United States Canada or in a territ
553. utomotive fluids Severe Climates If you drive in extremely cold climates e It may be necessary to have a Ford authorized dealer increase the coolant concentration above 50 e A coolant concentration of 60 will provide improved freeze point protection Engine coolant concentrations above 60 will decrease the overheat protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage If you drive in extremely hot climates e It may be necessary to have a Ford authorized dealer decrease the coolant concentration to 40 e A coolant concentration of 40 will provide improved overheat protection Engine coolant concentrations below 40 will decrease the corrosion and freeze protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage Vehicles driven year round in non extreme climates should use prediluted engine coolant for optimum cooling system and engine protection 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 288 Maintenance Engine fluid temperature management EcoBoost engine only WARNING To reduce the risk of collision and injury be prepared that the vehicle speed may reduce and the vehicle may not be able to accelerate with full power until the fluid temperatures reduce Your vehicle has been designed to pull a trailer but because of the added load the vehicle s engine may temporarily reach higher temperatures during severe operating conditions such as asce
554. vehicle This position is more economical and efficient than normal air conditioning G Recirculated air Press to switch between outside air and recirculated air When the LED on the button is lit the air currently in the passenger compartment is being recirculated Using recirculated air can reduce the time needed to cool the interior and reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle Note Recirculated air engages automatically when MAX A C is selected or can be turned on manually in any airflow mode except Defrost Note For better cooling in hot conditions recirculated air automatically engages when in Panel or Panel Floor modes and the air conditioning is on You can switch to fresh air by pressing the recirculated air button again H DUAL Allows the passenger to set their temperature independent of the driver temperature Press or to increase or decrease the air temperature on the passenger side of the vehicle when in dual zone mode I Fan speed control Press or to increase or decrease the volume of air circulated in your vehicle J Driver temperature control Press or to increase or decrease the air temperature inside the vehicle This control also adjusts the passenger side temperature when dual zone operation is disengaged 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 136 Climate Control DUAL AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM WITH MyTemp H G F E D Note
555. ver let children pump fuel e Do not use personal electronic devices while refueling 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Fuel and Refueling 177 Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build up when filling an ungrounded fuel container e Place approved fuel container on the ground e DO NOT fill a fuel container while it is in the vehicle including the cargo area e Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container while filling e DO NOT use a device that would hold the fuel pump handle in the fill position Easy Fuel amp No Cap Fuel System WARNING The fuel system may be under pressure If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler door do not refuel until the sound stops Otherwise fuel may spray out which could cause serious personal injury When fueling your vehicle 1 Turn the engine off 2 To open the fuel filler door press j unea the center of the rear edge and then m release 3 Slowly insert the fuel filler nozzle fully into the fuel system and leave the nozzle fully inserted to open both doors until you are done pumping Hold handle higher during insertion for easier access 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 178 Fuel and Refueling we sA 4 After you are done pumping fuel slowly remove the fuel filler nozzle allow about five to ten seconds after pumping fuel before r
556. w sirius ca in Canada or call Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Audio System 381 Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number ESN You need your ESN to activate modify or track your satellite radio account When in satellite radio mode you can view this number by pressing SIRIUS and memory preset 1 at the same time To access your ESN press the bottom left corner of the touchscreen then SIRIUS gt Options Troubleshooting Radio display Possible action Acquiring Sat Fault SIRIUS system failure Invalid Channel Unsubscribed Channel No Signal 2014 Taurus Radio requires more than two seconds to produce audio for the selected channel There is an internal module or system failure present The channel is no longer available Your subscription does not include this channel The signal is lost from the Sirius satellite or Sirius tower to your vehicle antenna No action required This message should disappear shortly If this message does not clear shortly or with an ignition key cycle your receiver may have a fault See an authorized dealer for service Tune to another channel or choose another preset Contact Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 to subscribe to the channel or tune to another channel The signal is blocked When you move into an open area the signal should return Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 20
557. warning messages 115 121 Phone redial 25 ciere 396 MirTOIS eee 98 100 Phone settings 470 491 fold away x Phone voice commands 471 rogrammable memory i kide view mirrors den Meier 98 ub em ds MOON TOOL treten 102 SMIAT ainia EAE Motorcraft parts 307 359 POI categories ss 500 Multi contour seats 148 Point of Interest POI 500 MyFord Touch system 492 Oe Buses ne nme 270 MyKey 3er eet 63 Power door LAGER meenen eni 68 N Power INMETOLS 2er 98 Powerpoint stieren 161 Navigation features 499 Power steering 236 Navigation voice commands 508 fluid checking and adding 295 Notifications sss 479 ray eee die uid specifications 354 o Power Windows 96 Privacy information 387 438 Octane rating sess 174 Push button start system 165 P Putting a call on off hold 394 Pairing other phones 391 466 Q Pairing your phone 466 Quick touch buttons 507 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Index 551 R Tor Adults aeree 34 35 for children 2e 24 Radio sert 369 374 375 Occupant Classification AMEM sccecsevasuuscevessesasttsaencssanee 44 SOMSOM aote aed
558. y Make sure the jack is fastened so it does not rattle when you drive Unblock the wheels 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 342 Wheels and Tires Stowing the flat tire 1 Remove the extension bolt from the exterior pocket of the felt bag 2 Insert the straight end of the jack retention Xs bracket through the eyelet of the angled bracket and swing the retention bracket over the jack With the jack in place place the end of the retention bracket over the threaded stud in the trunk floor and secure it with the plastic wing nut 3 Screw the extension bolt onto the threaded p 2 stud of the jack retention bracket 2 4 Place the flat tire in the spare tire well with the wheel facing up 5 Safely secure the wheel by screwing the large wing nut onto the extension bolt Note If you are stowing the temporary spare tire place the tire over the jack and secure it with the large wing nut 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 343 TEMPORARY MOBILITY KIT IF EQUIPPED Note The temporary mobility kit sealant compound in the canister is to be used for one tire only See your Ford authorized dealer for additional replacement sealant canisters Your vehicle may be equipped with a temporary mobility kit located in the spare tire well in the trunk The temporary mobility kit consists of an air compressor to reinflate the tire an
559. y turning it counterclockwise then remove the jack kit from your vehicle 6 Remove the jack and the wrench from Neg the felt bag Fold down the wrench socket used to loosen the lug nuts and to operate the jack E Vehicle jacking D 1 Block the diagonally opposite p D wheel w Qa md 2 If your vehicle has wheel covers REX c u remove them with the lug wrench tip and loosen each wheel lug nut one half turn counterclockwise Do not remove them until the wheel is raised off the ground 3 The vehicle jacking points are shown here and are depicted on the yellow warning label on the jack Oe ZG Note Jack at the specified locations to avoid damage to the vehicle 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Wheels and Tires 341 4 Small arrow shaped marks on the sills show the location of the jacking points 5 Remove the lug nuts with the lug wrench 6 Replace the flat tire with the spare tire making sure the valve stem is facing outward Reinstall the lug nuts until the wheel is snug against the hub Do not fully tighten the lug nuts until the wheel has been lowered 7 Lower the wheel by turning the jack handle counterclockwise 8 Remove the jack and fully tighten the lug nuts in the order shown See Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications later in this chapter for the proper lug nut torque wo specification 9 Put the flat tire jack and lug wrench awa
560. y Access your call history log 1 Press OK to select then scroll through your call history options incoming outgoing or missed 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display 3 Press the phone button to call the selection Exit the current menu 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 396 SYNC Accessing Features through the Phone Menu SYNC s phone menu allows you to redial a number access your call history and phone book and send text messages as well as access phone and system settings You can also access advanced features such as 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and SYNC Services 1 Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu 2 Scroll to cycle through When you select Phone Redial Redial the last number called if available Press OK to select then press OK again to confirm Call History Allows you to access any previously dialed received or missed calls while your phone has been connected to the system 1 Press OK to select 2 Scroll to select from Call History Incoming Call History Outgoing or Call History Missed Press OK make your selection 3 Press OK or the phone button to call the desired selection Note The system attempts to automatically re download your phone book and call history each time your phone connects to SYNC if the auto download feature is on and your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone supports this feature P
561. y belt extension only if the safety belt is too short for you when fully extended 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Safety Belts 37 SAFETY BELT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT WARNING Position the safety belt height adjusters so that the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder Failure to adjust the safety belt properly could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt and increase the risk of injury in a crash Adjust the height of the shoulder belt so the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder y 4 1 Squeeze the button and slide the height adjuster up or down T 2 Release the button and pull down on the y height adjuster to make sure it is locked in place SAFETY BELT WARNING LIGHT AND INDICATOR CHIME This lamp illuminates and an audible warning will sound if the driver s safety belt has not been fastened when the vehicle s ignition is turned on To adjust the shoulder belt height Conditions of Operation The driver s safety belt is not The safety belt warning light buckled before the ignition illuminates 1 2 minutes and the switch is turned to the on warning chime sounds 4 8 seconds position The driver s safety belt is The safety belt warning light and buckled while the indicator warning chime turn off light is illuminated and the warning chime is sounding The driver s safety belt is The safety belt warning light and buckled before the ignition ind
562. y may cause scratches e Do not use fuel kerosene or paint thinner to clean any parts If you cannot remove those streaks after cleaning with the glass cleaner or if the wipers chatter and move in a jerky motion clean the outer surface of the windshield and the wiper blades using a sponge or soft cloth with a neutral detergent or mild abrasive cleaning solution After cleaning rinse the windshield and wiper blades with clean water The windshield is clean if beads do not form when you rinse the windshield with water Note Do not use sharp objects such as a razor blade to clean the inside of the rear window or to remove decals as it may cause damage to the rear window defroster s heated grid lines 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Vehicle Care 311 CLEANING THE INTERIOR WARNING Do not use cleaning solvents bleach or dye on the vehicle s safety belts as these actions may weaken the belt webbing WARNING On vehicles equipped with seat mounted airbags do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents Such products could contaminate the side airbag system and affect performance of the side airbag in a collision For fabric carpets cloth seats safety belts and seats equipped with side airbags Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner Apply a layer of high quality foam cleaner designed for automotive interiors to the dry stained area s of the item you are cleanin
563. y or death after a crash If you do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds of the crash the system or phone may be damaged or non functional WARNING Always place your phone in a secure location in the vehicle so it does not become a projectile or get damaged in a crash Failure to do so may cause serious injury to someone or damage the phone which could prevent 911 Assist from working properly Note SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident Note Before setting this feature on ensure that you read the 911 Assist privacy notice later in this section for important information Note If 911 Assist is turned on or off by any user that setting applies for all paired phones If 911 Assist is turned off a voice message plays and or a display message icon comes on when the vehicle is started after a previously paired phone connects 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 406 SYNC Note Every phone operates differently While SYNC 911 Assist works with most cellular phones some may have trouble using this feature If a crash deploys an airbag excludes knee airbags and rear inflatable safety belts if equipped or activates the fuel pump shut off your SYNC equipped vehicle may be able to contact emergency services by dialing 911 through a paired and connected Bluetooth enabled phone For more information about 911 Assist visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaro
564. y using the display controls in the instrument cluster See the Information Displays chapter DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS IF EQUIPPED WARNING Always remember to turn on your headlamps at dusk or during inclement weather The Daytime Running Lamp DRL system does not activate the tail lamps and generally may not provide adequate lighting during these conditions Failure to activate your headlamps under these conditions may result in a collision The system turns the headlamps on with a reduced output To activate e the ignition must be in the on position and e the lighting control is in the off autolamp or parking lamp position and e the transmission is not in PARK 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 92 Lighting AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL IF EQUIPPED The system will automatically turn on your high beams if it is dark enough and no other traffic is present When it detects an approaching vehicle s headlights a preceding vehicle s tail lamps or street lighting the system will turn off the high beams low beams remain on before they distract other drivers Note If it appears that automatic control of the high beams is not functioning properly check the windshield in front of the camera for blockage A clear view of the road is required for proper system operation Any windshield damage in the area of the camera field of view should be repaired Note If a blockage is detected e g bird dr
565. you agree not to otherwise reproduce copy modify decompile disassemble or reverse engineer any portion of this Data and may not transfer or distribute it in any form for any purpose except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws License Limitations on Transfer Your limited license does not allow transfer or resale of the Data except on the condition that you may transfer the Data and all accompanying materials on a permanent basis if a you retain no copies of the Data b the recipient agrees to the terms of this End User License Agreement and c you transfer the Data in the exact same form as you purchased it by physically transferring the original media e g the CD ROM or DVD you purchased all original packaging all Manuals and other documentation Specifically Multi disc sets may only be transferred or sold as a complete set as provided to you and not as a subset thereof Additional License Limitations Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by NT in a separate written agreement and without limiting the preceding paragraph your license is conditioned on use of the Data as prescribed in this agreement and you may not a use this Data with any products systems or applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles capable of vehicle navigation positioning dispatch real time route guidance fleet management or similar applications or b with or in communication wit
566. you for choosing Ford We recommend that you take some time to get to know your vehicle by reading this manual The more that you know about it the greater the safety and pleasure you will get from driving it WARNING Always drive with due care and attention when using and operating the controls and features on your vehicle Note This manual describes product features and options available throughout the range of available models sometimes even before they are generally available It may describe options not fitted to your vehicle Note Some of the illustrations in this manual may be used for different models so may appear different to you on your vehicle However the essential information in the illustrations is always correct Note Always use and operate your vehicle in line with all applicable laws and regulations Note Pass on this manual when selling your vehicle It is an integral part of the vehicle This manual may qualify the location of a component as left hand side or right hand side The side is determined when facing forward in the seat A A Right hand side B Left hand side e Protecting the Environment You must play your part in protecting the environment Correct vehicle usage and the authorized disposal of waste cleaning and lubrication materials are significant steps toward this aim 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 10 Introduction SYMBOL GLOSS
567. you have 30 seconds to complete the next step 6 Return to your car 7 Press and hold the function button you want to program for two seconds then release Repeat this step Depending on your brand of garage door opener you may need to repeat this sequence a third time 900 To program additional buttons repeat Steps 1 4 For questions or comments please contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 Erasing the Function Button Codes Note You cannot erase individual buttons 1 Press and hold the outer two function buttons simultaneously for approximately 20 seconds until the indicator lights above the buttons flash rapidly Een E 2 When the indicator lights flash release the buttons The codes for all buttons are erased Reprogramming a single button To program a device to a previously trained button follow these steps 1 Press and hold the desired button Do NOT release the button 2 The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds Without releasing the button follow Step 1 in the Programming section For questions or comments contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Universal Garage Door Opener If Equipped 159 Programming HomeLink to a Genie Intellicode 2 garage door opener Note The Genie Intellicode 2 transmitter must already be programmed to operate with the garage doo
568. your cost of owning your vehicle down It is your responsibility to have all scheduled maintenance performed and to make sure that the materials used meet the specifications identified in the Capacities and Specifications chapter of this owner s manual Failure to perform scheduled maintenance invalidates warranty coverage on parts affected by the lack of maintenance Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your Dealership Factory Trained Technicians Service technicians participate in extensive factory sponsored certification training to help them become experts on the operation of your vehicle Ask your dealership about the training and certification their technicians have received Genuine Ford and Motorcraft Replacement Parts Dealerships stock Ford Motorcraft and Ford authorized branded re manufactured replacement parts These parts meet or exceed our specifications Parts installed at your dealership carry a nationwide 12 month or 12000 mile 20000 kilometers parts and labor limited warranty If you do not use Ford authorized parts they may not meet our specifications and depending on the part it could affect emissions compliance 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 530 Scheduled Maintenance Convenience Many dealerships have extended evening and Saturday hours to make your service visit more convenient and they offer one stop shopping They can perform any services that are required on yo
569. your selling dealership today so they can customize a Genuine Ford Extended Service Plan that fits your driving lifestyle and budget 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus 366 Ford Extended Service Plan Interest Free Financing Options Available Take advantage of our interest free installment payment plan Just a 10 down payment will provide you with an affordable no interest no fee payment program Complete the information below and mail to Ford ESP PO Box 8072 Royal Oak Michigan 48068 0039 To learn more call our Ford ESP specialists at 800 367 3377 Don t forget to ask about our interest free payment program allowing you all the security and benefits Ford ESP has to offer while paying over time You are pre approved with no credit checks no hassles SERVICE PLANS CANADA ONLY You can get more protection for your vehicle by purchasing a Ford Extended Service Plan Ford Extended Service Plan is the only service contract backed by Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited Depending on the plan you purchase Ford Extended Service Plan provides benefits such as e Rental reimbursement e Coverage for certain maintenance and wear items e Protection against repair costs after your New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage expires e Roadside Assistance benefits There are several Ford Extended Service Plans available in various time distance and deductible combinations Each plan is tailored to
570. ys chapter for instructions on reducing the sensitivity 2014 Taurus Owners Guide gf 2nd Printing September 2013 USA fus Driving Aids 235 Blocked Sensors oan If a message regarding a blocked sensor appears in the information display the radar signals from the sensor have been obstructed The sensors are located behind a fascia cover near the driver side of the lower grille When the sensors are obstructed a vehicle ahead cannot be detected and the collision warning system does not function The following table lists possible causes and actions for this message being displayed The surface of the radar in the grille is dirty or obstructed in some way The surface of the radar in the grille is clean but the message remains in the display Heavy rain spray snow or fog is interfering with the radar signals Swirling water or snow or ice on the surface of the road may interfere with the radar signals 2014 Taurus Clean the grille surface in front of the radar or remove the object causing the obstruction Wait a short time It may take several minutes for the radar to detect that it is no longer obstructed The collision warning system is temporarily disabled Collision warning should automatically reactivate a short time after the weather conditions improve The collision warning system is temporarily disabled Collision warning should automatically reactivate a short time after the weather co

2014 TAURUS Owner`s Manual 2014 T A U RUS Owner`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents